PROJECT PROPONENT - environmentclearance.nic.inenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · CEMENT PLANT OF PRODUCTION CAPACITY 10MTPA CLINKER, 10MTPA CEMENT & 99MW CPP (INCLUDING

PROPOSED LAKHPAT CEMENT WORKS

Village: Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani & Kapurasi, Taluka: Lakhpat, District: Kutch, Gujarat

(INTEGRATED PROJECT)

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT:

GREENCINDIA CONSULTING PRIVATE LIMITED, GHAZIABAD, UTTAR PRADESHNABET/EIA/1619/RA0058

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

PROJECT PROPONENT:

ADANI CEMENTATION LIMITED (ACL), GUJARAT

OCTOBER 2019

CEMENT PLANT OF PRODUCTION CAPACITY 10MTPA CLINKER, 10MTPA

CEMENT & 99MW CPP (INCLUDING 24MW WHRS); LIMESTONE MINE FOR

12MTPA FROM 251.9HA AREA AND BERTHING JETTY OF 19MTPA CAPACITY

NABET Disclosure

I• • • • �

FINAL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Proposed Lakhpat Cement Works (Integrated Project}

Village Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani & Kapurasi, Taluka Lakhpat, District

Kutch (Gujarat}

NABET DISCLOSURE

A

Declaration by Experts contributing to Final EIA Report for Lakhpat Cement Works

(Integrated Project} Village Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani & Kapurasi, Taluka Lakhpat,

District Kutch (Gujarat}

I, hereby, certify that we were part of the team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA COORDINATOR

Name of EC

Signature & Date

Period of Involvement

Contact Information

F f I A E rt unc1ona rea xpe s: s.

Functiona Name

No I Areas

of the expert/s

1 WP Dr. PS Kelkar

2 SE Nilanjan Das

01. 1 (a)Mining of Minerals02. 3(b)Cement Plant

K.D Choudhury

September 2017 TO Till date

607-611, Level-5, Shopprix Mall, Vaishali, Ghaziabad

Team Member

Subinoy Monda!

Bikash Ruj

Involvement (Period & Task)

Se�tember 2017 to Till date Assessment of Impact associated with the project operation activities Development of Water ManaQement Plan Se�tember 2017 to Till date Assessment of social impact associated with project Assistance during development of project manaQement plan . . . � .

.

Signature

��.__

N�

Project Proponent: Environment Consultant: PAGE

ADANI CEMENTATION LIMITED

(ACL), GUJRA T

Greencindia Consulting

Private Limited 1

NABET

DISCLOSURE

s. Functiona

Name Team Involvement

No I Areas

of the Member (Period & Task)

Signature expert/s

3 EB Dr. PC Dipannita Segtember 2017 �-C--� Kuniyal Das to Till date

Assessment of impact associated with project • Selection of

species for greenerydevelopment

• Assistanceduringdevelopment ofprojectmanagementplan

4 LU Nandini Bikash Segtember 2017 to Choudh Ruj Till date

ury Development of Landuse Map

• Impact of project

� Cf'a.r _bo on surroundingLand use·

• Assistanceduringdevelopment ofprojectmanagementplan

• MitigationMeasures due tochange in Landuses by theproject

5 AP K.D Swagata Segtember 2017 to l{A./J/2 Choudh Mukherje Till date

ury e Assessment of Impact associated with Construction Activities

• Assessment ofImpactAssociated withDG Operation

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT

PAGE GREENCINDIA CONSULTING

2 PRIVATE LIMITED, NCR,

GHAZIABAD

Project Proponent:


(ACL), GUJRA T




Kutch (Gujarat}

s. Functiona


No I Areas


Signature

exoert/s

• Development ofManagementPlan

A

6 AQ Prof. PB Dipannita Se�tember 2017 to

Pi>� �Murthy Oas Till date

7 NV K.DChoudh

ury

8 Risk & KO

Hazards Choudh

Managem ury

ent-RH

9 HG Dr.Mano j Kumar

Project Proponent:

AbANI CEMENTATION LIMITED

(ACL), GUJRAT

Swagata Mukherje

e

-

• Selection of monitoringlocations

• Study of windpattern andweatherconditions

• Quantitativeassessment ofproject impactassociated withstacks operationas power back-up and vehiclemovement.

Se�tember 2017 to Till date Assessment of impact associated with project • Assistance

duringdevelopment ofprojectmanagementplan

Se�tember 2017 to Till date Assessment of risk associated and development of manaqement plan Se�tember 2017 to June 2018 • Water table ·of

the area. in pre-

. - •�·

I{�

l{aa_k¥��

�'§"\(..,

Environment Consultant:


Private Limited

PAGE

3

·s:" •




Kutch (Gujarat}

NABET

DISCLOSURE

s. Functiona


No I Areas


Signature exoert/s

monsoon and post monsoon season

• Development ofmanagementplan

10 GEO Dr.Mano - SeQtember 2017 to j Kumar June 2018

• Study ofGeological androck structure of

��\( the study areaand suggestappropriatemanagementmeasures

11 SC Dr. PC Rahul SeQtember 2017 to Kuniyal Singh Till date

• Study of soilcharacteristicsand fertility in

f{-C-� study area andsuggestappropriateconservation andmanagementmeasures

12 HW Dr. Rahul SeQtember 2017 to Koushik Singh Till date Sadhu Quantitative

Assessment of ·k()\,w\'1-� I( scJ'\w.hazardous waste likely to generate • Development of

hazardous wasteManagementPlan

13 ISW Dr. Rahul SeQtember 2017 to Koushik Singh Till date Sadhu Quantitative -k&VY¼-�I( scJ'\w.

Assessment of industrial waste likely to qenerate

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT,

PAGE GREENCINDIA CONSULTING

4 PRIVATE LIMITED, NCR, GHAZIABAD

Project Proponent:


(ACL), GUJRA T




Kutch (Gujarat}

s. Functiona Name Team Involvement No I Areas of the Member (Period & Task) Signature exoert/s

Development of industrial waste Manaqement Plan

A

Note-* For the purpose of NABET Disclosure the Period of Involvement is considered from Date of Preparation of Form-1 & PFR upto Submission Draft EIA Report to SPCB Gujarat. However, Actual Project start date is from Date of Issuance of Work Order upto date of Issuance Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, Delhi

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization I, Nandini Choudhury, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts were involved in preparation of Lakhpat Cement Works (Integrated Project) Village Maldo, Mudhvay,Koriyani & Kapurasi, Taluka Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat). I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement. Signature: , , ;00

Name Nandlni Choudhury,

i��,---�,--�.1• Designation : Managing Director ': _) .. { (/ Name of the EIA Consultant Organization Greencindia C \tUm;i.�e i�ate Limited NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date NABET/EIA/1619iifitifo58, June 28,2017

Project Proponent: Environment Consultant: PAGE


(ACL), GUJRAT


Private Limited 5




Kutch (Gujarat}

Table of Contents

FINAL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Proposed Lakhpat Cement Works (Integrated Project) Village Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani &Kapurasi, Taluka Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat)

TOC

PROJECT PROPONENT : ADANI CEMENTATION LIMITED (ACL), GUJARAT 1

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT : GREENCINDIA CONSULTING PRIVATE LIMITED

Table of Content 1. INTRODUCTION…………………………………………………………………………1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT……………………………………………………………...1

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT………………...1

1.2.1. Identification of the Project………………………………………………………….1

1.2.2. Identification of Project Proponent…………………………………………………2

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT……………………………………………….2

1.3.1. Nature and Size of the Project………………………………………………………2

1.3.2. Location of the Project………………………………………………………………..4

1.3.3. Importance of the Project to the Country/Region………………………………5

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY………………………………………………………………….6

1.5 LEGISLATIVE & REGULATORY FRAMEWORK………………………………………...7

1.6 REPORT STRUCTURE …………………………………………………………………….8

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION……………………………………………………………..2-1

2.1 BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION………………………………………………………2-1

2.1.1 Type of Project……………………………………………………………………….2-1

2.1.2 Need for the Project………………………………………………………………..2-1

2.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT……………………………………………………….2-2

2.3 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION…………………………………………….2-3

2.4 PROJECT SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION……………….2-3

2.5 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION……………………………………2-4

2.5.1 Cement Plant………………………………………………………………………...2-4

2.5.2 Captive Power Plant………………………………………………………………..2-8

2.5.3 Waste Heat Recovery System…………………………………………………….2-9

2.5.4 Mudhvay Limestone Mines………………………………………………………2-10


TOC



2.5.5 WASTE HANDLING………………………………………………………………….2-12

2.5.6 BERTHING JETTY…………………………………………………………………….2-15

2.6 PROJECT DESCRIPTION……………………………………………………………2-17

2.6.1 Cement Plant with Captive Power Plant………………………………………2-17

2.6.2 Mudhvay Limestone Mines………………………………………………………2-22

2.6.3 Berthing Jetty……………………………………………………………………….2-26

2.7 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES………………………………..........2-28

2.8 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE………………………………………………………………..2-31

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT………………………………………….....3-1

3.1 STUDY AREA & STUDY PERIOD………………………………………………......…3-1

3.2 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR STUDY………………………..…………………3-1

3.2.1 Primary Data Collection……………………………………………………………3-1

3.2.2 Secondary Data Collection……………………………………………………….3-3

3.3 ECO-SENSITIVE FEATURES…………………………………………………………..3-4

3.4 VULNERABILITY OF THE SITE………………………………………………………...3-4

3.4.1 Seismicity……………………………………………………………………………..3-4

3.4.2 Cyclone……………………………………………………………………………….3-6

3.4.3 Tsunami………………………………………………………………………………..3-7

3.5 PHYSICAL FEATURES………………………………………………...……………….3-8

3.5.1 Topography& Geomorphology…………………………………………………..3-8

3.5.2 Geology………………………………………………………………………………3-9

3.6 LAND-USE AND LAND OWNERSHIP……………………………………………...3-12

3.6.1 Land-Use of the Study Area……………………………………………………..3-12

3.6.2 Land-Use of the Cement Plant Site…………………………………………..…3-14


TOC



3.6.3 Land-Use of the Mining Site……………………………………………………...3-14

3.6.4 Land-Use of the Back-up Area of Jetty and Conveyor Belt………………3-14

3.6.5 Land-Use of the Jetty Area………………………………………………………3-14

3.6.6 Land Ownership……………………………………………………………………3-14

3.7 SOIL TYPE & CHARACTERISTICS…………………………………………………..3-15

3.7.1 Observation and Interpretation…………………………………………………3-17

3.8 WATER ENVIRONMENT…………………………………………………………….3-20

3.8.1 Area Drainage……………………………………………………………………..3-20

3.8.2 Area Drainage of Project Site…………………………………………………...3-21

3.8.3 Hydrology &Hydrogeology………..…………………………………………….3-21

3.8.4 Water Quality……………………………………………………………………….3-23

3.9 METEOROLOGICAL CONDITION…………………………………………………3-33

3.9.1 Secondary Data as per IMD Station: Naliya………………………………….3-33

3.9.2 Onsite Meteorological Condition………………………………………………3-38

3.10 AIR ENVIRONMENT…………………………………………………………………3-39

3.10.1 Parameter & Frequency of Monitoring and Methodology………………...3-39

3.10.2 Instruments used for Sampling and Analytical Techniques……………….3-40

3.10.3 Analysis of Baseline Concentration……………………………………………3-41

3.11 SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL…………………………………………………………...3-45

3.11.1 Frequency & Parameters of Sampling…………………………………………3-45

3.11.2 Instruments used for Sampling………………………………………………….3-45

3.11.3 Sampling and Analytical Techniques…………………………………………3-45

3.11.4 Monitoring Locations……………………………………………………………...3-46

3.11.5 Analysis of Baseline Concentration……………………………………………3-46

3.12 BASELINE TRAFFIC SCENARIO……………………………………………………3-48


TOC



3.13 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT……………………………………………………3-48

3.13.1 Cropping Pattern…………………………………………………………………..3-49

3.13.2 Important Ecological Habitats…………………………………………………..3-49

3.13.3 Floral Diversity and Vegetation Type…………………………………………..3-50

3.13.4 Faunal Diversity & Species Inventory………………………………………….3-53

3.14 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT………………….………………………………………..3-57

3.14.1 Demographic Profile………………………………………………………………3-57

3.14.2 Household Size…………………………………………………………………….3-58

3.14.3 Child Population Distribution………………………………………………….…3-58

3.14.4 Vulnerable Groups…………………………………………………………..……3-58

3.14.5 Literacy Rate………………………………………………………………………..3-59

3.14.6 Economic and Occupation Status……………………………………………..3-60

3.14.7 Infrastructure………………………………………………………………………..3-60

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES…...….4-1

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS FROM PROPOSED CEMENT PLANT & CPP….4-1

4.1.1 Construction Phase…………………………………………………………………4-1

4.1.2 Operation Phase…………………………………………………………………….4-5

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS FROM PROPOSED LIMESTONE MINE..……...4-12

4.2.1 Impact on Land-use & Soil Quality…………………………………………….4-13

4.2.2 Impact on Water Quality…………………………………………………………4-14

4.2.3 Impact on Noise Level……………………………………………………………4-17

4.2.4 Occupational Health & Safety…………………………………………………..4-18

4.3 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY DUE TO INTEGRATED PROJECT……………………4-20

4.3.1 For Cement Plant and the CPP………………………………………………….4-20

4.3.2 For Limestone Mine………………………………………………………………..4-20


TOC



4.3.3 Calculation of Ground Level Concentration…………………………………4-21

4.3.4 Control Measures………………………………………………………………….4-25

4.4 IMPACT ON ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT………………….…………………4-29

4.4.1 Habitat Degradation………………………………………………………………4-29

4.4.2 Impact on Aquatic Biota…………………………………………………………4-30

4.4.3 Impacts on Flora…………………………………………………………………...4-30

4.4.4 Impacts on Fauna…………………………………………………………………4-31

4.4.5 REGULATORY MITIGATION MEASURES & RECOMMENDATIONS……………4-31

4.4.6 Greenbelt Development…………………………………………………………4-32

4.5 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT…………….………………4-34

4.5.1 Public Health Implications……………………………………………………….4-35

4.6 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS....................................................................................................…...4-36

4.7 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS………………..……………….4-36

4.7.1 Land-use…………………………………………………………………………….4-37

4.7.2 Soil Quality………………………………………………………………………….4-37

4.7.3 Air Quality…………………………………………………………………………..4-37

4.7.4 Noise Level………………………………………………………………………….4-37

4.7.5 Water Quality……………………………………………………………………….4-38

4.7.6 Biological Environment…………………………………………………………...4-38

4.7.7 Socio-economic Scenario………………………………………………………4-38

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES……………………………………………………….5-1

5.1 DESCRIPTION OF EACH ALTERNATIVE……………………………………………5-1

5.1.1 Limestone Mining……………………………………………………………………5-1

5.1.2 Cement Plant with captive power plant………………………………………..5-2


TOC



5.1.3 Alternate Technology………………………………………………………………5-2

5.2 SUMMARY OF ADVERSE IMPACTS OF EACH ALTERNATIVE…………………...5-2




5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED FOR EACH ALTERNATIVE……………….5-4

5.3.1 Limestone Mining…………………………………………………………………...5-4



5.4 SELECTION OF ALTERNATIVE5……………………………………………………...5-6




6. ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN………………………………….…………..6-1

6.1 MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGIES……….………………………….…………….6-1

6.1.3.1 Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis……………………………………..6-5

6.1.3.2 Water and Waste-water Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis………….6-5

6.1.3.3 Noise Levels…………………………………………………………………………6-5

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES.................................................................................…...7-1

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION………………………………………………………….…7-1

7.1.1 Public Hearing……………………………………………………………………….7-1

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT AND EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN………………….7-4

7.2.1 Risk Assessment and Emergency Preparedness Plan Cement Plant and Power Plant…………………………………………………………………………………...7-4

7.2.2 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management in Limestone Mine…………7-13


TOC



7.3 SOCIO ECONOMIC STUDY AND R&R STUDY… ……………………………...7-26

8. PROJECT BENEFITS...…………………………………………………………………8-1

8.1 IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE…………………………………8-1

8.1.1 Community Engagement Cell……………………………………………………8-1

8.1.2 Welfare Programs…………………………………………………………………..8-2

8.1.3 Focus Areas………………………………………………………………………….8-2

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE……………………………………8-2

8.2.1 Education……………………………………………………………………….…….8-2

8.2.2 Community Health………………………………………………………………….8-2

8.2.3 Sustainable Livelihood……………………………………………………………..8-2

8.3 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)…………………………………..8-3

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL…………………………………………………………..8-4

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS…………………………………………………………8-4

8.5.1 Environmental Benefits…………………………………………………………..…8-4

9 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN……………………...…………………….9-1

9.1 ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS……………...………………………………………….9-1

9.1.1 Environmental Policy……………………………………………………………….9-1

9.1.2 Reporting System to the Directors……………………………………………….9-1

9.1.3 Environment Management Set-up………………………………………………9-1

9.1.4 Monitoring Program……………………………………………………………..….9-2

9.1.5 Institutional Arrangements………………………………………………………...9-2

9.2 EMP DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE……………………………………………9-3

9.3 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS………………………….……………………………….9-6

10. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION………………………………………………………10-1

10.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION……………………………………………………………10-1


TOC



10.1.1 Cement Plant with Captive Power Plant………………………………………10-1

10.1.2 Limestone Mines…………………………………………………………………...10-2

10.1.3 Jetty and Conveyor Belt………………………………………………………….10-2

10.1.4 Land………………………………………………………………………………….10-3

10.1.5 Water Requirement………………………………………………………………..10-4

10.1.6 Employment Generation…………………………………………………………10-4

10.1.7 Power Requirement……………………………………………………………….10-4

10.1.8 Raw Materials………………………………………………………………………10-4

10.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…………………………………………...10-4

10.2.1 Meteorological Data……………………………………………………………...10-4

10.2.2 Air Environment…………………………………………………………………….10-5

10.2.3 Land-Use…………………………………………………………………………….10-5

10.2.4 Soil Environment……………………………………………………………………10-5

10.2.5 Water Environment………………………………………………………………...10-5

10.2.6 Noise Environment ………………………………………………………………...10-6

10.2.7 Social Environment………………………………………………………………..10-6

10.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR PLANT………………………………………………..10-6

10.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR MINES...........................................................…...10-7

10.5 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT…………………………………………………10-7

10.6 IMPACT ON ECOLOGY………………..…………………………………………..10-8

10.7 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC SCENARIO……………..…………………...10-8

10.8 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM…………………...…………………10-8

10.9 ADDITIONAL STUDIES………………………………………………………………10-8

10.10 PROJECT BENEFITS………………………………………………………………….10-9

10.11 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN…………………………………………..10-9


TOC



10.11.1 EMP During Construction Phase……………………………………………….10-9

10.11.2 EMP During Operation Phase………………………………………………….10-9

11. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT…..……………………………………………….11-1

11.1 INTRODUCTION….…………………………………………………………………11-1

11.2 AREA OF EXPERTISE………………………………………………………………..11-1

11.3 ACHIEVEMENT OF COMPANY……………………………………………………11-2

11.4 BRIEF RESUME OF TEAM MEMBERS………………………………………………11-3

11.5 QCI ACCREDITION CERTIFICATE……………..………………………………….11-5

11.6 CERTIFICATE OF ACCREDITION FOR LABORATORY………..…………………11-5


TOC



List of Tables Table 1:1: Salient Features of the Project………………………………………………….3

Table 1:2: Revenue Details and Coordinates of Cement Plant and CPP……………4

Table 1:3: Revenue Details and Coordinates of Mudhvay Limestone Mines BlockC…………………………………………………………………………………………...5

Table 1:4: Revenue Details and Coordinates of Conveyor Corridor………………...5

Table 1:5: Land Details and Coordinates of Berthing Jetty, Backup Storage and Desalination Area……………………………………………………………………………...5

Table 1:6: Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring…………………..6

Table 1:7: Key Environmental Legislation…………………………………………………7

Table 2:1: Industries within 10 km radius of the Project Site………………………...2-3

Table 2:2: Norms for Main Machinery Sizing…………………………………………...2-6

Table 2:3: Specifications/Capacity of Machines……………………………………..2-7

Table 2:4: Details of Captive Power Plant………………………………………………2-9

Table 2:5: Salient Features of Proposed Method of Working………………………2-11

Table 2:6: Proposed Production for 5 years (MTPA)…………………………………2-12

Table 2:7: Generation of OB and its disposal ………………………………………...2-13

Table 2:8: Removal of Soil and Disposal…….………………………………………...2-13

Table 2:9: Plantation Schedule………………………………………………………….2-14

Table 2:10: List of Mining Machinery/ Equipment to be proposed………………2-15

Table 2:11: List of Machinery/ Equipment required for site services…………….2-15

Table 2:12: Proposed traffic projection and material flow ………………………...2-16

Table 2:13: Land Requirement for Cement Plant and CPP in ha………………….2-17

Table 2:14: Details of Input Material……………………………………………………2-17

Table 2:15: Chemical Composition of Low-grade Limestone (%)………………..2-18

Table 2:16: Chemical Composition of Silica Sand (%)……………………………..2-18


TOC



Table 2:17: Chemical Composition of Gypsum (%)………………………………...2-19

Table 2:18: Chemical Composition of Fly Ash (%)…………………………………..2-19

Table 2:19: Tentative Analysis of Coal/Lignite……………………………………….2-19

Table 2:20: Water Requirement for the Project………………………………………2-20

Table 2:21: Storage Details………………………………………………………………2-21

Table 2:22: New Nomenclature of Litho-groups……………………………………..2-23

Table 2:23: Gradation of Limestone……………………………………………………2-24

Table 2:24: Mineral Reserves as per UNFC Classification………………………….2-24

Table 2:25: Daily Water Requirement………………………………………………….2-25

Table 2:26: Manpower Requirement…………………………………………………..2-25

Table 2:27: Tentative dimension of anticipated vessels……………………………2-26

Table 2:28: Impact Identification Matrix………………………………………………2-28

Table 3:1: Primary Data Collection and Method……………………………………...3-2

Table 3:2: Secondary Data Collection ………………………………………………….3-3

Table 3:3: Eco-Sensitive Features Present in 15 km Radius of the Project Site…..3-4

Table 3:4: Tertiary Stratigraphy of Kutch………………………………………………..3-8

Table 3:5: Land-use Pattern of Study Area……………………………………………3-11

Table 3:6: Land-use Pattern of Project site……………………………………………3-13

Table 3:7: Land-use And Land Ownership……………………………………………3-13

Table 3:8: Soil Sampling Locations……………………………………………………..3-14

Table 3:9: Soil Characteristics of the Study Area……………………………………3-14

Table 3:10: Standard Classification of Soil……………………………………………3-15

Table 3:11: Major Water Bodies in the Study Area…………………………………..3-19

Table 3:12: Standard Operating Procedure for Water Sampling & Analysis……3-22

Table 3:13: Analytical Procedure……………………………………………………….3-23


TOC



Table 3:14: Water Quality Criteria as per CPCB……………………………………...3-24

Table 3:15 (a): Surface Water Quality in Study Area………………………………..3-24

Table 3:16: Ground Water Quality in Study Area…………………………………….3-28

Table 3:17: Climatology & Meteorology of Naliya IMD Observatory……………3-32

Table 3:18: Summary of Site Specific Meteorological Data……………………….3-36

Table 3:19: Air Quality Monitoring Stations……………………………………………3-38

Table 3:20: Sampling and Analytical Methodology………………………………..3-39

Table 3:21: Particulate Matter (PM10) in μg/m3……………………………………..3-39

Table 3:22: Particulate Matter (PM2.5) in μg/m3…………………………………….3-39

Table 3:23: Sulphur dioxide (SO2) in μg/m3………………………………………….3-40

Table 3:24: Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) in μg/m3………………………………………..3-40

Table 3:25: Carbon Monoxide (CO) in mg/m3………………………………………3-40

Table 3:26: Consolidated 24 hours averaging Values of AAQ

(98th Percentile)………...…………………………………………………………………3-41

Table 3:27: Noise Level Monitoring Locations………………………………………..3-44

Table 3:28: Ambient Noise Level in Day time & Night time………………………..3-45

Table 3:29: Traffic Survey…………………………………………………………………3-46

Table 3:30: Floral species documented in the Core and Buffer area…………...3-50

Table 3:31: Herpeto fauna in the Core & Buffer Area……………………..………..3-53

Table 3:32: Mammals in Study & Core Area………………………………………….3-54

Table 3:33: Species of High Conservation significance (critically endangered or schedule – I)………………………………………………………………………………..3-55

Table 3:34: General Demographic Features of the Study Area…………………..3-56

Table 3:35: Household Size of Study Area…………………………………………….3-56

Table 3:36: Gender Ratio Distribution in the Study Area……………………………3-57


TOC



Table 3:37: Social Profile of Vulnerable Groups……………………………………..3-57

Table 3:38: Literacy Rate…………………………………………………………………3-58

Table 3:39: Sector-wise Distribution of Main Workers in the Study Area………..3-58

Table 3:40: Education Facilities in the Study Area…………………………………..3-59

Table 3:41: Medical Facilities in Study Area………………………………………….3-60

Table 3:42: Drinking Water Sources in the Study Area……………………………...3-60

Table 3:43: Bank Facilities in the Study Area…………………………………………3-60

Table 4:1: Identification of during Construction Phase of Cement Plant…………4-2

Table 4:2: Noise Emission Levels from Construction Equipment’s………………….4-4

Table 4:3: Noise levels at Different Distances………………………………………….4-4

Table 4:4: Identification of Impact during Operation Phase of Cement Plant…..4-5

Table 4:5: Noise Level in Cement Plant with CPP……………………………………..4-7

Table 4:6: Predicted Model Results at Plant Boundary………………………………4-7

Table 4:7: Permissible Exposure Noise Limit……………………………………………4-8

Table 4:8: Rainwater Harvesting Calculation ………………………………………….4-9

Table 4:9: Calculation of Pits……………………………………………………………...4-9

Table 4:10: Level of Service of the Road Sections in the Study Area……………4-10

Table 4:11: Occupational Hazard- Cement Plant and CPP……………………….4-11

Table 4:12: Suggested PPE for the Cement Plant…………………………………….4-11

Table 4:13: Identification of Impact during Mining Operation……………………4-12

Table 4:14: Year-wise Plantation Program……………………………………………4-14

Table 4:15: Total rainwater proposed to be harvested in the buffer zone……...4-16

Table 4:16: Noise Level from Different Sources………………………………………4-17

Table 4:17: Estimated Emission from the Proposed Project………………………..4-22


TOC



Table 4:18: Cumulative Resultant Concentrations in Air Quality Monitoring Locations due to proposed Cement Plant & Limestone Mine…………………….4-23

Table 4:19: Estimated Gaseous Emission from the Proposed Cement Kiln……..4-24

Table 4:20: Control Measures for unloading Section……………………………….4-24

Table 4:21: Control Measures for Material Handling Section……………………..4-25

Table 4:22: Control Measures for Coal Storage Section……………………………4-25

Table 4:23: Control Measures For Clinker Cooler Section…………………………4-26

Table 4:24: Control Measures for Clinker Stock Piles Section……………………..4-26

Table 4:25: Control Measures for Storage of Gypsum, Fly-ash & Other Additives ..………………….…………………………………………………………………...4-26

Table 4:26: Control Measures for Cement Packing Section……………………....4-27

Table 4:27: Control Measures for Silo Section………………………………………..4-27

Table 4:28: Control Measures for Roads………………………………………………4-27

Table 4:29: Plantation Details for Cement Plant……………………………………..4-32

Table 4:30: List of Species for Road Side Plantation……………………………………………………………………………………4-33

Table 4:31: Project Displaced and Affected Households………………………….4-33

Table 4:32: Impact Assessment Rating Matrix……………………………………….4-35

Table 4:33: Impact Identification Rating Matrix……………………………………..4-35

Table 5:1: Comparison of Alternate Sites………………………………………………….3

Table 5:2: Comparison of Power Generation Technology…………………………….7

Table 6:1: Environment Monitoring Pan during Construction Phase…………………2

Table 6:2: Environment Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase……………………3

Table 6:3: Environment Monitoring Cost…………………………………………………..6

Table 7:1: Action Plan for Issues raised during public Hearing.……………………7-2

Table 7:2: Elements likely to lead to Major Accidents……………………………….7-8


TOC



Table 7:3: Identified Natural Hazards in the Study Area……………………………7-17

Table 7:4: Probability Period/Seasonality of disasters………………………………7-17

Table 7:5: Matrix of past disasters in Kutch District………………………………….7-17

Table 7:6: Tsunami hazard risk zonation based on PMS at Highest High Tide Level (HHTL)………………………………………………………………………………………...7-19

Table 7:7: Emergency Responses………………………………………………………7-19

Table 7:8: Land cost……………………………………………………………………….7-28

Table 7:9: R&R Compensation Cost…………………………………………………….7-28

Table 8:1: Budget Allocation for Corporate Environment Responsibility…………8-3

Table 9:1: Responsibilities of Different Organizations………………………………...9-3

Table 9:2: Environment Management Plan for Construction phase………………9-3

Table 9:3: Environment Management Plan for Operation phase………………….9-5

Table 9:4: EMP Cost…………………………………………………………………………9-7

Table 10:1: Salient Features of the Project……………………………………………10-2

Table 10:2: Land Requirement for Cement Plant & CPP……………………………10-4


TOC



List of Figures Figure 1.1: Location Map

Figure 1.2: Coordinate map superimposed on satellite image

Figure 1.3: Coordinate map superimposed on Toposheets

Figure 2.1: Project Implementation

Figure 2.2: The manufacturing process flow diagram of cement plant

Figure 2.3: Heat & Mass Balance Diagram for CPP (single line 25 MW)

Figure 2.4: 1st Year Development plan

Figure 2.5: 2nd Year Development plan

Figure 2.6: 3rd Year Development plan

Figure 2.7: 4th Year Development plan

Figure 2.8: 5th Year Development plan

Figure 2.9: The lay out plan

Figure 2.10: Material Balance Diagram

Figure 2.11: Water Balance Diagram

Figure 2.12: Surface Plan of Mudvey Limestone Mining

Figure 2.13: Geological Plan of Mudvey Limestone Mining

Figure 2.14: Cross Section of Geological plan of Mudvey Limestone Mining

Figure 3.1: Study Map

Figure 3.2: Environment Sensitivity Map

Figure 3.3(a): Earthquake Hazard Map of Gujrat

Figure 3.3(b): Earthquake Hazard Map of Gujrat

Figure 3.4: Cyclone Hazard Map of Gujrat (Source: BMPTC)

Figure 3.5: Tsunami Hazard Map of Gujrat

Figure 3.6: Geological Map of Gujrat showing Project Location


TOC



Figure 3.7: Lithological Description of Project site

Figure 3.8: Pie Diagram depicting Land-use Pattern of the Study Area

Figure 3.9: Land-use map of study area

Figure 3.10: The land-use map of project site

Figure 3.11: The sampling locations of Soil

Figure 3.11(a): Drainage Map of the study Area

Figure 3.11(b): 5 km Drainage pattern map

Figure 3.12: Drainage map of the project site

Figure 3.13(a): Depth of Water Level Pre Monsoon of the Study Area

Figure 3.13(b): Depth of Water Level Post Monsoon of the Study Area

Figure 3.14: The water quality sampling locations Map

Figure 3.14(a): Digital Elevation Model map of study area

Figure 3.15: Monthly Average Rainfall in mm as per IMD Naliya (Gujrat)

Figure 3.16: Average Maximum and Minimum Temperature (0C) as per IMD Naliya (Gujrat)

Figure 3.17: Relative Humidity during Day and Evening (%) as per IMD Naliya (Gujrat)

Figure 3.18: Winter and Annual windrose as per IMD Naliya (Gujrat)

Figure 3.19: Onsite Wind Rose-Dec- Feb, 2018

Figure 3.20: Air Monitoring Locations Map

Figure 3.21: 98 Percentile of Particulate Matter (PM10) in μg/m3

Figure 3.22: 98 Percentile of Particulate Matter (PM25) in μg/m3

Figure 3.23: 98 Percentile of SO2 in μg/m3

Figure 3.24: 98 Percentile of NO2 in μg/m3

Figure 3.25: 98 Percentile of Carbon Monoxide (CO) in mg/m3

Figure 3.26: Noise monitoring location Map


TOC



Figure 3.27: Ambient Noise Level during Day

Figure 3.28: Ambient Noise Level at Night

Figure 3.29: Traffic Location Map

Figure 4.1: Hydrogeological cross section showing depth to ground water table during pre and post monsoon periods along with ultimate pit depth

Figure 4.2: Isopleths on superimposed in Map of Incremental PM10 for cement Plant with Grinding Unit and CPP

Figure 4.2: Isopleths of Incremental PM10 for Mining

Figure 5.1: Analysis of three alternate sites

Figure 7.1: Public Hearing Photographs

Figure 7.2: Communication network for DMP

Figure 9.1: Environment Management Cell


TOC



Annex List Annex 1.1-A: ToR letter of Industry 1

Annex 1.1-B: ToR letter of Non Coal Mining

Annex 1.2-A : ToR compliance of Industry 1

Annex 1.2-B: ToR compliance of Non Coal Mining

Annex 1.3: LOI for Mine lease area

Annex 1.4: Approve Mine plan

Annex 1.5: Relevant Standard

Annex 2.1: Layout plan of Plant

Annex 2.2: Site photographs

Annex 2.3: Details of Bag filter

Annex 2.4: Limestone and coal linkage documents

Annex 3.1: Monitoring Photographs

Annex 3.2: Stage-I Forest Clearance Letter

Annex 3.3: Hydrogeology Report

Annex 3.4: Raw data for Ambient Air Quality

Annex 3.5: Wild life Conservation Report

Annex 3.6: Acknowledgement CWLW

Annex 4.1: Social Impact Assessment Study

Annex 4.1: CREP Guidelines

Annex 6.1: Environment policy

Annex 7.1: Public Hearing minutes

Annex 11.1: NABET certificate

Annex 11.2: MoEF&CC certificate for Lab

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page i

with Intake and Outfall and Related Infrastructures (Backup Storage, Utilities and Amenities) for

Integrated Unit of Lakhpat Cement Works at Village Kapurasi, Tehsil Lakhpat, District Kutch, Gujarat

MARINE EIA CONTENTS Page

List of Tables iv

List of Figures vi

ABBREVIATIONS vii

1 INTRODUCTION 1.1

1.1 Purpose of the Report 1.2

1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent 1.3

1.3 Brief Description of Project 1.4

1.4 Scope of the Study 1.5

1.5 TOR and Compliance 1.6

1.6 Coastal Regulation Zone 1.13

1.7 Structure of EIA Report 1.14

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1

2.1 Type of Project 2.1

2.2 Need for the Project 2.1

2.3 Project Location 2.2

2.4 Proposed Facilities 2.12

2.4.1 Berthing Jetty 2.12

2.4.2 Berth Requirements 2.14

2.4.3 Navigational and Operational Requirements 2.15

2.4.4 Material Handling Systems (MHS) 2.16

2.4.5 Traffic Potential 2.19

2.4.6 Storage Requirements 2.20

2.4.7 Supporting Infrastructure 2.20

2.4.8 Desalination Plant 2.20

2.5 Resource Requirement 2.23

2.6 Proposed Project Schedule 2.24

2.7 Project Cost 2.25

2.8 Summary of Proposed Facilities 2.26

3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 3.1

3.1 Berthing Jetty 3.1

3.2 Rock Bund 3.5

3.3 Navigational Channel and Anchorage Point 3.5

3.4 Desalination Plant with Intake and Outfall 3.7

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 4.1

4.1 Physical Parameters 4.1

4.2 Seawater Quality 4.13

4.3 Seabed Sediment Quality 4.17

4.4 Marine Ecology and Biodiversity 4.19

4.4.1 Plankton 4.21

4.4.2 Macrobenthic Organisms 4.23

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page ii



4.4.3 Microbiology 4.24

4.4.4 Coastal Vegetation 4.25

4.4.5 Mangroves 4.26

4.4.6 Seaweeds and Sea Grasses 4.28

4.4.7 Coral Reefs 4.28

4.4.8 Marine Mammals 4.29

4.4.9 Sea Turtles 4.29

4.4.10 Endangered Species 4.29

4.4.11 Seabirds 4.30

4.4.12 Fish & Fisheries 4.30

4.4.13 Protected Areas 4.33

4.5 Comparison of Offshore and Nearshore Water 4.34

4.6 Summary of Marine Baseline Data 4.37

5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 5.1

5.1 Identification of Impacts 5.1

5.2 Prediction of Impacts 5.2

5.3 Proposed Mitigation Measures 5.2

5.3.1 Captive Port 5.5

5.3.2 Desalination Plant 5.14

5.3.3 Environmental Sensitivity 5.17

6 POST PROJECT MONITORING 6.1

6.1 Environmental Impact Matrix 6.1

6.2 Post Project Monitoring Program 6.2

6.3 Review and Reporting 6.3

6.4 Onsite Mock Drill 6.4

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1

7.1 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan 7.1

7.1.1 Introduction 7.1

7.1.2 Objective of Disaster Management Plan 7.5

7.1.3 Preparedness Plan 7.6

7.1.4 On Site / Inhouse Emergency Preparedness 7.6

7.1.5 Coordination with National Agencies 7.9

7.1.6 Disaster Management Action 7.11

7.2 Oil Spill Contingency Plan 7.13

7.2.1 Response Policy 7.14

7.2.2 Statutory and Combat Responsibilities 7.15

7.2.3 Incident Management Team 7.15

7.2.4 Support Services 7.19

7.2.5 Scope of Oil Spill Contingency Plan 7.22

7.2.6 Oil Spill Response Procedures 7.26

7.2.7 Port Responsibility 7.29

8 MODELLING STUDIES 8.1

8.1 Introduction 8.1

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page iii



8.2 Proposed Marine Facilities 8.1

8.2.1 Seawater Intake 8.2

8.2.2 Brine Reject 8.2

8.3 Modelling Approach 8.2

8.4 Model Setup 8.3

8.4.1 Units and Conventions 8.3

8.4.2 Model Domain 8.4

8.4.3 Depth Schematization 8.4

8.5 Initial Dilution - CORMIX Model 8.4

8.5.1 Methodology 8.4

8.5.2 Design Details 8.5

8.6 Flow Model 8.7

8.6.1 Model Description 8.7

8.6.2 Boundary Conditions 8.9

8.6.3 Calibration 8.9

8.6.4 Simulations 8.9

8.7 Secondary dispersion – Mike 21 Model 8.9

8.7.1 Advection and Dispersion 8.9

8.7.2 Input to Dispersion Model 8.10

8.7.3 Dispersion of Brine Reject 8.10

8.8 Results on Currents & Secondary Dispersion 8.11

8.9 Ship/Wave Tranquility in Kori Creek 8.12

8.9.1 Waves at Offshore Near Anchorage Point 8.12

8.9.2 Wave Tranquility Using SWAN Model 8.14

8.9.3 Conclusion 8.15

9 PROJECT BENEFITS 9.1

9.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 9.1

9.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 9.1

9.3 Employment Potential 9.1

9.4 Corporate Social Responsibility 9.2

9.5 Corporate Environment Responsibility 9.3

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.1

10.1 Summary of Proposed Impacts and Mitigation Measures 10.1

10.2 Marine Environmental Management Plan 10.5

10.2.1 EMP during Construction Phase 10.5

10.2.2 EMP during Operational Phase 10.6

10.3 Environment Management Cell (EMC) 10.7

10.4 Training, Communication and Reporting 10.8

10.5 Institutional Mechanism 10.9

10.6 Implementation of EMP 10.9

10.7 EMP Monitoring and Review 10.10

10.8 EMP budget 10.10

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 11.1

11.1 Introduction 11.1

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page iv



11.2 Project Description 11.1

11.3 Description of Environment 11.2

11.4 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 11.3

11.5 Post Project Monitoring Program 11.4

11.6 Additional Studies 11.5

11.7 Project Benefits 11.5

11.8 Environment Management Plan 11.6

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 12.1

REFERENCES

ANNEXURE I – Methods of Collection and Analysis

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page v



LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Title

4.1 Details of seawater, seabed sediment and biological sampling stations

4.2 Seawater quality of Kori creek – September 2018

4.3 Sediment size distribution of Kori creek– September 2018

4.4 Seabed Sediment quality of Kori creek – September 2018

4.5 Primary productivity of Kori creek - September 2018

4.6 Phytoplankton species composition* of Kori creek - September 2018

4.7 Numerical abundance of Phytoplankton (Nos./l)* of Kori creek - September 2018

4.8 Zooplankton population (nos./100m3) of Kori creek - September 2018

4.9 Subtidal and Intertidal benthic population (nos./m2) of Kori creek - September

2018

4.10 Bacterial population (nos.x103 CFU/ml) of Kori creek - September 2018

4.11 Bacterial population in seabed sediment (nos.x104 CFU/g) of Kori creek

- September 2018

4.12 List of Bird species sighted and reported from the study area

8.1 Significant Wave Height (Hs) Vs Wave Direction percentage distribution for the

offshore

8.2 Estimated wind and wave parameters for the offshore location near the entrance

8.3 Extreme wave parameters at different return periods at the proposed jetty

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page vi



LIST OF FIGURES

Figure No. Title

1.1 Location map of project site

1.2 Coastal Regulation Zone map

2.1 Reserve Forest map of project site

2.2 Kori creek network system

2.3 Layout of proposed Berthing jetty, Approach trestle and Rock bund

2.4 Cross section of proposed rock bund

2.5 Location map of Desalination plant, Intake and Outfall

4.1 Current measurement location map

4.2 Variation of current speed and direction at project site

4.3 Bathymetry map of project site

4.4 Seawater, Seabed Sediments and Biological sampling locations

4.5 Boundary of Narayan Sarovar Wild Life and Eco Sensitive Zone

8.1 Bathymetry

8.2 Comparison of simulated and predicted tide near to jetty

8.3 Flow field – Spring Tide

8.4 Secondary dispersion – Spring Tide

8.5 Secondary dispersion – Neap Tide

8.6 Flow field – Neap Tide

8.7 Outer grid domain and bathymetry (top) inner grid domain and bathymetry

(bottom)

8.8 Wave climate of 1 Year return period at proposed cement jetty region for the

offshore wave direction 180°N











Executive Summary


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY PROJECT DESCRIPTION Adani Cementation Limited (ACL proposes to establish an integrated cement project as Lakhpat Cement Works which includes a Cement Plant of rated production capacity of 10.0 MTPA Clinker as well as 10.0 MTPA OPC/ PPC/ PSC Composite Cement Plant in phased manner, a limestone mine with a proposed production of 12 MTPA over lease area of 251.9 ha area and a berthing jetty of 19.0 MTPA bearing capacity in Taluka Lakhpat of District Kutch (Gujarat). Peak annual production from mine will be 4 MTPA Production ramp up at mine has been planned to reach 4MTPA during first five years as per approved mine plan, from sixth years onwards mine production will be gradually increased to 12MTPA by tenth year. Balance limestone will be procured from outside till the mine is not expanded. In order to serve the import of raw materials, product transportation and water requirement ACL has also proposed to develop a berthing jetty of 19 MMTPA traffic capacity and 9 MLD desalination plant with seawater intake and brine reject outfall at Kori creek .ACL proposes to part grind clinker to produce bulk OPC and PPC at Lakhpat and transfer the same to its proposed Bulk Terminals (BT) in Raigad, Hazira, Vizhinjam and New Mangalore, whereas the balance clinker is proposed to be transferred to it’s proposed Grinding Units (GU) at Mundra, Udupi and Dahej. ACL proposes to export any excess clinker which is left after fulfilling the requirements of its proposed Grinding Unit and Bulk Terminals.

The proposed integrated Lakhpat Cement Works of Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) is located in Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani & Kapurasi villages of Lakhpat Taluka in Kutch District, Gujarat. The project consists of a cement plant (clinkerization unit and grinding unit) with captive power plant, limestone mines and a jetty with conveyor belt for transportation of raw materials from mine to plant and clinker/ cement from the plant to jetty. Any other raw material will be brought by road. As the project involves multi-sectoral components such as activities listed in 3(b) Cement Plants; 1(a) Mining of Minerals; 7(e) Berthing Jetty with anchorage and falls under Category 'A' of the Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006, the proposal is to be appraised at the Central Level by various expert appraisal committees as an integrated project.

Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) submitted the necessary application to Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry I), MoEF&CC for approval of composite Terms of Reference (ToR) on 26th September 2017. As per the requirement of the Industry-I Committee, separate ToR was also taken from EAC (Non-coal Mining) for the Mine vide letter number J-11015/121/2017-IA.II (M)dated 6th June 2018; and EAC (Infrastructure-II) for the Jetty vide letter number F. No. 10-63/2017-IA-III dated 29th August 2018 . Subsequently, TOR was granted by Industry I for the Plant and CPP vide letter number IA-J-11011/494/2017-IA-II(I) dated 25th June 2018.

With a view to assess the environmental impact arising due to the proposed green field project, ACL has retained the services of NABET accredited EIA consultant M/s Greencindia Consulting Private Limited, Ghaziabad to prepare an integrated project specific EIA/EMP report for Cement Plant with CPPs, Limestone Mines and Jetty covering various environmental components including air, water, noise, land, marine and aquatic ecology, etc. The detailed EIA/EMP Report for the Jetty has been prepared by NABET accredited EIA consultant M/s Indomer Coastal Hydraulics (P) Ltd. Cement Plant with Captive Power Plant The cement plant will have a 10.0 MTPA Clinker unit as well as a 10.0 MTPA grinding unit. The total area required for the cement plant and CPP will be about 190.3 ha. The cement production will include both OPC/PPC/PSC/PCC. The whole process will includes limestone raising, gypsum crushing, transport to pre-blending stockpiles, vertical roller mill (VRM) for raw material grinding, 6-stage double string pre-heater with (ILC) in-line calciner, Waste Heat Recovery system, Coal/Lignite fired rotary kiln with 3 roller Piers, Vertical Roller Mill (VRM) for coal grinding, storing


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



& dozing of fuel, clinker cooler, clinker storage silo, clinker extraction system, clinker Conveying system to grinding unit, clinker bulk loading in pipe conveyor for transport to jetty, Vertical Roller Mill (VRM) for clinker grinding, cement silos, packing and truck loading for domestic gypsum, lignite, silica sand etc., and bulk loading facility and transport to jetty through pipe conveyor.

The captive power plant will have both waste heat recovery system (24 MW) and a power plant based on CFBC technology (75 MW). The WHRS will have 6 nos. of WHR boilers. The generated superheated steam shall be introduced to the common steam driven turbine generator set. The power plant will have three Circulating Fluidised Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boilers each with steam generation capacity of 110 TPH at 110 kg/cm2 (g) and 540°C temperature.

The generated power shall be utilized for the cement plant operations while operating in parallel with captive thermal power plant and grid. Limestone Mines The limestone mines allocated to ACL for the plant is Mudhvay Limestone Mines Block C located about 2km from the plant site. The open cast mines has a total lease area of 251.9 Ha will have peak capacity of 12.0 MTPA. The project involves opencast mining method with continuous surface miner with combination of excavator/ loader and dumpers for mineral production. No drilling and blasting isrequired. The maximum mining depth will be 57m BGL. Transportation of limestone will be done through covered conveyors.

Jetty and Conveyor Belt For material movement and handling, a captive berthing jetty is considered inside. Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek with anchorage in Arabian Sea. Clinker and Cement are the main commodity to be handled at the proposed berthing jetty. In addition to that, dry bulk commodities like Coal, Pet coke, and Limestone will also be handled. Lighterage operation will be performed to load the product materials in large sized vessel at the anchorage point located about 60 km south west of berthing jetty at open sea. Lighterage operation using barges will be developed for to and fro transport of raw materials and product materials from anchorage point to berthing jetty.

Desalination plant of 9 MLD capacity will be provided within the backup area. Seawater intake and brine reject outfall pipeline are planned in Kori creek adjacent to berthing jetty without obstructing the barge movement.

The jetty will have total length of 820 m and 28 m wide. The jetty will have a 3.2 km of approach combining of rock bund and trestle connecting landside facilities to jetty. The jetty will be connected with the plant with approximately 8.7 km of closed conveyor.

Salient Features of the Project Company Adani Cementation Limited (ACL)

Project Concept ACL proposed to setup Lakhpat Cement Works for integrated project including Limestone Mine, Cement Plant, Conveyor Corridor and Berthing Jetty in Kori Creek with anchorage in Gulf of Kutch in Tehsil Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat)

Project/Production Capacity

Limestone Mine Limestone: 4 MTPA for 5 years and simultaneously peak production is 12 MTPA

Cement Plant Clinker : 10 MTPA Cement : 10 MTPA

Captive Power Plant CFBC Boiler: 75 MW (25 MW x 3) WHR Boiler: 24 MW (8 MW x 3)

Berthing Jetty (Material Handling)

Total Material Handling : 19.0 MTPA • Clinker: 5.0 MTPA • Cement : 10.0 MTPA • Limestone : 1.0 MTPA


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



• Coal/ Pet-coke: 3.0MTPA Toposheet No. : 41A/10 S. No. in the Schedule (Category as per EIA Notification 2016)

: - 1(a) Limestone Mine - 3(b) Cement Plant - 7(e) Berthing Jetty with anchorage in Gulf of Kutch

Land Area

: Activity Area (in Ha.)

Limestone Mine 251.90 Cement Plant 190.23 Conveyor Alignment 8.09 Captive Jetty with Backup Storage 4.05 Total 454.27

Material Transportation, Sources and Distances

:

Material Source Distance Mode of Transport

Clinker From Plant to Jetty ~ 8km By Conveyor

Fuel • Coal: Imported (Jetty to

Plant) • Lignite: Domestic

(GMDC Mine)

~ 8km ~ 20km

i. By Conveyor ii. By Road

Silica Sand From Mundra to Plant Sourced from Bhuj

~210km ~130km By Road

Gypsum i. Imported: From Jetty

to Plant ii. Domestic: From village

Ler to Plant

i. ~ 8km ii. ~160k

m


Limestone - High Grade

i. From Mine to Plant ii. From Mine to Jetty

i. ~2km ii. ~ 12km By Conveyor

Limestone - Low Grade

From GMDC Mine to Plant ~20km By Road

OPC/PPC/PSC/PCC From Plant to Jetty ~ 8km By Conveyor Power Requirement : 125 MVA (Sourced from GVUNL/ Solar Power Plant/ WHRS/ Coal based CPP)

Water Requirement : 9000 m3/day (Sourced from Sea – Desalinated Water) Water Withdrawal from sea- 30000 m3/day

Man Power Requirement : Construction : ~630 (Direct ~30 + Indirect ~600)

Operation : ~600 (Direct ~150 + Indirect ~450) Nearest Railway Station Airport : Bhuj Railway Station : ~130 km

Rudra Mata Domestic Airport at Bhuj : ~140 km Nearest town/city/DH : Bhuj (130 km)

Climate : The climate of the district of Kutch is arid and moderate humidity. The coldest month is January and the hottest is May.

Project Implementation period :

Main Machinery Ordering Phase : 6 Month Construction Phase : 30 Months Total : 36 Months

Cost of the Project : Rs. 7525/- Crore (Approx.) Land The proposed cement plant along with the captive power plant will be set up in a land of about 190.23 Ha. A conveyor corridor from plant to the mines as well as to the jetty will be built over an area of 8.09 Ha while a jetty and a storage backup area will be developed over an area of 4.05 Ha.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



Land Requirement for Cement Plant & CPP Sl. No Description Cement Plant CPP Total Area

1 Plant Building + Machineries 52.92 8.96 61.88 2 Non Plant Building 28.36 0.55 28.91 3 Storage 12.89 3.79 16.68 4 Road 17.08 1.78 18.86 5 Green Belt 53.07 10.83 63.9

Total 190.23 Water Requirement The water requirement for Lakhpat IU will be fulfilled from a desalination plant. The desalination plant and the RO water plant shall be installed at about 4.7km distance from plant on the way to jetty. From here, desalinated RO water shall be pumped to plant treated water tank. The total water requirement for the plant Integrated facility is estimated to be 9000 KLD.

Employment Generation: It is expected that the requirement of workers will be 630 persons per day during construction phase. Preference will be given to local workers based on their skill and experience from the surrounding villages. During the operation phase, there will be direct and indirect employment generation. 150 skilled workers will be directly employed by the industrial units. Indirect employment in the form of contractual workers, petty business and ancillary suppliers will be more than 450.

Power Requirement The maximum power demand for the proposed units have been estimated at about 125 MW (75 MW CPP, 24 MW WHRS, 26 MW Grid Power) based on specific power consumption of 58 kWh/t of clinker and 30 kwh/t of Cement. Grid Power for plant operation shall be received from 66kV sub-station at Dayapar, about 21 km from the plant, and stepped down there itself to 11kV and transmitted to the plant premises through 11kV transmission line. The 11kV transmission line is terminated in the plant premises before further distribution to various decentralized load centres. The system MV voltage shall be 11 KV at main bus bar.

Raw Materials The raw materials required for the cement plant and captive power plant are limestone silica sand, fly ash and bottom ash, gypsum and coal.

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Baseline data generation forms a part of the Environment Impact Assessment study, which helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes and helps in preparing an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope of future expansions for environmentally sustainable development.

Baseline data was generated for various environmental parameters including air, water (surface and ground water), land and soil, ecology and socio-economic status to determine quality of the prevailing environmental settings. The study was conducted during winter season December 2017 to February 2018.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



Meteorological Data The climate of the district is very dry and hot during the summer and cold during the winter except coastal areas. The monsoon in this district is generally accompanied by the gusty winds. It receives scanty rainfall during the monsoon period. The nearest IMD station is located at Naliya, which is about 55 kms from site in SSE direction. The average maximum and minimum temperature recorded at site during December to February were 34.330C and 14.330C respectively. The average relative humidity (maximum and minimum) was observed in the range of 71% to 24.66%. The average wind speed recorded was 2.00 m/s. Wind rose from the monitored data shows that the predominant wind direction during the study period was mainly from North and North-East direction.

Air Environment Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was done in 9 locations. Criteria used for designing the network were principally governed by the wind rose pattern for winter season and the accessibility of the selected sites. Attempts were made to locate most of the AAQ stations in predominant downwind direction with respect to the project site.

Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5): The particulate matters size of up to 10 μm in diameter is collectively referred to as PM10. Hence respiratory health effects on people can be observed when they are exposed at elevated concentrations (Pope et al. 2002) Maximum concentration of PM10 was recorded in AAQ6, S.K Varmanagar (75.1 μg/m3) while the minimum concentration was recorded in AAQ1-Onsite Mining Area (64.7 μg/m3).

PM2.5 ranges between 23.3 μg/m3 in AAQ1, Onsite Mining Area to 32.9 μg/m3 in AAQ6, S.K.Varmanagar.

Gaseous Pollutant (SO2, NOx): The values are well within the NAAQ standard prescribed by CPCB. The anthropogenic sources for SO2 emissions are high vehicular movement and commercial activities. The concentration ranges from 8.5 μg/m3 in AAQ1, Onsite mining Area to 18.7 μg/m3 at AAQ6, S.K.Varmanagar.

In the study area, NOx varied from 10.6 μg/m3 at onsite mining area to 19.9 μg/m3 at S.K.Varmanagar. The values are, however, well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

Land-Use The major share of land is open scrub, constituting 29.7% of the study area, followed by water body (18.0%). Mud land constitutes 17.0% of the total land cover while agricultural land occupies 13.9%. Rocky waste, mangrove and forests occupy 7.5%, 2.5% and 5.0% of the study area respectively.

Soil Environment The pH of the soil samples vary from 7.34 (S7: Kaiyari RF) to 7.84 (S3: Koriyani) indicating slightly alkaline to moderately alkaline nature of soil. The organic carbon in the soil samples vary between 0.18% (S4: S.K.Varmanagar) to 0.36% (S7: Kaiyari RF) indicating less content for growth of plants as per ICAR. Overall, the soil properties of the samples collected indicate an unsatisfactory profile for vegetation growth. In the study area the Coastal Alluvial soils are found all along the southern coast.

Water Environment Water samples (Ground and Surface) have been collected from different villages and creek of the study area for water quality analysis.

The pH value ranged from 7.1 at GW6, Baiyava to 7.4 at GW1 (Cher Moti) and GW5, Nani Cher. The maximum total hardness in groundwater found to be 600.6 mg/l in sample at GW5 (Nani Cher) and the minimum was observed as 309.7 mg/l in the sample at GW7 (Pandhrow. The maximum total hardness in groundwater found to be 600.6 mg/l in sample at GW5 (Nani Cher) and the minimum was observed as 309.7 mg/l in the sample at GW7 (Pandhrow). TDS in ground water mainly gains its entry from sea water intrusion in the study area and from agricultural activities, industrial activities, geological formation, domestic water contamination etc. Overall, it is concluded that the groundwater salinity existing in the coastal area is principally controlled by a combination of factors which modify the concentration of constituent ions in the groundwater


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



The surface water analysis results indicate that the two fresh water samples collected from ponds meet CPCB criteria for Class B (suitable for outdoor bathing) & C (suitable for Drinking water after conventional treatment and disinfection) respectively while the all the four samples collected from Kori Creek meet CPCB Criteria for Class C.

Noise Environment Leq Day Time: The maximum noise level in daytime observed was 50.4 dB(A) at NQ6, S.K.Varmanagar and minimum noise level observed was 41.4 dB(A) at NQ3, Koriyani Village. Within both ends of the runway, the Leq value is slightly exceeding the prescribed limit of CPCB.

Leq Night Time: The maximum noise level in night time observed was 42.9 dB(A) at NQ6, S.K.Varmanagar and minimum noise level was 32.7 dB(A) at NQ8, Mudhvay Village. Social Environment As per the census of India, 2011, the total population is 25,122 out of which 13,104 are males and 12,018 are females. The decadal growth of the study area was found to be 23.84 percent. The gender ratio of the project site has increased from 899 to 917 from 2001 to 2011. The household size in study area is 5.0 according to census 2011 and Census 2001. As per the 2001 and 2011 census, the total population between the ages of 0 – 6 years was 3922 and 4222 respectively. Child sex ratio as per census 2011 was 938 compared to 941 of census 2001 indicating decrease in female child.

IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR PLANT Land Environment The installation of stacks with height between 30 to 50 meters and other sizeable structures would substantially alter landscape of the area. The proposed site for cement plant is more or less a levelled land and hence there will not be much cutting or filling required. There will be requirement of clearing shrubs and some trees. After the initiation of the project, greenbelt and landscaped areas will be developed. Thus, the land cover of the area will improve over a period of time and have much more plantation than the existing state.

Noise Environment During construction phase, the highest noise level (the one emitted from scrapers and pavers) merges with the highest standard noise level (55 dB during day time) at around 100 m from the source and the sound level keeps on decreasing with increasing distances. Mathematical modeling carried out for the operation phase out estimates that the noise level at the plant boundary noise level would vary between 62.7dB(A) to 49.2dB(A). Among the monitored villages the maximum impact due to plant operation will be at Khengarpar Village which is 2.03 km from the plant. Here the resultant noise level will be 44.2dB (A) for day time and 37.5 dB (A) for night time

The mitigation measures that should be adopted are as follows:

• The specifications for procuring major noise generating machines/ equipment shall include built in design requirements to have minimum noise levels as per EPA 1986 and OSHA requirements;

• Proper noise barriers/ shields etc shall be provided in the equipment wherever required; • Noise from equipment shall be adequately attenuated by providing insulation to minimize the noise emission

and acoustic enclosures; • All workers exposed to high noise levels will be provided with personal protective equipment like ear muffs, ear

plugs, etc; • Thick green belt will be developed to attenuate the noise level outside the plant area


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



Water Environment

The waste water during construction will contain only suspended impurities. This water would be passed through settlement ponds and recycled for use in gardening and other non-consumption activities. A suitable internal drainage network would be made to ensure proper draining of wastewater from the construction sites, if any.

The proposed plant will use only sea water through a desalination plant. Surface water will not find any use in the project. Also the plant will not be discharging any untreated water to the surrounding water-bodies. Therefore, impact on surface water quality is not anticipated. No waste water will be discharged into any surface water bodies in the vicinity of the plant. The treated waste-water will be recycled and used for plantation. The proposed cement plant will be provided with all the water conservation measures like ETP for thermal power plant and STP for the colony where the treated water will be used for gardening, cooling and general purposes.

Impact Assessment for Mines

Land Environment

The land will be degraded due to excavation for mining. However, at the end of mine, the area will be converted into 83.50 Ha plantations and 112.30 Ha water reservoir, both of which will be beneficial for the local people.

Impact on Noise Level

Noise generated at the mine is due to truck transportation activities. The noises generated by the mining activity will dissipate within the mine. In the absence of drilling and blasting, the noise level is not expected to impact the outside locality. No major impact of the mining activity on the nearby villages is envisaged. The pronounced effect of noise will be felt only near the active working area. The impact of noise on the villages is negligible as the villages are located far from the proposed mine lease area or mine workings.

The following measures will be taken to ensure reduction of noise:

Vehicles will be regularly maintained to reduce noise levels All noise generating equipments will be enclosed with acoustic enclosures. Green belt development around the site to attenuate high noise levels. The workers employed are provided with protection equipment, earmuffs and ear-plugs, as a protection from

the high noise level generated at the site wherever required. Impact on water

There is no perennial source of surface water such as river or nalla in the mine lease area. Thus there will be no diversion of any water bodies. Water for mining operation (dust suppression) and for domestic and drinking purpose will be supplied with the help of water tankers from nearby villages. No waste water will be generated from mining activity. It will be ensured that there will be garland drains constructed around the dumps so that no run-off water is discharged in the local water bodies. During the 1st year of the mining, the ground water table will be intersected. However, intensive ground water recharge of the buffer zone will maintain the present ground water status.

Impact on Air Environment

Air modelling carried out for the integrated project (Cement Plant + Limestone Mine) shows that the incremental GLC of PM10 shall never cross 100 mg/Nm3 in the residential areas. However, the worst case scenario and considering the background concentrations as measured, GLC of PM10 may marginally cross the prescribed NAAQ standard of 100 μg/m3 in four locations (mining site, SK Varmanagar, Naredi and Kapurasi Village) once the project starts operating. The dispersion modelling result indicates that worst case incremental GLC of PM10 will be within the respective project sites. The maximum GLC of SO2 (3 μg/m3) occurs beyond the 10 km radius of the plant site and the concentration was too low for the model to plot isopleths.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



Mitigation Measures:

• All transfer points will have bag filter attached to them to control and capture dust emission • Height of all the stacks will be as per statutory requirement • Stack Monitoring Facility (SMF) consisting of sampling port-hole, platform and access ladder to be provided • Adequate spares of critical components of dust collection systems will be kept to ensure trouble-free

operations and continuous compliance to emission norms • Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the

extent possible. • Dust suppression systems (water sprinklers) near working area and on roads shall be used for transporting

ore and overburden. • The overburden dump site also shall be wetted at intervals to prevent dust being carried by wind specially

during summer season and dump shall be covered by vegetation • Development of greenery and landscaping for improving ambient air quality and aesthetics.

Impact on Ecology The important habitats present in the study area include mainly forest areas, mangrove ecosystems and water bodies. The core area of the project site has recorded presence of a Critically Endangered shrub species Commiphora wightii and 4 Schedule I species of birds of which 2 are reportedly migratory. The buffer zone has recorded presence of 15 species of high conservation value among which 14 are faunal species and one is the Critically Endangered shrub species. Of the reported 14 faunal species, 5 species are reported from the core area i.e. proposed cement plant area and proposed mining block. One species of Reptile, 8 species of birds and 5 species of mammals are Schedule-I species reported from the study area.


• For the cement plant, 33.5% of the total area shall be developed into greenbelt. For the proposed limestone mine, at the end of mine life, about 83.50 Ha of lease area will be under plantation, of which 5.00 Ha will be boundary greenbelt and 78.50 Ha will be plantation on reclaimed areas.

• Adequate provisions are to be made to facilitate regular watering of all plants and lawns. Special attention provided during summer by daily watering of plants to ensure that the green belt does not suffer from water shortage.

• It shall be ensured that the workers do not burn waste so as not to cause harm to birds and other animals. • There should not be unnecessary removal of vegetation.

Impact on Socio-economic Scenario From survey and land records, it was estimated that about 131 households are getting affected by the project. Out of the total, 7 are losing only houses, 119 are losing only land, while 5 households are losing both their houses and land. The R&R compensation cost has been worked out to be INR 991.884 crores.

Environment Monitoring Program During the construction phase air emissions, noise, water discharge, soil erosion and waste management monitoring will be done. During operational stage, continuous air emissions from cement grinding unit, wastewater disposal, and non-hazardous waste such as oily wastes are expected. An Environment Management Cell will be set up to monitor the environmental aspects of the plant. Reporting of the data in prescribed format is to be submitted to respective state pollution control Board (SPCB) on half yearly basics before 1st June and 1st December of every year. The total capital cost envisaged for environment monitoring is Rs. 68,76,000

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Public Hearing: Public hearing for the project was completed on 28/05/2019 at 11:00 am at Village-Koriyani, Lakhpat. The issues raised during public hearing were mostly related to social issues.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



Risk Assessment and Hazard Analysis: The risks identified for the proposed project includes fire hazard and inundation of pits during excessive rains, slope failure of dumps and benches. 'Risk Management Plan' includes the following:

1. Slope of dumps and benches shall be strictly followed as per approved Mine Plan to prevent slope failures

2. To prevent any fire hazard, the inflammable fuels shall be kept in tank bund so that in case of rupture, it does not spill out. Also, all fire protection measures, fire fighters fire extinguishers will be kept handy and workers will be trained how to use it in case of fire.

3. To prevent risk of indundation due to heavy rain or water from aquifers entering mine, high duty pumps will be installed to drain out water and they will be able to run on emergency power in case of power failure. Details are given in Hydrogeological Study report attached.

4. Risk Management Plan for the Jetty is given in the EIA of Jetty as attached.

Disaster Management Plan

Adani Cementation Limited, the promoter of the proposed project is committed to formulate a Disaster Management Plan in line with Disaster Management Plans of all of their units operating today keeping in view two primary goals:

• To reduce the likelihood that the proposed project will experience disaster and • To mitigate the impact of any disasters that may occur due to fire, explosion, mechanical failure, etc

PROJECT BENEFITS

ACL proposes to take steps in developing education, health, infrastructure development, women empowerment, sports and vocational training facilities. These will be taken up as part of social development of the neighboring villages. This project will create many job opportunities for the local people. The employment of people will be both on permanent as well as on contract basis. The employment will be categorized into different categories as skilled laborers, semi skilled and unskilled workers. An amount of Rs. 36 crores has been earmarked to be spent under CER activities.

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN The purpose of an Environment Management Plan is to ensure that proposed mitigation measures are adequately implemented. The EMP will be executed by the civil contractor and supervised by EMC of Adani Cementation Limited. EMP During Construction Phase • Necessary mitigation measures will be taken while filling of site. Simultaneous to filling, compaction and water

sprinkling will be carried to suppress dust emissions. • The contractor will ensure that the existing accesses to nearby villages will not be disturbed. • All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site will be covered to avoid spillage. • The sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards

occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place. • All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent scattered discharge on land. • All construction workers will be provided appropriate PPEs Like dust mask, etc and made to wear them during

working hours • During construction work necessary facilities like sanitation through mobile toilets, fuel for cooking, rest room

etc. will be provided.


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY



EMP During Operation Phase • All transfer points will have bag filter attached to them to control and capture dust emission • Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the

extent possible. • Development of greenery and landscaping for improving ambient air quality and aesthetics. • Regular testing and analysis of treated waste from STP to ensure effectiveness of operation of STP. • The surface run off during the rainy season will be prevented from entering into the active pits. This will be

channelized to the mined out pit or proposed water reservoir via garland drains. • Efforts will be made for deepening of existing tanks in nearby villages for recharging ground water. • Plantation of dense hedges on the boundary of project site to reduce dust and noise in the vicinity area. • Waste Heat Recovery from hot waste gases of Kiln by using Waste Heat Recovery Boilers and not Conditioning

Towers • Prescribed PPE will be provided to all workers exposed to open processes or systems

Project Cost and CER Cost • The cost of the Project is approx. Rs. 7525 Crore while CER cost is around Rs. 46 crore (0.5% of the Project

cost. CER activities for the proposed Lakhpat Cement Works for a period of five years are given: Infrastructure Development for Drinking Water Supply, Sanitation, Health, Housing for BPL families,

Skill Development School infrastructure, facilities and support (e.g., library, science lab etc.) Contribution to various Govt. Schemes (Swachh Bharat, Skill development etc.) Plantation in Community Areas Scientific Support and Awareness to local Farmers to increase yield of crop and Fodder

Chapter 1

Introduction


CHAPTER ONE

PROJECT PROPONENT : ADANI CEMENTATION LIMITED (ACL), GUJARAT PAGE 1 -1 ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT : GREENCINDIA CONSULTING PRIVATE LIMITED

11.. INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT As per EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 of MoEF&CC, and its subsequent amendments; it is mandatory to have Environmental Clearance for any new industry or the expansion / modernization of existing industries from Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, Government of India or State-level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) as the case may be. For this, Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study has to be conducted as per guidelines given by MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

The proposed integrated Lakhpat Cement Works is located in Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani & Kapurasi villages of Lakhpat Taluka in Kutch District, Gujarat. The project consists of a cement plant (Clinkerisation and Grinding facilities) with captive power plant, limestone mines and a Jetty and Desalination Plant and conveyor belt for transportation of raw materials and finished products from the plant and mine. As the project involves multi-sectoral components such as activities listed in 3(b) Cement Plants; 1(a) Mining of Minerals; 7(e) Berthing Jetty with anchorage under category 'A' of the Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006, the proposal is appraised at the Central Level.

Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) submitted the necessary application to Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry I), MoEF&CC for approval of Terms of Reference (ToR) on 26th September 2017. Accordingly TOR was issued vide File No. File No 10-63/2017-IA-III(I), Dated 22.03.2018 & amended on 29.08.2018. As per the requirement of the Industry-I Committee, separate ToR for Mudhvay Limestone Mine Block ‘C’ also taken from EAC (Non-coal Mining) vide File No. File No IA-J-11015/121/2017-IA.II (M), dated 09.01.2018 and for Captive Jetty, Desalination plant with intake and outfall and related Infrastructures (backup storage, utilities and amenities) from EAC (Infrastructure-I & CRZ) vide File No IA-J-11011/494/2017-IA-II (I), Dated 19.04.2018 and amended on 25.06.2018.

With a view to assess the environmental impact arising due to the proposed green field project, ACL has retained the services of NABET accredited EIA consultant M/s Greencindia Consulting Private Limited, Ghaziabad to prepare the EIA report for various environmental components including air, water, noise, land, Terrestrial and Marine ecology, etc for the Cement Plant and Mines and of NABET accredited EIA consultant M/S INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd., Chennai for the Jetty.

Public Hearing was successfully conducted on 28th May 2019 at Village Koriyani, Taluka Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat) by Gujarat Pollution Control Board and furnished copy of PH proceedings vide letter no. GPCB/PH/2019-20/kutch(west)-101/509388 dated 7th June 2019.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1. Identification of the Project Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) proposes to establish an integrated cement project as Lakhpat Cement Works which includes a Cement Plant of rated production capacity of 10.0 MTPA Clinker and 10 MTPA OPC/ PPC/ PSC/ PCC (Composite Cement) in phased manner, Limestone mine admeasuring 251.9 ha area and a berthing jetty of 19.0 MTPA capacity in Taluka Lakhpat of District Kutch (Gujarat). ACL proposes to part grind clinker to produce Cement at Lakhpat and transfer the same to its proposed Bulk


CHAPTER ONE


Terminals (BTs) along western coastal region, whereas the balance clinker is proposed to be transferred to its proposed Grinding Units (GUs). ACL proposes to export any excess clinker which is left after fulfilling the requirements of its proposed grinding units and bulk terminals.

1.2.2. Identification of Project Proponent Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Adani Enterprises Limited (AEL) established on 6th December 2016. Adani Group has grown to become a global integrated infrastructure player with businesses in key industry verticals - resources, logistics, energy and agro. The integrated model is well adapted to the infrastructure challenges of the emerging economies. It has combined market capitalization in excess of US$ 20.0 billion, a sales turnover of US$ 12.0 billion, employing over 10,000 people and having diverse interests in global trading, development and operation of ports, IDC terminal, establishment of SEZ, oil refining, logistics, gas distribution, power generation, power transmission and power trading etc. Adani Group is manned by experienced and highly qualified professionals including technocrats of repute. The team has demonstrated capabilities in conceptualization and implementation large projects. Adani Group has rich and extensive experience of liaison with government agencies, import, funding etc. With this track record of the organization in tying up finances, flow of funds will not pose any problem for implementation of the proposed project of its Cement Division.

Adani Cementation Ltd (ACL) has been formed for development of a number of cement projects (integrated cement plant, grinding units as well as operation of limestone mines).

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

1.3.1. Nature and Size of the Project As already mentioned, the integrated project has three components, viz cement plant with captive power plant and WHRS, Limestone mines and a Jetty and Desalination Plant and conveyor belt for transportation of raw materials and finished products.

1.3.1.1 Cement Plant with WHRS and Captive Power Plant

The cement plant will have a 10.0 MTPA Clinker unit as well as a 10.0 MTPA grinding unit. The total area required for the cement plant and CPP will be about 190.23 Ha. The cement production will include OPC/PPC/PSC/PCC. The whole process will include limestone transport from Mines to pre-blending stockpiles using covered Belt Conveyors, vertical roller mill / Roller Press for raw material grinding, 6-stage double string pre-heater with (ILC) in-line calciner, Coal/Lignite fired rotary kiln with 3 supports , Vertical Roller Mill /Roller press for coal grinding, storing & dozing of fuel, clinker cooler, clinker storage silo, clinker extraction system, clinker Conveying system to grinding unit, clinker bulk loading in Belt Conveyor for transportation to jetty, Vertical Roller Mill / Roller Press with Ball Mill for clinker grinding, storage & handling facilities for additives cement silos, packing and truck loading, bulk loading facility and transport to jetty through Belt Conveyor. Cement plant shall also have a waste heat recovery system of 24MW (3x8MW) generation potential.

Proposed captive power plant will have capacity of 75MW (3x25MW). The generated power from CPP shall be utilized for cement plant operation. However any additional power requirement shall be met through grid. The power plant will have three Circulating Fluidised Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boilers each with steam generation capacity of 110 TPH at 110 kg/cm2 (g) and 540°C temperature.


CHAPTER ONE


1.3.1.2 Limestone Mines

Mudhvay Limestone Mine Block ‘C’ admeasuring 251.9ha area is located at about 2 km from the proposed cement plant site. Opencast mining method with continuous surface miner in combination of excavator/loader and dumpers/tippersfor mineral production is proposed. No drilling and blasting is envisaged for limestone production. The maximum mining depth will be (-) 57m MSL.

1.3.1.3 Jetty, Conveyor Belt and Desalination Plant

For material movement and handling, a captive berthing jetty is considered inside the Kori Creek. The jetty will have total length of 820 m and 28 m wide. The jetty shall be approached through a combination of rock bund and trestle having length of ~ 3.415 km from land fall point. The equipment at jetty will include ship loader, mobile harbour crane, industrial excavators, pay loaders, back hoe, belt conveyors and other supporting infrastructure.

The water requirement for Lakhpat IU will be fulfilled from a desalination plant. Desalination Plant to be installed in backup area near Creek. Brine will return to the designated outfall point in Kori Creek and rest desalinated water to be used as fresh water for Integrated Project. The desalination plant shall be installed at about 4.7km distance from plant on the way to jetty.

The salient features of the project are given in Table 1.1. Table 1-1: Salient Features of the Project

Company Adani Cementation Limited (ACL)

Project Concept ACL proposed to setup Lakhpat Cement Works in tehsil Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat), an integrated project including Limestone Mine, Cement Plant, Conveyor Corridor and Berthing Jetty and Desalination Plant in Kori Creek with anchorage in Gulf of Kutch


Limestone Mine Limestone : 12 MTPA Cement Plant Clinker : 10 MTPA; Cement: 10 MTPA



Total Material Handling : 19.0 MTPA • Clinker: 5.0 MTPA • Cement : 10.0 MTPA • Limestone : 1.0 MTPA • Coal/Pet-coke/Fly-ash/Slag/Gypsum:

3.0MTPA Toposheet No. : 41A/10 S. No. in the Schedule (Category as per EIA Notification 2016)


Land Area


Limestone Mine 251.90 Cement Plant 190.23 Conveyor Alignment 8.09 Berthing Jetty, Backup Storage and Desalination Plant 4.05 Total 454.27

Material Transportation, Sources and

: Material Source Distance Mode of Transport Clinker From Plant to Jetty ~ 8km By Conveyor Fuel • Coal: Imported (Jetty to ~ 8km i. By Conveyor


CHAPTER ONE


Distances Plant) • Lignite: Domestic

(GMDC Mine)

~ 20km

ii. By Road



Gypsum i. Imported: From Jetty to

Plant ii. Domestic: From village

Ler to Plant

i. ~ 8km ii. ~160km

i. By Conveyor

ii. By Road






OPC/PPC/PSC/PCC From Plant to Jetty ~ 8km By Conveyor Power Requirement : 125 MVA (Sourced from CPP/ WHRS/State Grid/

Water Requirement : 9000 KLD (Sourced from Sea – Desalinated Water) Water Withdrawal from Sea- 30000 KLD

Man Power Requirement : Construction : ~630 (Direct ~30 + Indirect ~600)




Project Implementation period

: Main Machinery Ordering Phase : 6 Month Construction Phase : 30 Months Total : 36 Months

Cost of the Integrated Project : Rs. 7525/- Crore (Approx.) Source: Approved Mine Plan of Mudhvay Limestone Mines and Feasibility Report of Cement Plant

1.3.2. Location of the Project The proposed integrated project of Lakhpat Cement Works (LCW) is located in Taluka Lakhpat of District Kutch (Gujarat). The district headquarter, Bhuj is about 130 km from the site. All connectivity such as railways, airports is nearest at Bhuj. The access road is SH-6, which connects Lakhpat to Tithal via Mandvi, Gandhidham, Dwarka, Bharuch and Surat. The location map and coordinate map superimposed on satellite image and toposheets is given in Figures 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 respectively.

The coordinates of all components of the integrated project is given in the sections below: Table 1-2: Revenue Details and Coordinates of Cement Plant and CPP

Survey No. and Area Sr. No. Northing Easting Village: Koriyani Govt. Land Area: ~141.84 Ha. Survey No.: 157, 159 & 160 Private Land: Area: ~48.39 Ha. Survey No.: 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153 & 158

1 23°44'35.69"N 68°39'42.58"E 2 23°44'18.52"N 68°39'49.02"E 3 23°44'5.06"N 68°39'52.36"E 4 23°43'54.26"N 68°39'46.54"E 5 23°43'53.17"N 68°39'53.88"E 6 23°43'55.54"N 68°40'9.65"E 7 23°43'51.18"N 68°40'24.87"E 8 23°43'42.76"N 68°40'26.67"E


CHAPTER ONE


Survey No. and Area Sr. No. Northing Easting Total Area: ~190.23 Ha. 9 23°43'39.49"N 68°40'37.79"E

10 23°43'49.48"N 68°40'37.18"E 11 23°44'11.14"N 68°40'43.42"E 12 23°44'21.45"N 68°40'42.72"E 13 23°44'27.41"N 68°40'44.78"E 14 23°44'27.75"N 68°40'35.53"E 15 23°44'31.84"N 68°40'17.67"E 16 23°44'43.71"N 68°40'10.51"E

Table 1-3: Revenue Details and Coordinates of Mudhvay Limestone Mines BlockC Survey No. Sr. No. Northing Easting

Village: Mudhvay Govt. Land Area: 160.627 Ha Survey No.: 26P, 27 P Private Land Area: 91.276 Ha Survey No.: 8P/1, 8P/2, 8P/9, 18P/3, 26P/7, 26P/8, 26P/9, 26P/10, 26P/11, 26P/12, 26P/16, 26P/18, 26P/19, 26P/22, 26P/25, 26P/27, 26P/30, 26P/32, 26P/33, 26P/37 26P/41, 26P/42, 26P/47, 26P/49, 26P/52, 26P/57, 26P/63, 27P/10 Total Area in (Ha) – 251.9 Ha

C01 23°43'59.93" N 68°41'51.67" E C02 23°44'04.91" N 68°42'08.92" E C03 23°43'51.19" N 68°42'21.67" E C04 23°43'31.67" N 68°42'28.35" E C05 23°43'14.28" N 68°42'39.64" E C06 23°42'52.45" N 68°42'40.94" E

C07 23°42'43.64" N 68°41'53.25" E

Table 1-4: Revenue Details and Coordinates of Conveyor Corridor Survey No. Sr. No. Northing Easting

Villages: Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani and Kapurasi Forest Land Area: ~2.6564 Ha. Survey No.: 52P & 24P Gauchar Land Area: ~1.7235 Ha. Survey No.: 28P Govt. Land: Area: ~1.2993 Ha. Survey No.: 137, 231, 232, 138, 107 & 108 Private Land Area: ~2.4108 Ha Survey No.: 133, 135 & 136 (Koriyani) and 52P (Kapurasi) Total Area (Ha) – ~8.09

CN1 23°44'5.63"N 68°41'33.34"E

CN2 23°44'20.04"N 68°38'46.29"E

CN3 23°44'15.09"N 68°36'56.19"E

Table 1-5: Land Details and Coordinates of Berthing Jetty, Backup Storage and Desalination Area Survey No. Sr. No. Northing Easting

Kori Creek of Arabian Sea Water Front (Jetty)

JT1 23°44'50.99"N, 68°34'41.81"E JT2 23°44'36.93"N, 68°34'50.69"E

Area: 4.05 Ha. Village: Kapurasi

Backup Storage Area BK1 23°44'15.23"N 68°37'17.63"E BK2 23°44'15.54"N 68°37'26.00"E


CHAPTER ONE


1.3.3. Importance of the Project to the Country/Region Adani group is known for its environment friendly initiatives across sectors in which it operates and strong reputation for sustainable growth. In line with the existing agenda to make India Power sufficient in the future, cement manufacturing unit are being planned close to coal based thermal power plants the group operates. Disposal of fly ash is an environmental concern which is faced by all coal based thermal power generating plants. PPC will consist of up to thirty five percent of fly ash which will reduce environmental concerns.

The cement project planned would also generate immense employment opportunities and significant contribution to the state and central exchequer, improvement of socio economics of the area by way of education, vocational training, animal husbandry, improving infrastructure facilities such as roads, transport, improvement in drinking water supply, medical facility etc.

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY As mentioned earlier, the present report is based on three TORs, prescribed by EAC (Industry I), EAC (Non-coal mining) and EAC (Infra 2). As per the directive of the Committees, a single EIA Report has been prepared, which will be separately appraised by the three EACs. The ToRs given by the 3 EACs is provided in Annex 1.1 and the ToR compliances provided in Annex 1.2.

This EIA report addresses the likely environmental impacts of the establishment project in addition to the findings of the Risk Assessment study and the On-site Emergency Management Plan/ Disaster Management Plan. Field studies for the project were conducted during the winter season (December 2017 to February 2018) to determine the existing conditions of various environmental attributes. The summary of the monitoring done is outlined in Table 1.6.

Table 1-6: Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring S. No. Attributes Parameters Frequency/ Methodology

1. Ambient Air Quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO As per CPCB guidelines at 9 locations for 24 hours twice a week at each location

2. Meteorology Wind speed and direction, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall and cloud cover

At site, continuous for study period with hourly recording and from secondary sources like IMD station at Naliya, Gujarat

3. Water quality- land and sea

Physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters

Ground water samples and surface water samples were collected once at 4 and 6 locations respectively during the study period.

4. Ecology Existing terrestrial and aquatic and marine flora and fauna within 10km radius circle.

Primary data through field survey and secondary data was collected from the forest department.

5. Noise levels Noise levels in dB(A) Noise quality monitored once at 9 locations 6. Soil Characteristics Physico-chemical quality Once during study period at 4 locations

7. Land use Land use classification for different categories

Based on Survey of India Topo-sheet and Satellite imagery, ground truthing using GPS

8. Socio-economic Pattern

Demographic, socio-economic and working status

On the basis of village survey, consultation and Census of India, 2011 data.

8. Drainage Pattern & Hydrology Pattern and nature of streams

Site survey &based on data collected from secondary sources like Survey of India Maps, Hydrology Atlas of India, CGWB etc.

9. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management

Identification of areas where disaster can occur by fires and

Site specific hazard identification and risk assessment was done initially


CHAPTER ONE


S. No. Attributes Parameters Frequency/ Methodology Plan release of toxic substances

Source: (i) Guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi, (ii) Model Terms of Reference (iii) Survey Of India (iv) Census of India (v) CGWB (vi) Field Survey.

1.5 LEGISLATIVE & REGULATORY FRAMEWORK The environmental regulations, legislations and policy guidelines and control that may impact the project are the responsibility of a variety of Government agencies. The principal environmental regulatory agency in India is Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Delhi. MoEF&CC formulates environmental policies and also accords environmental clearance for different projects. Many State and Central legislations have a bearing on environment but laws on environment protection have been notified recently. These legal enactments can be broadly classified in the terms of focus areas, viz. pollution, natural resources and linkages between pollution and natural resources. The important environmental legislations related to environmental clearance for new projects are briefly described in the Table 1.7.

The MoEF&CC is the nodal agency to set up policy and standards for the protection of environment, along with Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). This includes air, noise, water and hazardous waste standards. The relevant standards, which are significant to the project, are discussed in the section below.

Table 1-7: Key Environmental Legislation Name Scope and Objectives Key Areas Operational Agencies

Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1974

To provide for prevention & control of water pollution and enhancing water quality

Control of sewage and industrial effluent discharges

Central and State Pollution Control Boards

Air (Prevention & Control o Pollution) Act 1981

To provide for the prevention and control of air pollution

Controls emission and air pollutants

Central and State Pollution Control Boards

Environment Protection Act 1986;Environment Protection Rules 1986 and subsequent amendments

To provide for the protection and improvement of environment

An umbrella legislation; supplement pollution laws

Central Govt. MoEF&CC, can delegate power to Dept. of environment

Noise Pollution (Prevention & Control) Rules 2000

To control & take measures for abatement of noise and ensure that level doesn’t cross standard

Noise in urban area and around industrial sites

Central Government, nodal agencies MoEF&CC, State governments

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

To the adequate handling of hazardous materials or wastes

Hazardous waste generated from the industrial activity

MoEF&CC, CPCB & SPCB

Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016.

To regulate the management and handling of the municipal solid wastes

Municipal Solid Waste generated from domestic activity

MoEF&CC, CPCB, SPCB &local authorities

Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

To provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling hazardous substance

To provide public liability insurance during risk material handling

Central Government, Nodal Agencies MoEF&CC, State Govt.

Biological Diversity Act, 2010

To preserve biological diversity in India, and provide

Biodiversity protection MoEF&CC, GoI


CHAPTER ONE


Name Scope and Objectives Key Areas Operational Agencies mechanism for equitable sharing of benefits arising out use of traditional biological resources and knowledge

All the national and international laws and treaties applicable for marine environment are mentioned in details in the EIA of Jetty. Central Pollution Control Board has set certain pollution standards in the Environment (Protection) Rules 1986 and its subsequent amendments on time to time. These standards are generally applicable to air environment, noise environment and water environment. The details of the prescribed standards are given in Annex 1.3.

1.6 REPORT STRUCTURE The overall contents of the EIA report have been prepared as per the generic structure prescribed in the Appendix III of EIA Notification issued by MoEF&CC, Govt. of India on 14th September 2006 and subsequent amendments. The report consists of eleven chapters, the content of which is briefly described in this section.

Chapter 1 -Introduction: This chapter contains the general information on the proposed plant and its location, requirement of the project, the EIA process, details of the environmental clearance process and legislative framework.

Chapter 2 -Project Description: This chapter deals with the details of the process of cement grinding. A summarized description of the features of the grinding unit as well as the requirements of the plant is provided in the chapter. The sources of pollution from the production process have been also identified.

Chapter 3 - Baseline Environment Status: The methodology for assessing various baseline environmental components in the study area has been identified in this chapter. The various parameters of present environmental status are identified under different aspects, which include location and regional setting of the area, physical aspects such as land use, land cover and soil quality. Hydrological aspect consists of area drainage, surface water and ground water quality. Meteorological aspect contains all the climatic factors and ambient air quality existing in the study area. Ecological environment describes the flora and fauna of the region. Human aspect includes the demographical features, socio-economic environment and infrastructure facilities of the study area.

Chapter 4 - Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures: This chapter describes the anticipated impacts of the proposed industrial activities on the environment and the mitigation measures to be adopted. The method of assessment of impacts including studies carried out, modeling techniques adopted to assess the impacts has been elaborated in this chapter. The Environmental Impact Assessment of the project during construction and operation stages is provided.

Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site): This chapter gives details of various alternatives both in respect of location of site and technologies to be deployed for the industrial area

Chapter 6 - Environment Monitoring Programme: This chapter emphasizes the formation of an Environment Management Cell with trained staff under Senior Environment Engineer equipped with all monitoring facilities for monitoring of all environmental parameters during construction as well as post-project monitoring. Organization structure for environmental management, frequency of monitoring and cost has also been provided.


CHAPTER ONE


Chapter 7 - Additional Studies: The Public hearing has been successfully conducted for the project on 28/05/2019 at Village- Koriyani, Lakhpat and the issues raised along with the responses by the proponent has been incorporated in this chapter. The aspects related to Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan, Socio-economic and R&R Studies have been discussed in this chapter.

Chapter 8 - Project Benefits: The benefits that will be accrued from the project in the locality in particular and society in general as well as development will be identified and described in this chapter.

Chapter 9 - Environment Management Plan: This chapter deals with the management plan and enhancement measures incorporating recommendations to mitigate the adverse impact likely to occur on environmental parameters during construction and operation phase. Post project monitoring and organization structure for environment management have been also provided in the chapter.

Chapter 10 - Summary & Conclusion: This chapter summarizes the findings of the study and gives a brief of the environmental suitability of the project.

Chapter 11 - Disclosure of Consultant Engaged: The detailed profile of the consultants along with their capabilities and experience are highlighted in this chapter.

Chapter 2

Project Description

FINAL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Proposed Lakhpat Cement Works (Integrated Project) Village Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani & Kapurasi, Taluka Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat)

CHAPTER TWO

PROJECT PROPONENT : ADANI CEMENTATION LIMITED (ACL), GUJARAT PAGE 2-1 ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT : GREENCINDIA CONSULTING PRIVATE LIMITED

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Project description contains the description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects related to cement plant (Clinkerisation and Grinding facilities) with captive power plant, limestone mines, jetty with Belt conveyor and Desalination Plant:

Cement plant (Clinkerisation and Grinding facilities) with Captive Power Plant

Process description has been provided in Section 2.5.1 & project requirements has been provided in Section 2.6.1

Mudhvay Limestone Mines Process description has been provided in Section 2.5.4 & project requirements has been provided in Section 2.6.2

Berthing Jetty and Desalination Plant Process description has been provided in Section 2.5.6 & project requirements has been provided in Section 2.6.3

2.1 BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The Greenfield Integrated Cement Project of Adani Cementation Limited is located in Lakhpat Taluka of Kutch District, Gujarat. The project consists of a cement plant (Clinkerisation and Grinding facilities) with captive power plant, limestone mines and a jetty with Belt conveyor for transportation of raw materials and finished products from the plant and mine.

2.1.1 Type of Project

As the project involves multi-sectoral components such as activities listed in 3(b) Cement Plants; 1(a) Mining of Minerals; 7(e) Berthing Jetty with anchorage and are all under category 'A' of the Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006, the proposal is appraised at the Central Level.

2.1.2 Need for the Project

Cement is the most essential raw material in any kind of construction activity. Accordingly, cement industry plays a crucial role in the infrastructural development of the country. Given the vast geographical size and massive population of the country, various construction activities undertaken by the Central Government, State Governments, Public Sector Undertaking and other organizations, including private sector generate huge demand for cement. The housing sector is the biggest demand driver of cement, accounting for about 67% of the total consumption. The other major consumers of cement include infrastructure (13%), commercial construction (11%) and industrial construction (9%).

In India mainly three types of cement are produced. The Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) has the major share (67%) of the total production, followed by Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) (25%) and Portland Slag Cement (PSC) (8%). ACL has also planned to produce Composite Cement as per market demand.

2.1.2.1 Situation of Cement Industry in India

India is the second largest producer of cement in the world. No wonder, India's cement industry is a vital part of its economy, providing employment to more than a million people, directly or indirectly. Ever since it


CHAPTER TWO


was deregulated in 1982, the Indian cement industry has attracted huge investments, both from Indian as well as foreign investors.

India has a lot of potential for development in the infrastructure and construction sector and the cement sector is expected to largely benefit from it. Some of the recent major initiatives such as development of 98 smart cities are expected to provide a major boost to the sector.

Expecting such developments in the country and aided by suitable government foreign policies, several foreign players have invested in the country in the recent past. A significant factor which aids the growth of this sector is the ready availability of the raw materials for making cement, such as limestone and coal.

2.1.2.2 Market Size

Cement production capacity stood at 502 million tonnes per year (MTPA) in 2018. Capacity addition of 20 million tonnes per annum (MTPA) is expected in FY19- FY 21.

The Indian cement industry is dominated by a few companies. The top 20 cement companies account for almost 70 per cent of the total cement production of the country. A total of 210 large cement plants account for a cumulative installed capacity of over 410 million tonnes, with 350 small plants accounting for the rest. Of these 210 large cement plants, 77 are located in Andhra Pradesh, Rajasthan and Tamil Nadu.

2.1.2.3 Investments

According to data released by the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP), cement and gypsum products attracted Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) worth US$ 5.28 billion between April 2000 and December 2018.

2.1.2.4 Government Initiatives

In order to help the private sector companies thrive in the industry, the government has been approving their investment schemes. In Budget of 2018-19, Government of India announced setting up of an Affordable Housing Fund of Rs 25,000 crore (US$ 3.86 billion) under the National Housing Bank (NHB) which will be utilized for easing credit to homebuyers. The move is expected to boost the demand of cement from the housing segment.

2.1.2.5 Road Ahead

The eastern states of India are likely to be the newer and virgin markets for cement companies and could contribute to their bottom line in future. In the next 10 years, India could become the main exporter of clinker and gray cement to the Middle East, Africa, and other developing nations of the world. Cement plants near the ports, for instance the plants in Gujarat and Visakhapatnam, will have an added advantage for exports and will logistically be well armed to face stiff competition from cement plants in the interior of the country.

Due to the increasing demand in various sectors such as housing, commercial construction and industrial construction, cement industry is expected to reach 550-600 Million Tonnes Per Annum (MTPA) by the year 2025.

2.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The proposed integrated project of Lakhpat Cement Works (LCW) is located in Village Mudhvay, Maldo, Kapurashi and Koriyani, Taluka Lakhpat of District Kutch (Gujarat). The district headquarter, Bhuj is about 130 km from the site. All connectivity such as railways, airports is nearest at Bhuj. The access road is SH-6,


CHAPTER TWO


which connects Lakhpat to Tithal via Mandvi, Gandhidham, Dwarka, Bharuch and Surat. The location map and coordinate map superimposed on satellite image and toposheets is given in Figures 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 respectively.

There are thermal power plants and operating lignite mines within the 10-km radius study area. The name of the industries/mines which are operational within 10 km radius of the project site is given below in Table 2.1.

Table 2-1: Industries within 10 km radius of the Project Site Particulars Distance from the project site Direction Status

Akrimota coal power station 3.0 NW

Operational Kutch Lignite Thermal Power Station 9.0 SE

Panadhro Lignite Mine 6.0 NE

2.3 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

The integrated project will include a 10.0 MTPA Clinkerization facility, with 10.0 MTPA Cement manufacturing facility, a 24 MW Waste Heat Recovery Plant, a 75MW captive power plant based on CFBC technology. The captive limestone mines is located about 2.0 km from the plant, it has lease area of 251.9ha. The production ramp up at mine has been planned to reach 4MTPA during first five years as per approved mine plan, from sixth years onwards the mine production will be gradually increased to 12MTPA by tenth year. Till that time, balance limestone will be brought from outside sources to be fed to clinkerization plant to produce 10 MTPA clinkers for which TOR is received. Also, based on 10 MTPA clinkerization capacities, TOR has been received for 19 MTPA of Jetty. The berthing jetty will be developed along with desalination plant in Backup area. A conveyor corridor over an area of 8.09 Ha and a storage backup area including Desalination plant will be developed over an area of 4.05 Ha.

ACL proposes that part of the clinker will be ground at site to produce bulk OPC/PPC/PSC/Composite Cement and transfer the same to its proposed Bulk terminals along western coastal region. The balance clinker will be transferred to the proposed Grinding Unit.

2.4 PROJECT SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The completion schedule for the project has been calculated to be 30 months. The Project approval and implementation schedule is provided below in Figure 2.1.


CHAPTER TWO


Figure 2-1: Project Implementation

2.5 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.5.1 Cement Plant

The cement plant will have a 10.0 MTPA Clinker unit as well as a 10.0 MTPA grinding unit. The total area required for the cement plant and CPP will be about 190.23 Ha. The cement production will include OPC/PPC/PSC/PCC. The whole process will includes limestone raising, gypsum crushing, transport to pre-blending stockpiles, Vertical Roller Mill /Roller Press for raw material grinding, 6-stage double string pre-heater with (ILC) in-line calciner, Waste Heat Recovery system, Coal/Lignite fired rotary kiln with 3 supports , Vertical Roller Mill /Roller Press for coal grinding, storing & dozing of fuel, clinker cooler, clinker storage silo, clinker extraction system, clinker Conveying system to grinding unit, clinker bulk loading in Belt conveyor for transportation to jetty, Vertical Roller Mill /Roller Press with Ball Mill for clinker grinding, cement silos, packing and truck loading, bulk loading facility and transport to jetty through Belt conveyor.

2.5.1.1 Process Description of Cement Plant

The manufacturing process for clinkers and cement is combination of many activities at different points done simultaneously. The major portion of the manufacturing process is non-stop and continues round the clock. The process of clinkerization and grinding is briefly given in the following section.

• Limestone shall be raised from Mudhvay limestone mines by surface miners, Loaders and tippers which are then transported by surface feeders and belt conveyor to an intermediate surge hopper and further transported to pre blending stockpiles of plant.


CHAPTER TWO


• Low grade limestone from GMDC mines shall be received in trucks, crushed and dumped in a hopper on limestone stacker Belt conveyor in plant.

• Both the limestone shall be stacked in required proportion and blend while reclaiming.

• The limestone shall be stored in a covered linear stockpile through a luffing and non-slewing type linear boom stacker and reclaimed with the help of a bridge type reclaimer. Mix limestone shall be transported to raw material hoppers through a set of Belt conveyors.

• Silica sand shall be received through trucks and shall be unloaded through truck tippler and BRU. It shall be stored in covered linear stockpile through a luffing and non-slewing type linear boom stacker and reclaimed with the help of side scraper type reclaimer. Silica sand shall be transported to raw material hopper through a set of Belt conveyors.

• Limestone mix and silica sand shall be ground in a Raw Mill. The mill construction shall be in open and maintained through mobile crane.

• Ground fine raw meal shall be stored in a blending silo.

• A dry process, rotary kiln system equipped with 6-stage low NOx double string pre-heater,(ILC) inline pre-calciner, 3-pier rotary kiln & TA duct and A new generation, high heat recuperation efficiency, modular pit-less type clinker cooler shall be provided for clinker production.

• Based on the availability & adoptability of raw mix, coal & lignite in mixed proportion/Pet-coke shall be fired in kiln and calciner.

• Coal shall be received via ships and trans-shipped to Kori creek jetty in through suitable capacity barges or alternatively by road. At jetty, coal shall be unloaded with the help of back-hoe system and transported to the plant stockpile with the help of a Belt conveyor.

• Lignite shall be received from GMDC mines through trucks and shall be unloaded through truck tippler and BRU.

• Coal, Lignite and Pet-coke shall be stored in covered linear stockpile through a luffing and non-slewing type linear boom stacker and reclaimed with the help of side scraper type reclaimer. Coal / lignite/Pet-coke shall be transported to raw coal / lignite/ Pet-coke hoppers through a set of Belt conveyors.

• Same stockpile shall also be used to store coal / lignite for power plant. Coal /Lignite for power plant shall be reclaimed with the help of a separate side scraper type reclaimer.

• Coal / Lignite/ Pet-coke shall be ground in Coal mill. The mill construction shall be in open and maintained through mobile crane.

• Mineral/Chemical Gypsum shall be received through trucks and unloaded through truck tippler and BRU. Gypsum shall be crushed with the help of a crusher.

• Crushed gypsum shall be stored in covered linear stockpile through a linear boom stacker (common stacker for correctives and additives). Gypsum shall be reclaimed with the help of side scraper type reclaimer (common reclaimer for correctives and additives) and transported to cement mill hopper through a set of Belt conveyors.


CHAPTER TWO


• Clinker shall be stored in clinker silo and extracted and conveyed to cement mill hoppers through Conveyors. Additional open stockpile with central shaft shall be considered for clinker storage.

• Clinker shall be extracted from clinker hopper and transported to cement mill hopper for producing cement, Balance Clinker shall be transported to jetty through Belt conveyor for barge loading.

• PPC/OPC/PSC/PCC shall be produced in cement grinding mill. The mill construction shall be in open and maintained through mobile crane.

• Diesel/Coal fired HAG has been considered for cement grinding to suffice the heat requirement which will operate only in event of shortfall of hot gases from the plant. Diesel Oil and Lignite has been envisaged as fuel for HAG operation. About 28 KLD (max) Diesel Oil or 100 TPD (max) Lignite shall be consumed during its operation.

• Cement shall be stored in silos. Partially cement shall be packed in bag and balance capacity shall be conveyed to jetty through Belt conveyor for barge loading.

• Common Belt conveyor shall be used to transport clinker / cement to jetty and coal from jetty. Suitable cleaning system shall be required to clean the Belt conveyor on coal side in order to avoid coal contamination with cement.

• An emergency diesel generator set of 600 KVA is considered for emergency power supply for each line in case of blackout during plant operation.

The manufacturing process flow diagram of cement plant is shown in Figure 2.2.

2.5.1.2 Main Machineries

In order to meet the above key production parameters suitable plant concept comprising of 10,000 TPD clinker dry process kiln system has been developed in each line. The concept includes limestone raising, transport to pre-blending stockpiles, Raw Grinding Mills, 6-stage double string pre-heater with in-line calciner, Waste Heat Recovery System (WHRS), Coal/Lignite fired rotary kiln, coal grinding, storing and dozing of fuel, clinker cooler, clinker storage silo, clinker extraction system, clinker transport to grinding unit, clinker bulk loading in conveyor for transport to jetty, cement silos with bulk loading facility and transport to jetty through conveyor. The plant shall have packed bag/Bulk Cement loading facility also.

The sizing of main machinery has been carried out based on the International/ National Norms and Practices adopted for sizing of similar plants. These norms are summarized in Table 2.2 for Main Machinery and the machine capacity is provided in Table 2.3.

Table 2-2: Norms for Main Machinery Sizing

Sl. No. Machines Capacity in TPH

Operating Design Safety Factor Hours per day Days per year Hours per year

1 Limestone Charging system 3125 16 300 4800 1.25 2 Raw Mill 2325 21 320 6720 1.05 3 Coal Mill 294 21 320 6720 1.10 4 Cement Mill 1516 21 330 6930 1.05 5 Kiln 1250 24 330 7920 1.00

Source: Feasibility Report


CHAPTER TWO


Table 2-3: Specifications/Capacity of Machines Sl. No. Equipment Capacity

1 Limestone Stacker Cap. 3 x 2000 TPH 2 Limestone reclaimer Cap. 3 x 1000 TPH 3 Additives Stacker Cap. 2 x 800 TPH 4 Additives reclaimer Cap. 4 x 100 TPH 5 Raw Mill -VRM / Finished Mode RP 3x 800 TPH @ 1.5 % residue on 212 microns 6 Raw Meal Blending Silo 3 x 20,000 Ton 7 Coal Stacker 2 x 800 TPH 8 Coal Reclaimer 4 x 150 TPH 9 Coal Mill -VRM 3 x 100 TPH @ 14% residue on 90 microns

10 Pre-heater with Low NOx Calciner 3 x 10,000 TPD 11 Pre-heater Fan 3 x 15,50,000 m3/h @ 70 mbar St. Pressure 12 Kiln 3 x 10,000 TPD, ID.6 X 88 m Length 13 Low NOx Kiln Main Burner 3 x 50 TPH coal throughput 14 Clinker Cooler 3 x 10,000 TPD,Sp. Loading 40 TPD/m2 15 Cooler ESP 3 x 14,00000 m3/h @ (-)15 mbar Static Pressure 16 Clinker Silo 3 x 70,000 Ton 17 Clinker Stockpile 3 x 25000 Ton 18 Raw Mill Kiln Bag House 3 x16,50,000 m3/h @ (-)35 mbar St. Pressure 19 Gypsum Crusher 3 x 100 tph 20 Lignite Crusher 3 x 150 tph 21 Cement mill -VRM / RP+BM 4 X 360 TPH PPC @ 3800 Blaine 22 Cement Silo 8 x 10,000 ton 23 Packer 2 x 180 TPH 24 WHRS (Waste Heat Recovery System) 3 x 8 MW 25 CFBC based CPP (Captive Power Plant) 3 X 25 MW with 600 KVA emergency DG 26 HAG(Hot Air Generator) 3 x 12 Gcal/hr 27 DG Set 3 x 600 KVA


2.5.1.3 Limestone Stacking and Reclaiming

The mix of limestone and low grade limestone received from the mines shall be stacked with the help of a luffing and non-slewing type linear boom stacker of capacity 2,000 TPH. For extraction, Bridge type reclaimer of capacity 1,000 TPH is required.

2.5.1.4 Corrective/ Additive Crushing

Correctives envisaged for the project is silica sand and the additives to be used are gypsum and limestone. Corrective/Additive crusher of 100 TPH capacity is envisaged to take care of chemical/mineral gypsum crushing and corrective crushing of laterite if used in future as corrective component. A crusher with feed size of 300mm and output size of maximum 90 mm will be used.

2.5.1.5 Corrective/ Additive Stacking and Reclaiming

Correctives and Additives shall be received by trucks and unloaded in the plant with the help of truck tippler and bulk receiving unit (BRU). Correctives and additives shall be stored in covered longitudinal stockpiles.


CHAPTER TWO


The luffing and non-slewing type linear boom stacker and side scraper type reclaimer are envisaged. Common reclaimer shall be used to reclaim both correctives and additives for each line. 2.5.1.6 Coal/Lignite Stacking and Reclaiming

The system shall be designed to handle coal/ Pet-coke and lignite. The fuel for the proposed plant has been considered as ~50% imported coal/ Pet-coke and ~50% lignite (On TSR basis). Coal shall be imported in 40,000 to 60,000 DWT ships. From ships, coal shall be trans-shipped to suitable sized barges. Barges shall be unloaded at proposed Kori Creek jetty with the help of back-hoe systems and transported to the plant through a conveyor. Lignite is envisaged to be received from GMDC mines by trucks and unloaded at plant with the help of truck tippler and bulk receiving unit (BRU).

Coal/Pet-coke / Lignite shall be stored in a linear stockpile by a luffing and non-slewing type linear boom stacker and reclaimed with the help of a side scraper type reclaimer. One more side scraper type reclaimer shall be considered for CPP as the coal for CPP shall also be stored in this stockpile.

2.5.1.7 Raw Material Drying and Grinding

A raw mill capacity of 800 TPH on dry basis based on 21 hours per day operation and safety factor of 1.05 has been proposed. A Vertical Roller Mill/ Roller Press will be used for material grinding.

2.5.1.8 Pre-heater, Pre-Calciner, Kiln and Cooler

Pre-heater, Kiln and Cooler shall be designed for 10,000 TPD of guaranteed production levels. System shall be with double stream six-stage pre-heater with inline calciner and double Pre-heater fan. 2.5.1.9 Coal Grinding

Imported coal/Pet-coke and Lignite are considered to be mixed in ~50:50 ratios (TSR basis). The moisture in Lignite can be dried from 35% to 12% and moisture in coal can be dried from 10% to 1%. Hence, the mix moisture in dry coal shall be approx. 8.5%. Coal/Pet-coke / Lignite Mill capacity, on dry basis, based on 21 hrs/day, ~4000 mix NCV and safety factor of 1.10 of 100 TPH has been planned. Vertical Roller Mill for Coal Grinding has been considered. Coal and pet-coke shall be received at site in crushed form however for lignite a crusher has been considered to size it <50 mm. 2.5.1.10 Cement Grinding Capacity

OPC/ PPC/ PSC/Composite Cement shall be produced with Vertical roller Mill/ Roller press with Ball Mill having maximum production capacity of 360 TPH. Ground cement shall be transferred and stored in RCC silos through set of Air slides and elevators.

2.5.2 Captive Power Plant ACL is planning to have 3 x 25 MW Captive Power Plant. The power plant will be equipped with CFBC (Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion) boiler, air cooled condenser, extraction turbine, coal handling plant, ESP, ash handling plants, lime stone handling system and water treatment plant also. To limit the SO2 emission, lime stone dosing is envisaged in the furnace of CFBC boiler. For the initial light up and flame stabilization of the boiler, LDO system with unloading and pressurizing pumps is envisaged. Water treatment facilities also cover DM plant to cater the need of DM water for the CFBC boilers. Each boiler will be equipped with steel chimney

From existing stock pile of coal/lignite, coal and lignite will be fed to boiler though coal feeders. The bottom ash from the boiler and fly ash from the ESP ash hoppers will be conveyed via pneumatic conveying


CHAPTER TWO


system and will be stored in ash storage silos. The coal handling plant, limestone handling plant and water treatment plant will be common for all the units.

The DM water from DM plant will be fed to the deaerator. The deaerator will be charged by pegging steam to pre-heat the feed water The hot feed water from deaerator will be fed to the drum of boiler for further producing steam. The hot condensate from air cooled condenser will be sent back to the deaerator. The heat generated by the combustion of coal in the boiler will be utilized in producing steam. The steam will be fed in extraction turbine which will drive the generator.

The boiler is designed to fire 100% imported coal/ 100% lignite / 100% domestic coal and any combination of the mentioned fuels to achieve 100% BMCR rated parameters without affecting boiler’s performance and hampering life of boiler’s components throughout the life span of the plant (25-30 years) The following are the list of major components of the proposed power plant:

• Three nos. of Circulating Fluidised Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boilers each with steam generation capacity of 110 TPH at 110 kg/cm2 (g) and 540°C temperature

• Steam Turbine Generators (STG) with Air Cooled Condenser (ACC) capable of generating 25 MW (Gross) of power each. Generation Voltage shall be 11kV, 3 phase.

• Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) for CFBC Boiler to limit the dust concentration below 30 mg/Nm3 at the outlet of stack (RCC Chimney) with all its fields in operation during normal operation.

• Water Treatment Plant to cater to power cycle make-up & auxiliary cooling water requirement of unit. • One number of auxiliary cooling tower for auxiliary cooling with pumps and accessories. • Other Mechanical Auxiliary systems e.g. Fuel Handling System, Ash Handling system, Compressed

Air System, & EOT crane etc. • Electrical systems including Auxiliary Transformers, HT and LT Switchgear, Power cables, UPS,

Battery & Battery Charger etc.

The details of the captive power plant are provided below in Table 2.4 and schematic flow sheet for power generation through CPP and WHRS is shown below in Figure 2.3.

Table 2-4: Details of Captive Power Plant Boiler Rated Parameters Steam Turbine (with ACC) Parameters CFBC boilers – 3 Nos Steam Turbine with Generator – 3 Nos. Boiler capacity-110 TPH BMCR Rated capacity-25MW (TMCR) Boiler outlet steam temperature-540˚C Turbine Inlet Steam Temperature-540˚C Boiler SH Outlet Pressure-110kg/cm2(g) Turbine Inlet Steam Pressure-105 kg/cm2(g) Source: Feasibility Report

2.5.3 Waste Heat Recovery System The cement industry is highly energy intensive, wherein in addition to high electrical energy requirement the heat energy requirements are also high. In order to make cement plant energy efficient and reduce carbon footprint, efforts are made to reduce the energy losses. In order to reduce heat energy losses, it is proposed to install a “waste heat recovery based power plant”. The heat values of pre-heater and clinker cooler exhaust gases shall be utilized in the waste heat recovery boilers to generate the steam.

Total 6 WHR boilers are proposed to be installed in this project as per the details summarized below:

• Three WHR Boiler for pre-heater section


CHAPTER TWO


• Three WHR AQC Boiler for the clinker cooler

The generated superheated steam shall be introduced to the common steam driven turbine generator set for each line WHRS. The generated power shall be utilized for the cement plant operations while operating in parallel with existing captive thermal power plant and grid.DM water for WHRS shall be taken from DM plant of captive power plant.

Figure 2.3: Flow Diagram for Power Plant 2.5.4 Mudhvay Limestone Mines Adani Cementation Limited has won Mudhvay Limestone Mine Block ‘C’ through e- auction vide LOI No. MCR-102016-2146-CHH dated 21.06.2017 issued by Industries & Mine Department, Govt. of Gujarat over an area of 251.9Ha and with an estimated reserve of 325 Million Tons. The lease period shall be 50 years from the date of lease execution. The Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been prepared and submitted under Rule 16 of Minerals (Other than Atomic & Hydrocarbon Energy Minerals) Concession Rules, 2016 and 23 of MCDR, 2017 for first five years from the date of lease execution. The mine plan was approved by Indian Bureau of Mines on 3rd January 2018. The production capacity of 4 MTPA will be achieved during first five year and ramp up to 12 MTPA by 10th Year. The TOR approved for the mine is for peak annual production of 12 MTPA.

2.5.4.1 Mining Method

A. Development of Mines

Material Balance (WHRS & CPP)

Waste Heat from

Cement Plant WHRS – 24 MW

(3 X 8 MW)

Fuel

100 % Imported Coal : ~ 600 TPD

Or

100% Lignite : ~1000 TPD

CPP – 75 MW

(3 X 25 MW)

Total Power Generation

(99 MW)Water from Desalination Plant

~2240 KLD

*Waste heat from

Preheater

*Waste heat from AQC

Cooler

Note : * Actual waste heat generation from Preheater & Cooler shall be ascertain after actual operating condition (moisture content) of the raw material and fuel.


CHAPTER TWO


The pre-production development includes removal of topsoil, as well as removal of overburden. Benches 6m high and working bench width +15m maintaining working bench slope of 700 in overburden. Overburden waste is loose material so it doesn’t required drilling and blasting. It can directly be mined with the help of excavator bucket and will be loaded in dumper/tippers. Overburden material will be stored at designated place as per approved mining plan.

There is a cart track passing through mining lease area almost from central part which is temporary one as it is not marked on revenue map. Shifting of the same shall be undertaken in future.

B. Mining of Limestone The mining is proposed to be carried out by fully mechanized opencast method using continuous surface miner (CSM) with combination of pay loader and dumpers/tippers. No conventional method i.e. drilling and blasting is proposed. Surface miner is environment friendly machine and deposit is most suited for its application. The cutting depth of surface miner is 250-300mm and product size generated after cutting and milling in the range of 75-150mm. This size of limestone is suitable for cement plant without crushing.

The loading of excavated material by surface miner, is proposed to be carried out by pay loaderand transportation by means of dumper/tippers of 35 tonne capacity. The dumpers/tippers will carry material to transfer hopper of surface Belt conveyor. The Belt conveyor to be installed within the boundary barrier of boundary pillars C-07 to C-01. Limestone shall be conveyed to proposed cement plant along boundary barrier by surface Belt conveyor.

The face shall be usually oriented in east-west direction. Each bench height is proposed to be 6.0m.

Using of surface miner is eco-friendly mining operation specifically in area near road and boundary areas. The salient features of surface miner are safe and steady operation, minimum dust generation and low noise.

The broad parameters of mining operation will be as below:

Number of working days : 300 days/year Working shift/day : 3 shifts of 8 hours each No. of benches : 8 Height : 6.0 m (max.) in overburden and mineral both Width : For running bench >15 m for closing (conceptual) bench optimum Bench slope : 700 Ultimate Pit slope : 450

Table 2-5: Salient Features of Proposed Method of Working Sl. No. Items Details

1 Method of mining with bench parameters

It will be ‘A’ category mine to be worked by opencast method of mining with surface miners maintaining bench height of 6.0m and sloping bench at about 70 degree and working bench width >15m. The mine working is proposed to be worked in 3 shifts of 8.0 hr each.

2 Drilling Drilling operation not proposed as material extraction is proposed by Surface miner

3 Blasting Blasting operation not proposed as material extraction is proposed by Surface miner

4 Excavation • The overburden is soft and will be removed by using excavator, dumper/tippers


CHAPTER TWO


Sl. No. Items Details • The geological investigations suggest that the Limestone is soft and friable

so opencast mechanized mining by forming systematic benches of 6.0 m height with proper width of about more than 15.0m and combination of surface miner-loader-dumper/tipper to be adopted at limestone mine.

5 Loading Loading by pay loader 6 Transportation • Overburden transportation is proposed by means of dumpers/tippers to the

earmarked sites • Limestone transportation by tippers to the transfer hopper of covered surface

belt conveyor 7 Crushing/ screening No crushing/ screening unit is proposed as limestone after surface miner will be

within the required/ desired size. 2.5.4.2 Stages of Mining and Production

Production ramp up at mine has been planned to reach 4MTPA during first five years as per approved mine plan, from sixth years onwards the mine production will be gradually increased to 12MTPA by tenth year. To meet the plant quality requirement the ROM supply is planned to optimize the required LSF and the requisite plant quality will be maintained by blending low grade/clay/silica sand. Limestone having CaO below 40% will be used which will lead to mineral conservation

The stripping ratio of limestone to overburden for the first five years is envisaged to be 1:1.86. The production for the life of mine is provided below in Table 2.6.

Table 2-6: Proposed Production for 5 years (MTPA) Year Proposed Production (MTPA)

1st Year Nil 2nd Year Nil 3rd Year 0.802 4th Year 2.143 5th Year 4.000

Total (1st to 5th) 6.945 Source: Approved Mine Plan

Production has been planned to reach 4.0 MTPA during first five years as per approved mine plan, from sixth years onwards the mine production will be gradually increased to 12 MTPA by tenth year.

Therefore, life of mine would be 15 years based on present known mineable reserves. The life will further increase as company had already proposed exploration program to bring the entire area within G1 level as per provision of MEMC Rules, 2015 during first two years only. Consequently, significant increase will be observed in reserves under UNFC 111 category to sustainable mine life at ultimate limestone production target of 12.0 MTPA. With the 4 MTPA rate of production rate, the life of mine is envisaged as 29 years. The year-wise plan of mining provided in Figures 2.4 to 2.8.

2.5.5 WASTE HANDLING 2.5.5.1 Overburden

During initial phase of mining operations, the OB generated shall be dumped at the prescribed sites as proposed in approved Mining plan. One dumping location has been proposed. The height proposed of dump shall be 30m with terraces of 10m each. The width between two terraces shall be 15m for easy access. The geometry of the OB Dump is as follows:


CHAPTER TWO


• Height: 30.0m (max) with terraces • Height of terrace: 10m • Clearance between two terraces: >15m • Terrace Slope: 35° • Ultimate Dump Slope: ~22°

OB dumping shall be kept for a period of first five years in this mining plan hence stabilization is not feasible. This may risk in spreading the waste material and hence grass spreading shall be carried out for temporary stabilization. On the other hand, space for backfilling shall be matured in eighth year onwards. Retaining wall along the dump is also proposed to prevent any dump failure. Garland drain will be constructed around the dump to prevent siltation. Settling tanks will be built in appropriate locations to ensure any run-off water is clean. Berms shall be provided at every terrace in order to prevent gully formation. The proposed schedule for OB management is given in Table 2.7.

Table 2-7: Generation of OB and its disposal Year Generation of OB (M Cum) OB disposal Method Location

1st Year 1.704 Dumping at designated location

In between area boundary pillar no. C1 & C7

2ndYear 2.500 3rd Year 0.734 4thYear 0.686 5thYear 0.021

1st to 5th Year 5.645 Source: Approved Mine Plan

Waste material (OB) Backfilling in worked out areas - During the above plan overburden will be dumped/Stored towards northern portion of proposed mine area as detailed in approved Mining plan. OB dumped at designated place will be re-handled and backfilling will be started in eighth year onwards, after getting part of worked out area matured for the same. The future Waste handling will vary based on the exploration plan of the Mining lease area and accordingly backfilling will be planned.

It has been envisaged that after back-filling the entire excavated area of 112.30 Ha will have a void of about 30.0 m BG at the end of the conceptual period.

2.5.5.2 Top Soil

On an average of about 0.3m cover of overburden sandy soil is available in the Mine area. Overburden soil is brown material and is suitable for plantation occupying the flatter grounds. The soil available is fertile in nature. The soil shall be removed separately and used for plantation purpose by spreading on earthen bund within the statutory barrier all around the area. No soil is proposed to be stacked.

The top soil removed during mining will be utilized for spreading on the earthen bunds and used for plantation. No stacking of top soil is envisaged. The details of top soil production and utilization are given in Table 2.8.

Table 2-8: Removal of Soil and Disposal Year Removal of Top soil (M Cum) Top soil disposal Method Location

1styear 0.046 Utilised for spreading over On-site


CHAPTER TWO


Year Removal of Top soil (M Cum) Top soil disposal Method Location 2ndyear 0.057 dumps 3rdyear Nil - 4thyear Nil - 5thyear Nil -

1st year to 5th year 0.10 Source: Approved Mine Plan

2.5.5.3 Reclamation

It is estimated that by the end of the conceptual plan period, the entire estimated mineable limestone reserve will be exhausted. From the estimation of the OB waste, it can be envisaged that the entire excavated area of 112.30 ha will be backfilled keeping upper void of about 30m BGL. The void will be used for storage of rain water and will be cordoned off for safety purpose. When the Proposed Mine will be exhausted completely, entire area of Proposed Mine will have one large water storage and big gardens with trees and shrubs which will be beneficial of human population of the region in the area of Kutch district.

OB dumped at designated place will be re-handled and backfilling will be started in eighth year onwards, after getting part of worked out area matured for the same. The future Waste handling will vary based on the exploration plan of the Mining lease area and accordingly backfilling will be planned.

2.5.5.4 Plantation Programme

Plantation work will be carried out along statutory barrier and on backfilled area so that a green belt can be developed. The plantation is proposed to be done at the rate of 1000 saplings per Ha and area of 1.0 Ha per year. The soil removed during the mining process will be used for plantation purpose.

At the end of mine life, about 83.50 Ha of lease area will be under plantation, of which 5.00 Ha will be boundary greenbelt and 78.50 Ha will be plantation on reclaimed areas. The afforested area will be protected from cattle by fencing off the plantation area. All damaged plants will be replaced with new ones to ensure full survival rate.

The relevant help for successful reclamation/afforestation will be taken from experienced forest officials. The lists of trees recommended are listed in the approved mining plan.

Summary of protective measures towards better environment will during mining plan period is given below: Table 2-9: Plantation Schedule

Items Proposed Protective Measures 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Total Dump management Temporarily creation of dump so no proposal of stabilization is required

by way of planting saplings. It required spreading of grass seeds. Spreading of seeds on slope of the proposed dump towards temporary stabilization (ha)

1.90 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.6 8.0

Retaining wall (m) along dump 900 1450 330 126 - 2806 Plantation

Afforestation to be done (ha) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 5.0 No. of saplings planted 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 5000 Fencing (m) for protection of plantation 1200 1174 1354 1255 200 5183 Source: Approved Mining plan


CHAPTER TWO


2.5.5.5 Extent of Mechanization

The details of heavy machines, transport vehicles and equipment to be used for the proposed mining are provided in Tables 2.10 and 2.11.

Table 2-10: List of Mining Machinery/ Equipment to be proposed S. No. Description Nos. Size/Capacity Motive Power H.P

1. Surface Miner 2 Drum width 2500 mm Diesel Engine 950 2. Front End Loader 3 5.76 cubic meter Diesel Engine 315 3 Shovel 4 6.0 cubic meter Diesel Engine 420 3. Dumpers / Tippers 13 35 tonne Diesel Engine 120 4. Dozer 2 D-8L Diesel Engine 250 5. Water Tankers/ Sprinklers 3 20000 liters Diesel Engine 120

Source: Approved Mine Plan

Table 2-11: List of Machinery/ Equipment required for site services S. No. Machineries Nos. Motive Power H.P.

1. Diesel tanker (5000 l capacity, Truck mounted) 1 Diesel Engine 120 2. Mobile service van and garage equipment 1 Diesel Engine 120 3. Diesel Jeeps 3 Diesel Engine 45 to 60 4. Ambulance van 1 Diesel Engine 45 to 60

Source: Approved Mine Plan

2.5.6 BERTHING JETTY

ACL proposes to develop a berthing jetty of 19 MMTPA traffic capacity connected with trestle and approach road to serve the import of raw materials and product transportation and 9 MLD desalination plant with seawater intake & brine reject outfall to cater the water requirement for the proposed integrated project. For the movement of mined limestone from the mining block to the proposed plant location and for the supply of finished products from plant to the captive jetty, dedicated conveyor corridor with 10.2 Km will be provided. The same conveyor corridor will be utilized for transportation of materials from jetty to cement plant.

Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek with anchorage in Arabian Sea. Clinker and Cement are the main commodity to be handled at the proposed berthing jetty. In addition to that, dry bulk commodities like Coal, Pet coke, slag, fly ash and Limestone will also be handled. Lighterage operation will be performed to load the product materials in large sized vessel at the anchorage point located about 60 km south west of berthing jetty at open sea. Lighterage operation using barges will be developed for to and fro transport of raw materials and product materials from anchorage point to berthing jetty.

The master plan of the berthing Jetty is prepared based on expected traffic at different timelines, size of vessels, facility requirements in terms of number and length of berths, navigational requirements, and storage area required for each type of cargo, material handling system, road access for the receipt/dispatch, evacuation of cargo, and other utilities and service facilities.

Berthing jetty of capacity 19 MTPA will be developed for the transport of raw material and product materials. At the proposed jetty location water depth available is about 8 - 10 m above CD.


CHAPTER TWO


Desalination plant of 9 MLD will be provided within the backup area. Seawater intake and brine reject outfall pipeline are planned in Kori creek adjacent to berthing jetty without obstructing the barge movement.

The proposed berthing jetty with approach trestle and desalination plant falls under EIA Notification, 2006 and CRZ Notification, 2011.

Proposed berthing jetty with trestle and approach road falls under following list of activities requiring prior environmental clearance:

Project/Activity Sector Capacity/Area Category Type of clearance required

Berthing Jetty with Approach trestle 7 (e) 19 MMTPA A EC+CRZ

Desalination plant - 9 MLD - CRZ (ref. EIA for Jetty by Indomer)

The CRZ map has been prepared by IRS, Anna University, Chennai, which is one of the approved agencies for demarcation of HTL/LTL. The CRZ report on 'Demarcation of High Tide Line (HTL), Low Tide Line (LTL) and CRZ map for "Lakhpat Cement Works" has been submitted separately. The copy of CRZ map prepared by IRS, Anna University, Chennai is shown in Marine EIA report of proposed Jetty. According to the CRZ map based on the classification of CRZ Notification, 2011, the proposed development falls under following Coastal Regulation Zones.

CRZ I A : Ecologically Sensitive Areas CRZ I B : Area between Low Tide Line (LTL) and High Tide Line (HTL) CRZ III : 100 m or width of the creek whichever is less on the landward side. CRZ IV A : 12 Nautical Miles into the sea from LTL

The master plan of the berthing Jetty is prepared based on expected traffic at different timelines, size of vessels, facility requirements in terms of number and length of berths, navigational requirements, and storage area required for each type of cargo, material handling system, road access for the receipt/dispatch, evacuation of cargo, and other utilities and service facilities.

Berthing jetty of 19 MMTPA capacity will be developed for the transport of raw material and finished product materials. At the proposed jetty location water depth available is about 8 -10 m above CD. Layout of berthing jetty is shown in Environmental Impact Assessment report for Jetty prepared by M/s INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd. Proposed traffic projection and material flow is tabulated below:

Table 2-12: Proposed traffic projection and material flow

Material Traffic projection Material flow Capacity (MTPA)

Coal/ Petcoke Shipped to Lakhpat IU through Barges/Ships Import 3 Slag Shipped to Lakhpat IU through Barges/Ships

Gypsum Shipped to Lakhpat IU through Barges/Ships Fly ash Shipped to Lakhpat IU through Barges/Ships

Total import 3

Cement Dispatched from Lakhpat IU through barges/Ships to various bulk terminals.

Export 10


CHAPTER TWO


Material Traffic projection Material flow Capacity (MTPA)

Clinker Dispatched from Lakhpat IU through barges/Ships to various Grinding units

5

Limestone Dispatched from Lakhpat IU through barges/Ships to various Grinding units

1

Total export 16 Overall capacity (Import + Export) 19

From above table it can be easily inferred that volumes shall ramp up as above. Hence the Berths, handling systems and backup infrastructure can be developed with the requirement of facilities.

2.6 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 Cement Plant with Captive Power Plant

2.6.1.1 Land

The proposed cement plant along with the captive power plant will be set up in a land of about 190.23 Ha. A conveyor corridor from plant to the mines as well as to the jetty will be built over an area of 8.09 Ha while a storage backup area and desalination plant will be developed over an area of 4.05 Ha. The break-up of land is provided in Table 2.13 and the layout plan of the plant is given in Figure 2.9.

Table 2-13: Land Requirement for Cement Plant and CPP in ha

Sl. No Description Cement Plant CPP Total Area ( CP with CCP


Total 190.23 Source: Feasibility Report

2.6.1.2 Raw Material

The raw materials required for the cement plant and captive power plant are limestone silica sand, fly ash and bottom ash, gypsum and coal. Raw material consumption for plant shall be based on actual limestone raised from Mudhvay Limestone mines as per the approved mining plan however the details of the raw material along with quantity required for peak production capacity, source and transportation are given in Table 2.14 and related material balance is shown in Figure 2.10.

Table 2-14: Details of Input Material

Raw Material Source / Locality

Distance from the

plant (km)

Quantity (MTPA) Approx.

Remarks

Limestone Captive Mine: Mudhvay village, Lakhpat Taluka, District-Kutch

2 12 Transported by tippers up to in pit hopper connected to inclined belt conveyor which is connected to main belt conveyor of about 4 km


CHAPTER TWO


long at surface up to proposed Cement Plant site.

From GMDC: village, Lakhpat Taluka, District-Kutch

20 2.7 Crushed/ Sized limestone to be transported by trucks to hopper and thereafter by conveyor to proposed Stock pile.

Silica Sand Mundra, District – Kutch 210 0.31 For use as corrective and shall be transported by trucks to plant site.

Bottom Ash CPP (From CPP) Within plant premises 0.035 Bottom Ash will be used as raw

material for clinkerization unit

Fly Ash CPP (From CPP) Within plant

premises and Mundra

TPPs 2.4

Fly Ash mixed with CaSO4 will be used as raw material for PPC production. Balance fly ash will be sourced from Mundra TPPs

Gypsum Domestic/Imported 160 0.5 For use as an additive and shall be transported by trucks to plant site.

Fuel (Imported Coal/ Domestic Lignite)

Imported Coal 9 0.86 Transported from captive jetty to proposed plant site by conveyor.

Domestic Lignite: GMDC Mine, Taluka Lakhpat, District - Kutch

20 1.55 Transported from GMDC mine to proposed plant site by trucks.


2.6.1.3 QUALITY OF RAW MATERIALS

This section deals with the chemical characteristics and quality of the correctives and additives to be used in the plant. The quality of limestone from Mudhvay mines is given separately in the subsequent sections.

Low grade Limestone

The low grade limestone is present over the surface at ML area of GMDC/Mudhvay Mine. The low grade limestone is basically limestone mixed with calcareous clay and marl.

Qualitatively, the low grade limestone is high in silica and low in alumina and can be used as corrective in the raw mix. The GMDC ML area is located about 20 km northeast of the proposed plant site. The average quality of low grade limestone based on the boreholes drilled in the area is given in Table 2.15.

Table 2-15: Chemical Composition of Low-grade Limestone (%) SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 CaO MgO LOI Na2O K2O P2O5 SO3 Cl 20.04 2.42 3.32 38.45 2.28 31.75 0.01 0.16 0.03 0.78 0

Silica Sand

Silica sand is available at Sapeda and Nagalpar village in Anjar Taluka in Kutch district. Silica sand is also available at Bhuj area which is around 130Km away from site. The raw silica sand is washed to remove the impurities and produce high quality silica sand. The source area is located about 210 km southeast of the proposed plant site. The average quality of silica sand is given in Table 2.16.

Table 2-16: Chemical Composition of Silica Sand (%)


CHAPTER TWO


SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 CaO MgO LOI Na2O K2O P2O5 SO3 Cl 97.92 1.07 0.40 0.11 0.04 0.26 NA NA NA NA NA

Gypsum

Gypsum is being used as an additive in the cement. The chemical gypsum is available from Industries near village Ler near Bhuj in Kutch district and is about 160km from the proposed plant site at Lakhpat. The gypsum shall be transported by trucks upto proposed plant site. The quality of chemical gypsum from Industries near Ler Village is given in Table 2.17. Addition of mineral gypsum is also envisaged to ensure required quality of cement.

Table 2-17: Chemical Composition of Gypsum (%) SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 CaO MgO P2O5 SO3 LOI CaSO4.2H2O Moisture 0.43 9.91 8.40 25.00 0.08 0.11 34.02 22.00 73.14 20 - 25

Fly Ash

Fly ash is being used as an additive in PPC. Fly ash will be sourced from Adani power plant Mundra, Gujarat and is about 210 Km from the proposed plant location. From Mundra it shall be transported through barges and further to the IU via conveyor. Fly ash may also be transported by road from the nearby sources based on availability. The quality of fly ash is given in Table 2.18.

Table 2-18: Chemical Composition of Fly Ash (%) SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 CaO MgO Na2O K2O P2O5 SO3 Moisture 51.91 18.52 10.32 9.33 4.63 1.47 1.07 0.294 0.1 0.07

Coal

Coal is the primary fuel for the proposed plant. Coal based conventional Rankine Steam Cycle (in CPP) shall be used as the fuel for the Thermal Power Plant. The coal shall be imported while the lignite will be sourced from nearby GMDC mines. It is proposed to have separate coal storage for coal (4 x 30,000 T) and lignite (4 x 7,500 T) and will be common for cement plant and CPP. The characteristic of coal to be used for the power plant is provided in Table 2.19.

Table 2-19: Tentative Analysis of Coal/Lignite Parameters Unit Imported Coal Domestic Coal Lignite

Analysis (% By Weight) Fixed Carbon % 30 – 37 25-30 15-25 Volatile Matter % 30 – 35 20-25 30-35 Ash % 3.5 – 10 35-42 18-23 Total Moisture % 25 – 37 10-12 32-40 Sulphur % 0.7 – 0.9 0.4 – 0.6 Up to 3 Calorific Value Kcal/Kg 5800 – 6500 3800 – 5500 2500 – 3200

2.6.1.4 Water

The water requirement for Lakhpat IU will be fulfilled from a desalination plant. It is estimated about 30,000 KLD sea water will be drawn from Kori Creek near proposed berthing jetty and fed to Desalination Plant to be installed in backup area near Creek. Out of the total requirement, 21,000 KLD Brine will return to the designated outfall point in Kori Creek and rest desalinated 9,000 KLD to be used as fresh water for


CHAPTER TWO


Integrated Project. The desalination plant and the RO water plant shall be installed at about 4.7 km distance from plant on the way to jetty. From here, desalinated RO water shall be pumped to plant treated water tank. The total fresh water requirement for the plant Integrated facility is estimated to be 9000 KLD. The break-up of the water requirement of all the facilities in the project are provided in Table 2.20.

Table 2-20: Water Requirement for the Project

Sea Water Intake 30000 KLD Desalination Plant

Outfall 21000 KLD Brine Water to Sea

9000 KLD Fresh Water for Project

Description Entity

Requirement (KL/D)

Loss (KLD)

Evaporation Loss (KLD)

Process Consumption

(KLD)

Waste Water (KLD)

Fresh Water (KLD)

Recycled Water (KLD)

Process Cement Plant 6600 0 4633 1967 0 0 CPP & WHRS 2240 0 0 1112 0 1128

Domestic Use

Cement Plant 100 0 0 0 40 60 CPP & WHRS 10 0 0 0 4 6 Captive Jetty 25 0 0 0 10 15

Mine 25 0 0 0 10 15

Landscaping / Greenbelt

Development

Cement Plant 0 60 60 0 0 0

CPP & WHRS 0 6 6 0 0 0 Captive Jetty 0 15 15 0 0 0

Mine 0 15 15 0 0 0

Dust Suppression

Cement Plant & CPP & WHRS 0 903 903 0 0 0

Mine 0 225 225 0 0 0 Total Water Requirement (KLD) 9000 1224 5857 3079 64 1224

The water balance diagram for the cement plant and captive power plant is given in Figure 2.11.

The plant cooling water installation shall be provided with closed circuit system i.e. make-up water shall be supplied while re-circulating water shall be in closed loop. Appropriate chilling cooling system with radiators shall be provided to cool the return hot water from the plant. 2.6.1.5 Power

10 MW of construction power is envisaged, Sourced from nearest sub-station Chher Moti, District Kutch.

The maximum power demand for the proposed units have been estimated at about 125 MW (75 MW CPP, 24 MW WHRS, 26 MW Grid Power) based on specific power consumption of 58 kWh/t of clinker and 30 kwh/t of Cement. Grid Power for plant operation shall be received from 66 kV sub-station at Dayapar, about 21 km from the plant, and stepped down there itself to 11kV and transmitted to the plant premises through


CHAPTER TWO


11kV transmission line. The 11kV transmission line is terminated in the plant premises before further distribution to various decentralized load centres. The system MV voltage shall be 11 KV at main bus bar.

To ensure Operational flexibility of Cement Plant in line with fluctuating load requirements, three lines (25 MW each of Captive power Plant) have been envisaged. Also this ensures reliable power supply while any of the three units is down for maintenance.

2.6.1.6 Manpower

It is expected that the requirement of workers will be 630 persons per day during construction phase. Preference will be given to local workers based on their skill and experience from the surrounding villages. During the operation phase, there will be direct and indirect employment generation. 150 skilled workers will be directly employed by the industrial units. Indirect employment in the form of contractual workers, petty business and ancillary suppliers will be more than 450.

2.6.1.7 Storage Facilities

The provision of storages varies from plant to plant, depending upon the following:

• Lead distance of raw material source from plant.

• Ownership of raw material source i.e. self or “bought out”.

• Transportation route.

• Cost of resource.

• Seasonality

• Operator’s comfort.

• Inventory cost for storages.

Based on above considerations, the following storage days are proposed considering the capacity of plant to produce 3 x 10,000 TPD clinker and 30,000 TPD cement.

The sizing of main storages for each line of 3 x 10,000 TPD clinker & cement is given in Table 2.21.

Table 2-21: Storage Details Sl. No.

Department Quantity (tons) Remarks

1 Limestone Pre-blending stockpile

6 x 30000 • Chevron type, covered longitudinal stockpiles;

• Luffing & non slewing type stacker; and • Bridge type reclaimer shall be

considered 2 Coal/lignite storage 4 x 30,000 (coal/Pet-

coke) 4 x 7,500 (lignite)

• Linear coal stockpile two each for coal and lignite

3 Raw meal silo 3 x 20,000 4 Clinker storage 3 x 70,000

Additional 3 x Open clinker storage with central shaft


CHAPTER TWO


Sl. No.

Department Quantity (tons) Remarks

25,000 5 Cement storage 8 x 10,000 Cement Silos 6 Fly-ash storage 4 x 8,000 Fly ash Silos 7 Slag storage 4 x 8,000 Shed 8 Additives & Correctives

Storage 2 x 13000 (Inclusive of Silica sand, Gypsum, Add.

Limestone, Corrective for three lines) Source: Feasibility Report

2.6.2 MUDHVAY LIMESTONE MINES 2.6.2.1 Topography

The major morphological features include undulating and flat land. The gently sloping areas towards NW and north. The block has a relief of 15 m, with altitude ranging from 22 m AMSL to 37 m AMSL.

2.6.2.2 Geology

2.6.2.2.1 Local Geology The sedimentary rocks show a regular convex disposition along the western and southern coastline. The rocks show low angle (3-7°) qua-quaversal outward dips.There are three sets of major (normal) basinal faults, which trend NW-SE, NE-SW and E-W. Sedimentary units invariably show a thickening near the basinal faults.Cumulative limestone thickness vary from 25 m away from the faults to more than 75m near the faults in the NW, W and southern part of the Kutch Basin.

2.6.2.2.2 Geology of Mudhvay Sub-block C Mudhvay Block was identified for detailed exploration based on the RRAS study by GMRDS. The geological map of Mudhvay Block is shown in the map below. Fulra Formation outcrops in the southern half of Mudhvay Sub-block C and Maniyara Fort Formation sub-crops or outcrops in the northern half the sub-block. Fulra (limestone) Formation forms grey white soil. Maniyara Formation forms yellow brown soil cover.

Mudhvay Sub-block C is shown in the in the Geological Map, Plate No. 4. While only Fulra and Maniyara Fort Formation are sub-cropping at the surface, the exploration diamond core drill-holes have intersected through the entire section of Maniyara Fort Formation and the Fulra Formation into the Harudi Formation at the base. Few drill-holes have further intersected down to Mata no Madh and Deccan Traps as well.

2.6.2.2.3 Lithological Description of Mudhvay Sub-block C Deccan Trap Basalt has been intersected in drill-holes KLM-058 and KLM-062 and KLM-320. These rocks are greenish grey aphaneric hard compact rocks, with occasional vesicle fills. These rocks as fine to very fine grained, hemi-crystalline, often porphyritic and show inter-granular to sub-ophitic textures.

Mata No Madh Formation


CHAPTER TWO


Lithologies have been intersected only in drill-hole KLM-058 and KLM-320. Mata no Madh Formation has been intersected only in drill hole sand consists of leached Deccan Trap basalt, including lithomargic clays and laterites. The clays occur as structure less massive clays.

Kakdi Nadi Formation Lithologies have been intersected only in drill-hole KLM-058.KakriNadi Formation as intersected in the drill-holes is a sequence of variegated and gypsiferous clays, marl, and carbonaceous shale.

Harudi Formation Lithologies have been intersected in all drill-holes except KLM-066 and KLM-067 located at Sub-block C. Harudi Formation invariably forms the base of Fulra limestone Formation; both have been intersected in almost all the drill holes. The Harudi Formation consists of grey and yellow coloured gypsiferous shale, grey coloured shale and ferruginous sandstone.

Fulra Formation Lithologies have been intersected in all the boreholes located at Sub-block C. The Nummulitic limestone forms a distinctive bad land topography and is decipherable in the Landsat 742 (as RGB) processed images as white tonal feature. In the upper part of the formation, the landscape underlain by limestone consists of alternating small rolling mounds with exposed 2 to 4 m high cliff sections. The rolling mounds are covered by reddish ferruginous compact sandstone cappings. Stream sections cut through the limestone and expose the rocks in 3 to 5 m high cliffs along the banks.

Fulra Formation is the primary ore horizon in the Block. The formation starts conformably above the inter-banded clay, limestone bands of Harudi Formation, with a persistent thin (2-3m thick) marl horizon. The marl is overlain by alternating bands of massive grey white numulitic limestone, alternating with massive cream coloured limestone.

The Fulra limestone is an accumulation of shells of Nummulites on the basin floor. The marly unit at the base shows finely laminated rhythmically deposited calcitic matter. The numulitic limestone appears to be debris of Nummulites set in a matrix of calcareous micrite and sparite. In thin sections (studied by GMRDS) limestone contain clastic calcite, micrite and pellets of calcareous matter, detrital calcite, biomicrite and fossil shell debris set in acalcareous and clayey cement.

Therefore, the geological name of the single litho or group of lithos has been replaced with new nomenclature as mentioned below:

Table 2-22: New Nomenclature of Litho-groups

Sl. No. Litho units in core logs Name assigned to litho as per utilization Remark

1. Soil Soil No change 2. Sandy soil Sandy soil No change 3. Grey clay, yellow clay, Brownish clay,

dark grey clay, Fossiliferous grey clay, sandy clay, compact grey clay, sandy grey clay, variegated clay, carbonaceous clay etc.

Waste (Mixed Clay) To avoid complicacy


CHAPTER TWO


Sl. No. Litho units in core logs Name assigned to litho as per utilization Remark

4. Sandy limestone, grey clayey limestone, marlite, grey fossiliferous limestone

Low Grade Limestone CaO varies between 34% to 40%

5. Sandy limestone, marlite, grey clayey limestone,

Cement Grade Limestone

CaO varies between40% to 45%

6. Cream colored limestone High Grade Limestone CaO having +45% The name changes have been taken place in order to make the sections understandable and mine planning too. Surface plan and Geological Map and Geological Section figures are given in Figure 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 respectively.

2.6.2.3 Quality of Reserves

The limestone produced in the mine lease has been graded in three categories on basis of CaO content. The gradation category is given in Table 2.23.

Table 2-23: Gradation of Limestone Sl. No.

Gradation in terms of CaO % Remarks

1 + 45% % MgO is within the IBM threshold limit (< 4%) and hence whole limestone can be used – High grade Limestone

2 40% to 45% % MgO is within the IBM threshold limit (< 4%)and hence whole limestone can be used after blending with certain proportion of with higher CaO % - Cement Grade Limestone

3 34% to 40% % MgO is within the IBM threshold limit (< 4%)and hence whole limestone can be used after blending with certain proportion of with higher CaO % - Low grade Limestone

The mineral reserve as per UNFC classification is presented in Table 2.24. Table 2-24: Mineral Reserves as per UNFC Classification

UNFC Code

Quantity (in million tonnes) Grade High Gr. Cement Gr. Low Gr. Total

A. Total Mineral Reserve Proved Mineral Reserve 111 - - - -

Cement-

gr.

Probable mineral Reserve 121 & 122 24.473+6.734 39.613+10.97 13.923+6.05 78.009+23.754

B. Total Remaining Resources Feasibility mineral Resource 211 - - - -

Prefeasibility mineral resource

221 & 222 2.268 + 0.00 1.755+ 1.08 0.783+0.108 4.806+1.188

Measured mineral resource 331 - - - - Indicated mineral resource 332 - - - - Inferred mineral resource 333 83.229 57.188 44.327 184.744 Reconnaissance mineral 334 - - - -


CHAPTER TWO


UNFC Code

Quantity (in million tonnes) Grade High Gr. Cement Gr. Low Gr. Total

resource Total Reserves + Resources 116.704 110.606 65.191 292.500

2.6.2.4 General Features

2.6.2.4.1 Site Service The following site services are proposed to be developed at proposed mining site: -

• Mines Offices for Managerial Staff, • Vocational Training Centre • Time Office • First-aid Room • Canteen • Rest Shelter • Work Shop facilities

For machinery work shop and related machines i.e. fuel filling, company shall have hired equipments. The First-Aid Station shall have the necessary facilities for imparting first-aid to the injured. It is located in the mine. Temporary rest shelters shall be constructed in the mine site. Canteen facilities shall be maintained for the benefit of field staff and workers in the mines. Trees and shrubs shall be grown and developed all around site services.

2.6.2.4.2 Water Requirement 265 KLD of water will be required for the project activities. Proposed water will be collected from the Desalination Plant. The break-up of water requirement is given in Table 2.25.

Table 2-25: Daily Water Requirement Activities Quantity (m3)

Domestic Use 25.0 Industrial Use (spraying for dust suppression) 225.0 (recycled) Greenbelt Development 15.0 (recycled) Total Requirement 265.0

2.6.2.4.3 Manpower Requirement

About 170 people will get direct employment which includes skilled as well as unskilled labours. The manpower break-up is given in Table 2.26.

Table 2-26: Manpower Requirement Type of Manpower Numbers

Officer and Staff (Highly Skilled) 13 Skilled 132 Semi-Skilled 10 Un-Skilled 15

Total 170


CHAPTER TWO


2.6.3 BERTHING JETTY

Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek with anchorage in Arabian Sea. Clinker and Cement are the main commodity to be handled at the proposed berthing jetty. In addition to that, dry bulk commodities like Coal, Pet coke, slag, fly ash and limestone will also be handled. Leighterage operation will be performed to receive various commodities as mentioned above from large sized vessel at the anchorage point located about 60 km south west of berthing jetty at open sea. Leighterage operation using barges will be developed for to and fro transport of raw materials and product materials from anchorage point to berthing jetty.

Vessel Size: Clinker and Cement are the main commodity to be handled at the proposed jetty. In addition to that dry bulk commodities, Coal/Pet coke, Gypsum, Fly ash and Limestone will be handled through proposed jetty. Since the facilities are proposed in Kori creek where natural water depth available is 6 m CD, Leighterage operation with barges/Ships will be used for the operation. Proposed Leighterage route is shown in of Jetty EIA.

In order to reduce huge capital cost of building deep water & direct berthing port infrastructure, ACL will develop vessel handling facilities for maximum 20,000 DWT vessels. The main vessels (40,000 DWT to 2, 00,000 DWT) will be handled in the deep sea at anchorage point located about 60 km southwest of proposed Jetty. The tentative dimensions of vessels are shown in table below:

Table 2-27: Tentative dimension of anticipated vessels Anticipated Size of vessels (DWT) Length(m) Width (m) Loaded Draft (m)

2200 70.0 14 4.5 8000 117.1 20 4.8

12500 140 23 7 15000 150 24 8

Length of the Berths: The size of berthing area will depend upon the dimensions of the largest vessel and the number of vessels likely to use the terminal. For 8000 DWT barges, the LOA will be about 120 m. This will not create problem for berthing as adequate clearance will be available as far as the length and width of the berth is concerned.

Width of Bulk Berth: Width of the berth is based on the functional requirement of conveyors, loading equipment, unloading equipment and adequate manoeuvring space for other equipment. A total width of 28 m has been provided, keeping a provision for front clearance and conveyors and manoeuvring space for other equipment and movement of dumpers/tippers.

Deck Elevation: The deck elevation will be kept at (+) 7.0 m CD.

Approach Trestle and Rock Bund: The approach trestle will connect the rock bund to jetty. The length of approach trestle is about 498 m. The approach trestle will be designed for class AA loading and Rock Bund with stable side slopes on both the sides such that it should be protected against the wave action. Construction of 498 m long x 12 m wide approach will be constructed with RCC deck supported Bored Cast-in situ pile foundation. Rock Bund with intermittent suitable diameter of pipe will be provided to allow water movement across the bund of length 2.815 Km. Cross section of rock bund is shown in in Marine EIA report of proposed Jetty. The required quantity of rip-raps and boulders for construction of rock bund will be procured from abroad.


CHAPTER TWO


Dredging: Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek at 8 -10 m above CD. Therefore, there is no requirement of dredging in front of berth area. Entire navigational channel from the anchorage to berth pocket has varying depths. Based on the bathymetry study it is anticipated that no capital dredging will be required. However, in case of any necessity nominal capital dredging up to 1 Mm3 and Maintenance dredging up to 0.6 Mm3 will be taken up. Appropriate location having more than 30 m water depth based on mathematical modelling study will be chosen for dredge disposal.

Reclamation: The reclamation levels will be finalized with regards to the risk of flooding. The highest high tide line (HHTL) at proposed site is about (+) 3.0 m CD. Final reclamation level will be designed based on HHTL.

Conveyor System: The Clinker, Cement and Limestone loaded at the plant is proposed to be transported directly to the vessel via conveyor. The conveyor system connecting the plant and Jetty is of capacity 800 to 2000 TPH. Based on the secondary information and reconnaissance survey of the proposed jetty & plant sites as well as the adjoining areas in the vicinity of the sites, a conveyor alignment connecting the plant stockpile and the jetty has been proposed. Considering hygroscopic nature of cement and to ensure environment friendly transportation of Cement and other Raw material between Plant and Jetty and vice versa, A suitable Belt Conveyor system (Pipe or Trough conveyor with enclosed gallery) is envisaged. The proposed Belt conveyor routing between the jetty and plant has been planned to avoid the built up area as much as possible to minimize relocations. Dual side Belt conveyor system is recommended for transportation of clinker/cement/limestone from the plant to the proposed jetty/marine terminal. In the proposed conveyor system, it will also be designed to transport unloaded coal, pet coke, Fly ash and Slag, etc from the jetty to plant area. Considering the requirements and simultaneously loading/unloading arrangements, provisions of additional conveyor stream is kept between jetty and clinker plant of same capacity.

Mobile Harbour Crane: It is proposed to have tyre mounted mobile harbour crane on jetty to handle import cargo. Barge will be unloaded using grab operations and discharge into truck loading hopper. Further, cargo will be loaded to trucks and transferred to destination.

Desalination Plant: ACL has proposed install a Desalination Plant of 9 MLD (9000 m3/day). Total water requirement project will be 9 MLD including the demand of Cement Plant, Limestone Mine, Captive Power Plant, Waste Heat Recovery, Captive jetty etc.

Desalination process: Desalination is a process that removes minerals from saline water. Sea water is desalinated to produce water suitable for human consumption or irrigation. The principal competing processes uses membranes to desalt saline water principally applying Reverse Osmosis (RO). The RO membrane processes use semi permeable membranes and applied pressure (on the membrane feed side) to preferentially induce water permeation through the membrane while rejecting salt. The main elements of desalination process include the following:

• Seawater intake • Pre-treatment of feed water • Post-treatment and • Brine reject


CHAPTER TWO


Location of desalination plant, seawater intake and brine reject outfall are shown in in Marine EIA report of proposed Jetty.

Seawater intake: Seawater intake is planned through intake well. Offshore shore intake well will be constructed adjacent to north of proposed berthing jetty with pump house as super structure. Water depth of about 8.8 m CD is available at the proposed location. Total length of intake pipeline from desalination plant to intake location is about 4 km. Seawater from the intake well will be conveyed by pumping to the desalination plant on the shore through pipelines supported over trestles. Total intake volume will be 30 MLD. Ambient salinity of intake water is estimated as 40 ppt.

Brine Reject: The brine reject outfall with diffuser ports is planned immediate to west of berthing jetty, i.e. on the downstream side where 8.6 m CD depth is available. Outfall pipeline will be taken over proposed trestle connecting the rock bund to berthing jetty. Total length of the outfall pipeline is about 4.5km. Six diffuser ports of 250 mm diameter will be provided to control possible impact arises due to brine discharge.

Outfall volume: 21 MLD of brine reject will be discharged into the sea. The salinity of the return water released into the sea will be about 57 ppt which will have the salinity difference of 17 ppt higher than ambient salinity of 40 ppt.

Anchorage Point Anchorage point is planned about 60 km from the proposed berthing jetty. Since the location will be subjected to wave dynamics, it is important to study wave dynamics at proposed location to ensure possibility of mother vessel – barge operation and to calculate downtime. Modelling study has been carried out by M/s Howe Engineering Projects India Private Limited to cover estimation of offshore wind and wave extremes for two of the offshore locations identified, to establish offshore extremes to the propagation model, wave propagation modelling, tranquillity analysis and extreme wave climate analysis and inshore wave climate analysis and estimation of downtime.

2.7 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES During the construction and operation phase of the project, air, water, noise and land use are likely to be affected due to project related activities. The impact identification matrix indicates interrelationship between activities causing impact (rows) and aspects getting impacted (columns). The significant impacts are marked as (+) for impacts and as (-) for no impacts. Any detailed assessment shall be done only for the significant impacts. The matrix will assist in identifying significant impacts as Table 2.28.

Table 2-28: Impact Identification Matrix

Activities

Physical Biological Socio-

Economic

Land

-use

Ambi

ent a

ir qu

ality

Grou

nd / s

urfa

ce w

ater

(q

uant

ity/q

ualit

y)

Ambi

ent n

oise

Soil Q

ualit

y

Risk

& H

azar

d

Traf

fic fl

ow

Flor

a

Faun

a

Live

lihoo

d &

Occu

patio

n

Infra

stru

ctur

e


CHAPTER TWO


Activities


Economic

Land

-use

Ambi

ent a

ir qu

ality

Grou

nd / s

urfa

ce w

ater

(q

uant

ity/q

ualit

y)

Ambi

ent n

oise

Soil Q

ualit

y

Risk

& H

azar

d

Traf

fic fl

ow

Flor

a

Faun

a

Live

lihoo

d &

Occu

patio

n

Infra

stru

ctur

e

Construction Phase Site clearing and leveling + + + + - + + + + - - Transportation and storage of construction materials - + + - - - + - - - -

Civil construction activities - + + + - + - - - - - Mechanical and electrical erection activities - + + + - + - - + - -

Influx of labour and construction of temporary houses

+ - + - - - - - - + +

Transportation and disposal of construction debris/wastes

- + + + + - + - + - -

Civil and mechanical works - + + + + + - - - - + Wastewater generation, handling and disposal - - + - + - - - - - -

Solid waste generation, handling and disposal - - - - + + - - - - -

Operation Phase Transportation of raw materials

- + + - - - + - - - -

Unloading, crushing and storage of raw materials

- + + - - - - - - - -

Burning of Fuel - + - - - - - - - - - Power cycle - - + - - - - - - - - Packing and transportation of cement - + - - - - - - - - -

Domestic use of water in plant - - + - - - - - - - -

Operation of transformers and Switchyard

- - + - - - - - - - -

Maintenance (cleaning, - - + - - - - - - - -


CHAPTER TWO


Activities


Economic

Land

-use

Ambi

ent a

ir qu

ality

Grou

nd / s

urfa

ce w

ater

(q

uant

ity/q

ualit

y)

Ambi

ent n

oise

Soil Q

ualit

y

Risk

& H

azar

d

Traf

fic fl

ow

Flor

a

Faun

a

Live

lihoo

d &

Occu

patio

n

Infra

stru

ctur

e

overhaul, oil chamber lubrication, etc.) Mining Activity + + + + + + + + + + +

2.7.1.1 Dust Emission and Control

Efficient de-dusting and monitoring of dust sources like kiln exhaust gases, clinker cooler vent air; cement mill etc. has been considered. Bag-house type filters for the kiln, raw mill, coal mill, cement mill and chloride by-pass and ESP for clinker cooler have been considered. Some of the sections where bag filters will be installed include conveyor from mines, limestone handling & storage section, Additives Corrective transport & Storage and Lignite unloading & crushing section, coal /lignite storage & transport, gypsum storage & transport section, raw mill hopper, storage & extraction section, raw mill feeding & reject recirculation system, raw mill/kiln main bag, hot dust recirculation system, kiln feed system, clinker extraction system, cement mill, grinding and extraction system. Static pressure drop from bag filters will be monitored on regular basis to detect any damage to bags which will be fixed immediately.

All de-dusting equipments shall be designed considering dust emission less than 30 mg/Nm3 for kiln and cooler stacks and 50 mg/Nm3 for other stacks.

2.7.1.2 Gaseous Emission

The proposed kiln system shall be designed with modern technology burners, dosing systems (fuel and kiln feed), emissions monitoring and kiln control systems shall be considered to minimize gaseous emissions from combustion processes (e.g. NO2, CO, SO2).

In CPP, for control of SO2 emission, limestone is added with coal which converts the Sulphur to CaSO4. CFBC boilers operate at low temperature and do not generate NOx beyond norms.

Integrated pollution measurement and monitoring shall be considered for measurement of gaseous effluents and to ascertain the limits of pollution standards. The Inspection points shall be provided for the authorities for physical verification.

2.7.1.3 Waste Water Generation from Cement Plant

The Cement plant shall be design for zero water discharge. In order to treat the domestic effluents, STP will be installed and the treated sewage shall be used for development/maintenance of the green belt. Wastewater will be generated from boiler bleed of WHRS and same shall be treated and recycled or used


CHAPTER TWO


for water spray for dust suppression system. The effluent of the factory is well processed by the effluent treatment. The water treatment plant is well monitored and maintained as part of the routine job. The quality of the treated water is regularly checked and is maintained within the permissible level and reused in the plant and mines for dust suppression without discharging it.

2.7.1.4 Waste Water from Captive Power Plant

Acidic and alkaline effluents are generated during regeneration of various ion exchanges in the RO water plant. In order to neutralize the effect of these effluents it is proposed to lead these effluents to a neutralizing pit where acid or alkali shall be dozed depending upon the type and concentration of effluent. The treated effluent shall be used for plant and mines for dust suppression systems. An effluent disposal pump shall be used for this purpose.

Cooling Tower Blow Down: Cooling water system for auxiliary circuit operates in a closed cycle with a cooling tower for heat rejection. In order to keep the concentration of dissolved solids within the limits a blow down is maintained from the system. For inhibition of corrosion/scaling in the circulating cooling water system, a chemical treatment system for dozing of inhibiting chemical shall be provided. Blow down water shall be treated in neutralizing pit located in the cooling tower area and shall be used for plant and mines for dust suppression systems. No industrial waste water will be discharged outside the project premises.

2.7.1.5 Noise Pollution

Noise pollution from Cement plant equipment, turbine, fans, centrifugal pumps, electric motors etc, shall be kept below the permissible level of 85 dB at 1m distance from the source by proper design. Noise from safety valves, start up vents, steam jet ejectors of condenser etc. will be reduced by providing silencers at the outlet of down steam piping.

2.7.1.6 Hazardous Waste

Hazardous waste like spent oil will get produced from the DG sets usage and other mechanical units. Hazardous waste generated during construction and operation phase shall be stored-in sealed containers, labelled, and disposed-off as required by the Hazardous Wastes Management Rules (2016).

2.8 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

Already best proven technology is proposed to be used in this project. Hence no technological failures are anticipated.

Chapter 3

Description of the Environment

FINAL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Proposed Lakhpat Cement Works (Integrated Project) Village Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani&Kapurasi, TalukaLakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat)

CHAPTER THREE


3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT This chapter describes the existing environmental settings of the study area. The major purposes of describing the environmental settings of the study area are:

• To assess the existing environmental quality, on which the environmental impacts of the future developments will be studied;

• To identify environmentally significant factors or geographical areas that could preclude any future development

Additional purposes of the baseline studies are to provide sufficient information so that decision makers alien with the general location can develop an understanding of the project specific environmental characteristics of the study area.

As already explained in previous chapters, the project has three components-cement plant with captive power plant, limestone mines and jetty. The present chapter highlights various aspects of baseline data for terrestrial environmental parameters and its analysis in the light of the proposed integrated project (for cement plant with CPP and limestone mines) located at villages Koriyani, Kapurasi, Maldo, Mudhvay in Tehsil Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat). The marine components of the baseline (for jetty) have been covered in the Environmental Impact Assessment report for Jetty prepared by M/s INDOMER Coastal Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd.

3.1 STUDY AREA & STUDY PERIOD For baseline data collection, an area covering 10 km distance from the project site boundary of the three sectors, i.e., mine, plant and jetty has been considered as the Study Area (Figure 3.1). Baseline data for environmental attributes like ambient air, meteorology, water, hydrology, land use, soil, geology, noise, socio-economic, ecology and biodiversity data etc. was collected. The study was conducted during the winter season (December 2017 to February 2018). The monitoring photographs are given in Annex 3.1.

3.2 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR STUDY 3.2.1 Primary Data Collection The primary data collection is a pre-requisite for an Environment Impact Assessment Study in order to provide a description of the status and trends of environmental factors against which the predicted changes can be compared and evaluated in terms of importance. Wherever possible, the primary data are interpreted with site conditions and cross-checked with secondary data. For selection of stations, the entire 10 km study area has been considered covering both mine and plant as they are contiguous.The primary data was collected as mentioned in Table 3.1.


CHAPTER THREE


Table 3-1: Primary Data Collection and Method

Sl. No. Area Description Method 1 Meteorology The meteorological data was collected

for ambient temperature, rainfall, relative humidity, wind pattern, wind speed

An automatic meteorological station was set up at project site. Cloud cover was manually observed and noted All other parameters were recorded hourly continuous for three months.

2 Ambient Air Quality

Particulate matter (PM10& PM2.5), sulphur dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen dioxide (NO2), Carbon monoxide (CO).

In order to assess the Ambient Air Quality (AAQ), samples of ambient air were collected by installation of Envirotech make Respirable Dust Sampler BL460 (with Gaseous attachment facility) and Envirotech make Fine Particle Sampler APM 550 at 9 different locations in the study area and analysed for project specific air pollutants, as per CPCB guidelines.

3 Noise Level Lday: This represents Leq of day-time. and calculated as logarithmic average using the hourly Leq for day time hours from 6.00 A.M to 10.00 P.M Lnight: This represents Leq of night-time. and calculated as logarithmic average using the hourly Leq for night-time hours from 10.00 PM to 6.00 A.M.

Noise level measurements were done once at 9 locations in the study area at different intervals of time for 24 hours with the help of sound level meter to establish the baseline Lday and Lnight noise pressure levels in the study area.

4 Water Quality

Surface water Surface water samples collected from 6locations for analysis once in the study period.

Ground water Ground water samples were collected once in study periodfrom 7 locations and analysed as per standard APHA and IS: 3025 criteria and IS: 10500, 2012,

5 Soil Quality Physical and chemical characteristics Random soil samples were collected by auger up to depth of 30 cm and homogenized samples were analysed as per the methods described in “Soil Chemical Analysis” (M. L. Jackson, 1967), once during study period at 4 locations.

6 Ecology & Biodiversity

Inventory of flora and fauna in 10 km radius

Floral and faunal inventory were prepared by identifying various plants and animal species in the study area during field visit, data collected from Forest Department and other sources.

7 Socio-economic Status

Population, household, caste distribution, infrastructure available

Socio-economic data was collected from primary sources through village-level surveys, Group discussions and consultation.

8 Traffic Survey

Traffic Volume Count In 2 locations for 24 hours in areas which has chances of getting affected during construction and operation phase

Source: (i) Guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi, (ii) Model Terms of Reference (iii) Survey of India (iv) Census of India (v) CGWB (vi)Primary data collection by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata


CHAPTER THREE


3.2.2 Secondary Data Collection Secondary data are those collected over the years by external agencies that can be used to understand the existing environmental scenario of the study area. The environmental impact assessment (EIA) studies are conducted over a short period of time and therefore the understanding of the environmental trends, based on a few months of primary data, has limitations. Ideally, the primary data must be considered along with the secondary data for complete understanding of the existing environmental status of the area. The secondary sources used for reference for this project are given in Table 3.2.

Table 3-2: Secondary Data Collection Sl. No. Area Description Source Use of data

1 Meteorology Temperature, rainfall, humidity, seasonal wind pattern, wind speed, cloud cover, stability, mixing height, inversion

IMD Station, Naliya (Gujarat) (1971-2000). Hourly meteorological data collected during site visit.

The data was used for verification of data generated during the on-site monitoring through data logger.

2. Ambient Air Quality

Hourly concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO

Ambient air quality data reported in various EIA Reports of nearby industries available in MoEF&CC website

The data was used for verification

3. Water Quality Ground Water Water quality data reported in various EIA Reports of nearby industries available in MoEF&CC website and Central Ground Water Board- Gujarat


4. Soil Quality Physical & chemical characteristics

Soil quality data reported in various EIA reports of nearby industries available in MoEF&CC websiteand other publications

Soil data was verified by collecting soil samples from the study area which was then analysed for relevant physical & chemical characteristics.

5. Nature of terrain

Land-use Survey of India Toposheet, National Remote Sensing Centre (Satellite image)

Data from various sources were used for verification of our data after ground-truthing for features and land-use.

6. Hydrogeology Geological formation and analysis, hydro-geological analysis

Ground water brochure of Gujarat District, before monsoon and after monsoon


7. Seismic Data Seismic zone, presence of faults, thrust

Vulnerability Atlas of India (2006)

Discussion were carried out with local people to verify the frequency of occurrence of earthquake in the area

8. Biological Environment

Inventory of flora & fauna, endemic species, migratory routes

District Forest Department Ecological data was used during carrying out field survey and discussion with


CHAPTER THREE


Sl. No. Area Description Source Use of data

locals to establish the species richness of the area.

9. Socio-economic status

Demographic profile, household, occupation status

Census data (2001 & 2011) Data collected from district office.

The census data was used with the primary data and the data from district office.

Source: (i) Guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi, (ii) Model Terms of Reference (iii) Survey Of India (iv) Census of India (v) CGWB (vi) Field Survey

THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS SHALL DISCUSS THE BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS, AS IDENTIFIED IN THE SCOPE

3.3 ECO-SENSITIVE FEATURES There aremainly Reserved Forests and streams located within 15 km radius study area of the project. The details arementioned in Table 3.3 and depicted in Figure 3.2.

Table 3-3: Eco-Sensitive Features Present in 15 km Radius of the Project Site Particulars Distance from Plant (in km) Direction Kori Creek 4.2 NW KapurasiNadi 2.0 W Kaiyari RF 4.5 SW Kaiyari RF from Jetty 3.0 SSE Kanoj RF 11.3 SW Naredi RF 4.5 SW Mudia RF 9.9 SW Kali Nadi 3.5 NE PranparRakhal RF 6.0 NE Khanot RF 9.8 SE Akri RF 9.4 ESE Lakhpat Fort 12.2 NE Mudhvay RF 0.5 S Kaiyari RF from Jetty 3.0 SSE Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary from cement plant 3.8 SW Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary from mine 2.4 S Source: (i) Google Earth (ii) MoEF&CC, New Delhi

3.4 VULNERABILITY OF THE SITE 3.4.1 Seismicity Gujarat is located in the “Himalayan Collision Zone”-where Indo-Australian tectonic plate slides under Eurasian plate-causing active fault lines beneath.The Gujarat region has earthquake hazard of different levels from moderate to high as zones III to V assigned to it in the seismic zoning map of India.Kutch District is located in Zone-V of seismic vulnerability as captured in the Vulnerability Atlas(Figure 3.3).The region is seismically considered as one of the most active intra-plate regions of the World.


CHAPTER THREE


The most severe earthquake in the Kutch region occurred in January 2001 which killed between 13,805 and 20,023 people (including 18 in south-eastern Pakistan), injured another 1,67,000 and destroyed nearly 4,00,000 homes.

Figure 3-3(a): Earthquake Hazard Map of Gujarat


CHAPTER THREE


Figure 3-3(b): Earthquake Hazard Map of Gujarat

3.4.2 Cyclone

Gujarat falls in the region of tropical cyclone. With the longest coast line of 1,600 km in the country, it is highly vulnerable to associated hazards such as floods, storm surges etc.Most of the cyclones affecting the State are generated in the Arabian Sea. They move North-East and hit the coast particularly the Southern Kutch and Southern Saurashtra and the Western part of Gujarat.Two cyclonic storm seasons are experienced in Gujarat are May to June (advancing southwest monsoon) and September to November (retreating monsoon). The project site lies in the very high damage risk zone.Coastal areas of District like Bhachau, Gandhidham, Anjar, Mundra, Mandvi and Lakhpat are particularly prone. Cyclones originate out at sea and become hazardous when they come ashore. They also drive the sea level up to cause coastal flooding.

No severe storm has been reported from the region around the study area. The most severe storm to hit the state was a tropical cyclonic storm in 1998 which made landfall at Porbandar and also had impact in the Kutch region. The Cyclone Vayu also threatened to hit the Gujarat coast in June 2019, but finally changed its direction and spared Gujarat of any major damage.

Bhuj


CHAPTER THREE


Figure 3-4: Cyclone Hazard Map of Gujarat (Source: BMPTC)

3.4.3 Tsunami Gujarat is prone to Tsunami risk due to its long coast-line and probability of occurrence of near and offshore submarine earthquakes in the Arabian Sea.MakranSubduction Zone (MSZ) -South West of Karachi is an active fault area which may cause a high magnitude earthquake under the sea leading to risk of tsunami along the Gujarat coastline.The Hazard Risk and Vulnerability Atlas prepared by GSDMA shows the estimated inundation based on Probable Maximum Surge (PMS) at highest high tide level.So far asKutch District is concerned there are 6 coastal talukas(including Lakhpat) and 72 villages which are having risk of impact from Tsunami, as they are less than 2 km away from the sea and on less than 10 meter of height from ocean level. However till date there have not been any incidents of Tsunami reported in the Kutch region.


CHAPTER THREE


Figure 3-5: Tsunami Hazard Map of Gujarat

3.5 PHYSICAL FEATURES 3.5.1 Topography& Geomorphology 3.5.1.1 Topography& Geomorphology of Study Area Generally, the entire study area and project area represents undulating rolling terrain covered by mud-land, sandy area, central highland and coastal plain.The buffer zone forms the north western part of the district Kutchh and lies near KoriCreek.Major area of buffer zone forms a flat plain with minor undulations and has 1.50 to 2.5 m/km slope towards North West. The major drainage flow direction is north-west towards KoriCreek. The physiography of LakhpatTaluka comprised of mounds and hillocks with corresponding gentle plain land with rolling ground type of topography. The landscape is formed of dominantly erosional terrain. The elevation within the buffer area varies from 0 m above msl in North West to 119 m above msl in the SE part of the buffer zone.

The deltaic coast is mainly covered by tidal flats and hence it has only one sub-segment i.e. Tidal flat. Western coast of Kori creek contains vast tidal mud flats, tidal sand flats, tidal creeks, in-shore crescent barrier beaches and mangroves. The major features of the deltaic segment of the study area are listed below:

• Tidal Flat sub segment • Tidal Mud flats • Tidal Sand Flats


CHAPTER THREE


• Tidal Creeks • Inshore Beach Areas • Mangroves

3.5.1.2 Project Area Topography

The topography of the proposed cement plant varies from 14 m to 27 m amsl.The mining block of the project is located about 6 km from the Kori Creek, which forms an estuarine inlet to the Arabian Sea, further south.The block has a relief (difference between highest and lowest elevation) of 15 m, with altitude ranging from 22m amsl to 37m amsl.The major morphological features include undulating and flat land.Part of the area is under cultivation whereas remaining areas is practically barren. There is no regular drainage pattern in this area. Rain-water follows thesurface topography. Although there is availability of soil cover in the area,the natural vegetationis practically lacking.

3.5.2 Geology 3.5.2.1 Regional Geology The Kutch basin is the earliest pericratonic rift basin formed in the western margin of India during the separation of India from Pangea in the Late Traissic period. This region forms an important site of Mesozoic and Cenozoic sedimentation. An unbroken richly fossiliferoussequence of marine sedimentary rocks from Jurassic onwards is well preserved. The site of deposition comprises of a pre-continental basin filled up with 2000 to 3000 m of Mesozoic and Cenozoic sediments. The main structural features that have played a vital role in the geological evolution of Kutch include a group of E-W trending uplifts surrounded by a residual depression (Great Rann of Kutch and Little Rann of Kutch). The major uplifts are Pachcham, Khadir and Bela islands, Chorar hill, Wagad highland, Kutch mainland, Saurashtra. The major uplifts are bounded at least on one side by a fault/flexure and on the other side by a gently dipping peripheral plain. The marginal fault separating the uplift has been referred as “Master Faults”. These faults comprise Great Rann Fault, PatchamKhadirBelaFault and Kutch Mainland Fault. The Tertiary rocks are exposed along the coastal belt of southern and western Kutch bordering the Mesozoic rocks. On the mainland of Kutch, these form two broad structuralnoses- Narayan Sarovar and VinjanNose, around the crest of Mesozoic anticlines. The stratigraphy of Kutch is given in Table 3.4.

Table 3-4: Tertiary Stratigraphy of Kutch Age Formation Lithology Environment

Plio-Pliestocene Sandhan Sandstone, minor limestone and shale. Upper part calcareous and concretionary.

Litoral / Forshore

Unconformity Mid-Miocene Chasra Upper: Silty shale

Lower: Highly fossiliferous Marine inner shelf

Early-Miocene KhariNadi Varigated siltstone and sandstone Marine foreshore Unconformity

Oligocene Maniyara Fort Upper: forminiferal limestone / shale Middle: Limestone with coral Lower: Lumpy claystone

Marine shelf

Unconformity Middle Eocene Fulra Limestone Dense foraminiferal Limestone Open marine carbonate


CHAPTER THREE


Age Formation Lithology Environment to Early late Eocene

platform

Unconformity Early middle Eocene

Harudi Claystone, limestone Coquinqfossiliferous Lagoonal to near shore

Unconformity Late Palaeocene to Early Eocene

Naredi Upper: Feruginousclaystone Middle: Assilina Limestone Lower: Glauconitic Gypseous shale

Lagoonal

Unconformity Early Palaeocene

Matanomadh Volcanoclastics: Tuffaceous sandstones &shales Terrestrial

Unconformity Late Cretaceous to Early Palaeocene

Deccan Trap Basalt Terrestrial Lawa flows

Figure 3-6: Geological Map of Gujarat showing Project Location

Mesozoic rocks of Kutch region are grouped into several formations as follows. Patcham Formation marks the beginning of Jurassic marine transgression in Kutch. It consists of 300 m thick succession of limestone, marl and shale and has yielded pelecypods, corals and ammonites. Chari Formationconsists of 400 m thick succession of limestone, marl and shale. It contains fossil remains of ammonites and gastropods. Katrol Formation is a 750 m thick succession of shale, limestone and sandstone deposited during Late Jurassic.The Katrol Formation has yielded fossils. Umia Formation is about 550 m thick succession of sandstone, sandy shale and marl. This formation is characterized by presence of ammonite fossils like. Bhuj Formation comprises of sandstone and shale and is characterized by presence of plant fossils.


CHAPTER THREE


3.5.2.2 Local Geology The local geology is characterized with geological age Eocene to Oligocene and upper Cretaceous with formation Mariana Fort and Fulra Limestone, and Deccan Trap with Basalt rock formation. Mudhvay Block was identified for detailed exploration based on the RRAS study by GMRDS. Fulra Formation outcrops in the southern half of Mudhvay Sub-block C and Maniyara Fort Formation sub-crops or outcrops in the northern half the sub-block. Fulra(limestone) Formation forms grey white soil. Maniyara Formation forms yellow brown soilcover. The contact between Fulra and Maniyara Formation is sharp and identifiable. OnlyFulra and Maniyara Fort Formation are sub-cropping at the surface, the exploration diamond core drill-holes have intersected through the entire section of Maniyara Fort Formation and the Fulra Formation into the Harudi Formation at the base. Few drill-holes have further intersected down to Mata no Madh and Deccan Traps as well.

Figure 3-7: Lithological Description of Project site


CHAPTER THREE


3.6 LAND-USE AND LAND OWNERSHIP

The objective of assessing the land use details of the area is to know the existing land use pattern of the area and to know about the land that can be used for proposed development activities in the study area.

3.6.1 Land-Use of the Study Area

The term land use used in the report means both land use and land cover. The land use of the study area was carried out by utilizing these principal sources, namely, (i) Survey of India Topo-sheet; (ii) Google Satellites imagery data; and (iii) Project layout plan, ACL (iv) Data provided by FAE (LU).

The land-use distribution of the study area is given in Table 3.5. The land use table can be meaningfully interpreted from the pie diagram in Figure 3.8. The land-use map of study area is given in Figure 3.9

Table 3-5: Land-use Pattern of Study Area

Land-use Area in acres

Area in Ha

Area in %

Built-up 1,073.4 434.39 0.7 Industries 235.4 95.25 0.2 Mining Activities 2,477.3 1,002.56 1.6

Forest 8,234.2 3,332.33 5.3 Open Scrub 46,543.5 18,835.90 29.7 Mangrove 3,689.8 1,493.24 2.4 Rocky Waste 11802.2 4,776.27 7.5 Mud Flats 26,628.6 10,776.45 17.0 Waste Land 1,542.9 624.40 1.0 Salt Waste 1,900.9 769.30 1.2 Sandy Area 2,705.2 1,094.77 1.7 Water body 28,174.2 11,401.96 18.0 Agriculture Land 21,731.4 8,794.58 13.9

Total Area 1,56,739.0 63,431.40 100.0 Figure 3-8: Pie Diagram depicting Land-use Pattern of the Study Area

Source: Google Satellite Imagery, 2016, Survey of India Toposheet

As observed from the graphical projection and data above, the major area is covered by open scrub, followed by water body, mud land, agricultural land and forest area. Other land use features consist of mining, industrialareas, built-up land, sandy area, waste landand salt affected land.

Built-up area / settlement :Settlements constitutes around 434.4ha (0.7%) of total area. The major settlements around the sites are Cher Moti, Khengarpar, Maldo, Mudhvay, Kapurasi, Koriyani. The nature of settlement pattern found in the study area are scattered.

Industrial area: Industrial area covers0.2% of the study area The major two Industries in the study areas are Akrimota Lignite based Thermal Power Station situated at North-West direction from Cher Moti settlement area and another one is Kutch Lignite Thermal Power Station situated at South-West direction from Khanot settlement.


CHAPTER THREE


Mining areas: Mining area comprises of 1002.56 ha (1.6%) and mainly concentrated in the South-Eastern part of the study area. The major mining material is limestone.

Forest cover: The total forest area of the study area is3,332.33 ha (5.3%). The forest covers are spread over in South-East, South, East and South-West part of the study area. The major reserve forests of the area are Kanoj RF, Kaiyari RF, Naredi RF and Pranpal Rakhal RF. The natural floral species found in the whole of the study area are representative of the Rann Saline Tropical Thorn Forest.The average density of trees in the area excluding grass and bushes is hardly 5-6 perhectare. Mainly open jungles of babul are found in the study area.

Open scrub: Open scrubs cover 29.7% area of the study area and found to be most dominant land cover occupied by sandy open barren land with light bushes. Scrub land consists oflow shrubs, mixed grass lands, herbs, and geophytes. Scrublands may be either naturally occurring or the result of human activity. They may mature into vegetation type in a particular region and remain stable over time or a transitional community that occurs temporarily as the result of a disturbance, such as a major fire.

Mud land: Major part of the deltaic coast is composed of tidal mud flats. The mud flats are dissected by numerous tidal creeks. The tidal mud flats are merged with saline sand flats.The mud land area of the study area covers 10,776.45ha (17%) and found adjucent with the Kori Creek area and covers middle and North-Western part of the study area. This type of land is generally described as the depositional land forms of rivers estuarine environment composed by fine sand and alluviam.

Salt waste: The salt waste area covers 769.30ha (1.2%) and found spreaded over North-East and middle part in scattered manner.

Waste land: The waste land area covers 624.40ha (1%) and found spread over North-East and middle part of the study area in scattered manner adjacent with mud land and open scrub areas.

Sandy Area: The sandy area covers 1094.77ha(1.7%) and found spread over South-Western part of the study area. The sandy area found surrounded with Narayan Sarovar.

Water Body: Water bodies cover 11401.96 ha (18%) of the study area. The major streams of the area are Kali Nadi and Kapurasi River (Lakhpat Nala) and Kori Creek. The Narayan Sarovar is situated in the South-Western part of the study area. Small ponds are spread over the entire region.A few seasonal nallas dissect the area and drain to the Kori creek whatever little precipitation is received in this semi-arid region. All the rivers and streams are seasonal and flow only in direct response to precipitation and remain mostly dry for rest of the year.Hence the surface run-off from the area is only during monsoon. The general drainage pattern of the area is dendritic.

Agricultural land: Agricultural land covers 13.9% of the total study area and is spread over South Eastern part of Kori Creek Region.Agricultural crops canbe divided into cereals, pulses, date, palms, edible oil seeds, fruits and vegetables. Among cereals the main crops are jowar and wheat, while among pulses moong and math are principal varieties. Non-food crops divided into fibers, sugar, spices. In the study area, among non-food crops cotton is pre-dominate. The food crops and non-food crops grown in the area can


CHAPTER THREE


be grouped under two main heads-Kharif and Rabi. Wheat, mustard, cumin, isabgul are the main rabi crops and cotton, bajra, castor, ground-nut and pulses are main Kharif crops grown in the region.

3.6.2 Land-Use of the Cement Plant Site

The total area of the proposed cement plant is 190.23 ha. Two major land cover types are present here, the open scrub covering145.16 ha (76.31%) and the agricultural land covering 45.07 ha (23.69%).There are no permanent water body found in the plant area, only seasonal rain fed water channels are found in rainy season following slope of the area.Agricultural areas are found in Northern, South-Eastern and middle part of the site area. Agricultural activities of the area basically depend on rainfall, so apart from rainy season the area remains as barren land covered by scattered bushes. Open scrub is the most dominant land cover in the plant area characterized by scattered bushes and cactus like plants.

3.6.3 Land-Use of the Mining Site

The total area of the mining site is 251.90 ha, and comprises of 132.42ha (52.57%) of agricultural land and 119.48ha (47.43%) of open scrub land.

3.6.4 Land-Use of the Back-up Area of Jetty and Conveyor Belt

The back-up area covers 4.07 ha of land comprising of open scrub along with scattered bushes.

3.6.5 Land-Use of the Jetty Area

The jetty area is located in the creek and comprises of 50.01 ha. The land-use distribution of the project site is given in Table 3.6. The land-use map of project site is given in Figure 3.10.

Table 3-6: Land-use Pattern of Project site Land use type Area in ha Area in (%)

Land use of the Cement Plant Open Scrub 145.16 76.31 Agriculture Land 45.07 23.69 Total 190.23 100.0

Land use of the Limestone Mining Site Open Scrub 119.48 47.43 Agriculture Land 132.42 52.57 Total 251.90 100.0

Land use of the Back-up Area Open Scrub 4.07 100 Total area 4.07 100

Land use of the Jetty Water Body 50.01 100 Total Area 50.01 100

3.6.6 LandOwnership The ownership of the land proposed to be utilized for the project is given in Table 3.7.

Table 3-7: Land-use And Land Ownership Activity Government

land (ha) Private land (ha) Forest land (ha) Gauchar land (ha) Status

Backup Facility Area and 4.05 0.0 0.0 0.0 Government Land


CHAPTER THREE


Activity Government land (ha) Private land (ha) Forest land (ha) Gauchar land

(ha) Status

Desalination Plant (Total - 4.05 Ha)

acquisition is under process at Collector Office

Cement Plant + CPP (Total - 190.23 Ha) 141.84 48.39 0 0

Government Land acquisition is under process at Collector Office

Conveyor corridor (Total Area 8.09 Ha) 1.2993 2.4108 2.6564 1.7235

Government Land acquisition is under process at Collector Office Stage – I Forest Clearance received for 2.6564 ha. Area and attached as Annex 3.2.

Mine (Total Area – 251.9 Ha) 160.627 91.276 0.0 0.0

Around 23 Hectare of Private Land is acquired and rest is under process. Government Land will be allotted to company post execution of Mining Lease.

Source: Adani Cementation Limited

3.7 SOIL TYPE & CHARACTERISTICS

Assessment of soil quality is an important aspect with reference to tree plantations, percolation of water, ground water impact etc. For studying soil quality, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area. The samples are collected by ramming core-cutter into the soil up to 30 cm depth. Four locations were selected for soil sampling during the study period. Additionally 4 soil samples were collected in the month of October, 2019 representing the surrounding land-use.The sampling locations are given in Table 3.8 and shown in Figure 3.11.The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for analysis.

Table 3-8: Soil Sampling Locations Sl. No. Station

Code Location Name Distance (km) Direction w.r.t Cement Plant Land-use

1 S1 Onsite plant area - - Open scrub land 2 S2 Cher Moti 3.2 NW Agricultural land 3 S3 Koriyani 2.5 S Near to settlement 4 S4 S K Varmanagar 3.5 S Near to settlement

Additional Locations 1 S5 Maldo NE Agricultural Land 2 S6 Khangarpar NNE Agricultural Land 3 S7 Kaiyari RF SW Forest Land 4 S8 Mudhvay SE Agricultural Land

Source: Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (December 2017 to January, 2018)

The samples were analysed as per the standard methods prescribed in “Soil Chemical Analysis (M.L. Jackson, 1967) and Department of Agriculture & Co-operation Ministry of Agriculture, Government of India”. The important properties analysed for soil are bulk density, porosity, infiltration rate, pH and organic matter, Phosphorous and Potassium.The soil quality as analysed from the collected samples is given in Table 3.9.


CHAPTER THREE


Table 3-9: Soil Characteristics of the Study Area Sl. No. Parameters Unit Onsite plant

area (S1) Cher Moti

(S2) Koriyani (S3) S.K Varmanagar (S4)

1 Soil colour ---- Reddish Brown Brownish Brownish Brownish 2 pH ---- 7.62 7.61 7.84 7.76

3 Electrical Conductivity

µmhos /cm 732 938 972 982

4 Moisture % 2.3 4.3 4.1 3.6 5 Soil texture ---- Clay loam Clay loam Loam Clay loam 6 Clay % 32 38 24 32 7 Silt % 25 28 39 27 8 Sand % 43 34 37 41 9 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 1.07 1.14 1.23 1.15

10 Bulk density gm/cm3 1.24 1.56 1.38 1.54 11 Porosity % 37.2 46.1 47.5 34.4 12 Nitrogen as N kg/ha as N 87 107 115 96 13 Phosphorus kg/ha as P 21.8 32.5 27.8 28.4 14 Potassium as K kg/ha as K 49.2 60.7 65.2 48.2 15 Organic Carbon % 0.25 0.34 0.28 0.18 16 Organic matter % 0.43 0.58 0.49 0.31

Additional Locations Sl. No. Parameters Unit Maldo (S5) Khangarpar

(S6) Kaiyari RF

(S7) Mudhvay (S8) 1 Soil colour ---- Brownish Brownish Brownish Brownish 2 pH ---- 7.52 7.68 7.34 7.73

3 Electrical Conductivity

µmhos /cm 875 771 985 783

4 Moisture % 4.7 4.2 4.5 2.2 5 Soil texture ---- Clay loam Clay loam Clay loam Clay loam 6 Clay % 38 36 32 34 7 Silt % 35 30 38 29 8 Sand % 28 34 30 37 9 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 1.05 1.12 1.18 1.26

10 Bulk density gm/cm3 1.32 1.41 1.49 1.46 11 Porosity % 31.7 39.3 42.1 46.5 12 Nitrogen as N kg/ha as N 104 132 127 145 13 Phosphorus kg/ha as P 34.1 36.8 42.3 40.7 14 Potassium as K kg/ha as K 62.9 70.3 79.5 58.4 15 Organic Carbon % 0.32 0.24 0.36 0.29 16 Organic matter % 0.56 0.41 0.62 0.50

Source: Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata(December 2017 to January, 2018& October, 2019)

Table 3-10: Standard Classification of Soil Sl. No. Soil Test Classification

1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.0 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline


CHAPTER THREE


Sl. No. Soil Test Classification 9.01 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity (µmhos/cm) (1 ppm = 640 µmho/cm)

Up to 1.00 Average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon Up to 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium, 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

6 Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient

Source: Handbook of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agriculture Research, New Delhi 1961

3.7.1 Observation and Interpretation

The quality of soil is rather dynamic and can affect the sustainability and productivity of land use. It is the end product of soil degradative or conserving processes and is controlled by chemical, physical, and biological components of a soil and their interactions (Papendick and Parr, 1992). Indicators, however, will vary according to the location and the level of sophistication at which measurements are likely to be made (Riley, 2001). Therefore, it is not possible to develop a single short list which is suitable for all purposes. Syers et al. (1995) also emphasized the range of likely indicators rather than the use of a single indicator.

Indicator Soil function Soil organic matter (SOM) Soil structure, stability, nutrient retention; soil erosion Carter, 2002) Physical: soil aggregate stability, infiltration and bulk density

Retention and mobility of water and nutrients; habitat for macro and micro fauna (Bengtsson, 1998; Swift et al., 2004)

Chemical: pH, extractable soil nutrients, N-P-K and base cationsCa, Mg & K

Soil biological and chemical activity thresholds; plant available nutrients and potential for N and P as well as loss of Ca, Mg & K (Doran and Jones, 1996a; Drinkwater et al., 1996)

Biological: microbial biomass C and N; potentially mineralizable N

Microbial catalytic potential and repository for C and N; soil productivity and N supplying potential (Cadisch and Giller, 1997; Doran and Jones, 1996b)


CHAPTER THREE


3.7.1.1 Physical Parameters

• Moisture Content: Soil moisture is important for hydrological, biological and bio-geochemical processes. Moisture content of soil samples in the study area ranges from 2.2% (S8: Mudhvay) to 4.7% (S5: Maldo).Generally, optimum crop growth and health occurs when the soil moisture content is held between 50 –80% of the “plant available water” (Source: Introduction to the Soil-Water-Plant Environment, William Northcott Department of Biosystems and Agricultural Engineering, Michigan State University, NRCS Irrigation Training Feb 2-3 and 9-10, 2010). Hence it can be observed that the soil moisture content in the sampling locations is too less for optimum growth of crops.

• Texture: Soil texture describes the size (diameter) of the soil particles. Where larger mineral particles predominate, the soil is gravelly (d > 2mm), or sandy (0.05 < d < 2); where smaller, colloidal mineral particles are dominant, the soil is clayey (d < 0.002). Texture influences plant growth by its direct effect on soil aeration, water infiltration, cation exchange capacity, and erodibility. The study area was found to have mostly sandy clay loamytexture.

• Infiltration rate:Infiltration rate is dependent on soil texture (percentage of sand, silt and clay) and clay mineralogy. Water moves more quickly through the large pore spaces in a sandy soil than it does through the small pores of a clayey soil, especially if the clay is compacted and has little or no structure or aggregation. Soil organic matter affects infiltration through its positive effect on the development of stable soil aggregates, or crumbs. Highly aggregated soil increase pore space and infiltration. Infiltration rate in the study area ranges from 1.05cm/hr (S5: Maldo) to 1.26 cm/hr (S8: Mudhvay). Soil organic matter affects infiltration through its positive effect on the development of stable soil aggregates, or crumbs. Highly aggregated soil has increased pore space and infiltration. Soils high in organic matter also provide good habitat for soil biota, such as earthworms, that through their burrowing activities, increase pore space and create continuous pores linking surface to subsurface soil layers.

• Bulk Density: Bulk density is required for gaseous exchange; so that high bulk density would pose restriction to the growth of deep rooted plants. Bulk Density of soil was found to be in the range from 1.24gm/cm3(S1: Onsite Plant Area) to 1.56gm/cm3(S2: CherMoti).The critical value of bulk density for restricting root growth varies with soil type (Hunt and Gilkes, 1992) but in general bulk densities greater than 1.6 g/cm3 tend to restrict root growth (McKenzie et al., 2004).

• Porosity: Soil porosity attributes to the fragmentation and aggregation of the soil particles due to vegetation development. The total pore volume of the study area varied from 31.7%(S5: Maldo) to 47.5%(S3: Koriyani). As per classification given by Marcello Pagliai and Nadia Vignozzi, 1988, the soil in the sampling locations is highly to extremely porous. Highly porous soils have a low holding capacity for water and become saturated quickly. The large pore spaces allow water to drain through the soil quickly, and porous soil often holds fewer nutrients than other soils.


CHAPTER THREE


3.7.1.2 Chemical Parameters

• pH: The pH of the soil samples vary from 7.34 (S7: Kaiyari RF) to 7.84 (S3: Koriyani) indicating slightly alkaline to moderatelyalkaline nature of soil.

• Electrical Conductivity: The electrical conductivity of soil is actually a measure of salinity. Excessively high salinity can affect plants in many ways: specific toxicity of a particular ion (such as sodium), higher osmotic pressure around the roots prevents an efficient water absorption by the plant. Some plants are more susceptible to the electrical conductivity than others and each species has an electrical conductivity threshold, beyond which yield decreases. The electrical conductivity of the soil samples range from 732 µmhos/cm (S1: Onsite Plant Area) to 985 µmhos/cm (S7: Kaiyari RF), which as per ICAR is harmful to germination.

• Organic Carbon: The organic carbon in the soil samples vary between 0.18% (S4: S.K.Varmanagar) to 0.36% (S7: Kaiyari RF) indicating less content for growth of plants as per ICAR.The organic matter of the soil has its origin in the decay of dead plants and animals. Researches on soil and plants have received considerable impetus in connection with the role of organic matter in regulating the growth of plants. But, it must be remembered that all organic matters are not beneficial to higher plants. In the coastal region, soil organic matter also rises by soil salt.

• Nitrogen: The available nitrogen in the soil samples range between 87 kg/ha (S1: Onsite Plant Area) to 145 kg/ha (S8: Mudhvay) which as per ICAR is less togood for growth of vegetation.Nitrogen is important because it is a major component of chlorophyll, the compound by which plants use sunlight energy to produce sugars from water and carbon dioxide during photosynthesis. It is also a major component of amino acids. Soil nitrogen exists in three general forms: organic nitrogen compounds, ammonium (NH4+) ions and nitrate (NO3-) ions. The majority of plant-available nitrogen is in the inorganic forms NH4+ and NO3- (sometimes called mineral nitrogen).

• Phosphorus: Phosphorus is the key content which plays an important role in the photosynthesis, respiration, energy storage and transfer, cell division, cell enlargement and several other properties in the living plant. Available Phosphorus in the study area range between 21.8 kg/ha (S1: Onsite Plant Area) to 42.3 kg/ha (S7: Kaiyari RF), which as per ICAR categorization falls in the range of ‘less to medium’.

• Potassium: Potassium is an essential plant nutrient and is required in large amounts for proper growth and reproduction of plants. Potassium is considered second only to nitrogen, when it comes to nutrients needed by plants, and is commonly considered as the “quality nutrient.”It affects the plant shape, size, color, taste and other measurements attributed to healthy produce. Potassium content in the study area varies from 48.2 kg/ha (S4: S.K.Varmanagar) to 79.5 kg/ha (S7: Kaiyari RF) which is very less forthe growth of plant as per ICAR’s classification.

Overall, the soil properties of the samples collected indicate an unsatisfactory profile for vegetation growth.In the study area the Coastal Alluvial soils are found all along the southern coast. These soils are sandy clay loam to clay in texture. The soil reaction varies with situation moderately alkaline. These soils


CHAPTER THREE


are normally medium in fertility. At places, these soils are saline in nature. The two Ranns (deserts) of Kutch, namely Little Rann and Great Rann have the soils which are formed as a result of the geological processes of Pleistocene age. The alluvial deposits due to the river system flowing through the area have subsequently been overlain by the aeolian deposits. These soils are fairly deep, light grey in colour. The texture is sandy to sandy loam with silt clay loam in some areas. The salt content is very high with the sodium chloride as the dominant salt. The profile study reveals the presence of sufficient amount of gypsum throughout the profile.

3.8 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3.8.1 Area Drainage

3.8.1.1 Area Drainage of Study Area

The buffer zone of the project site is situated near the coast of Arabian Sea where the natural hydrochemistry islargely controlled by the coastal environment. The quality of surface water is therefore brackish as the coastal area gets salt laden winds. The rainfall being low and having adequate drainage, the surface water has developed low to moderate salinity.The drainage of the region is towards the creek area in north west direction. Also, there are number of nalahs which are either draining tothe rivers or creek area. All the rivers and streams are seasonal.

In the 10-km study area site, Kapusari NadiandKali Nadi are flowing towards North west direction following the slope.The River Kali rises from the hills north-west of Mata no Madh village in the Lakhpattaluka. The river is 45 km long and meets the Arabian Sea near the Kori creek. The streams originating here flow in westerly and north-westerly direction to join the Arabian Sea. Primarily the underlying rocks govern the drainage system in the area. The drainage pattern is generally dendritic type. The river valley are broader in central midlands and become ‘U’ shaped in the low lands and coastal plains. The presense of Narayan Sarovar is distinctive in South Western part. There are also some small water bodies along with small streams spread over the entire area. The major water bodies have been mentioned in Table 3.11. The drainage pattern map of the study area and 5-km radius is shown in Figures 3.11a and 3.11b respectively while thedrainage map of the project site is shown in Figure 3.12.

Table 3-11: Major Water Bodies in the Study Area Water Bodies Distance from Project Site (km) Direction

Kapurasi Nadi 2.0 W Kali Nadi 3.5 NE Kori Creek 4.2 NW Source: Google Satellite Imagery 2018

Kori Creek:Regionally, the area forms a vast featureless plain having a gentle slope towards the sea with a thick strip of marshy low land along the coast. The major drainage flow direction is towards north-west towards Kori creek. The physiography of LakhpatTaluka comprised of mounds and hillocks with corresponding gentle plain land with rolling ground type of topography. However, the high hillocks and hills are absent. The drainage of the region is emptying water in creek area towards north-west. Also, there are number of nalahs which are either emptying water in rivers or creek area.


CHAPTER THREE


Kapurashi River, a seasonal river drains the western part of the buffer zone. This river originates outside the buffer zone near village Naredo and flows in dendritic pattern across the sloping plain and finds its way into the Kori creek. River Kapurashi flows in northern direction joining the Kori creek north of village Kapurashi, about 7.2 km west of the Mudhvay mining block boundary.

Kali Nadi, flows from South-eastern part of the region and meets with Kori Creek. Also known as the Lakhpat nala, the seasonal stream drains the eastern part of the buffer zone. This stream originates outside the buffer zone near village Khadak and flows in dendritic pattern across the sloping plain and finds its way into the Kori creek. It flows in a northern direction joining the Kori creek north east of village Chher Nani about 6.8 km north of the Mudhvay mining block boundary.

3.8.2 Area Drainage of Project Site There is no regular drainage pattern in this area. Rainwater follows as per surface topography. Water flow only in direct response to precipitation, hence the surface run off from the area is only during monsoon. The general drainage pattern of the area is dendritic.

3.8.3 Hydology &Hydrogeology 3.8.3.1 Hydrology There are no major rivers in the buffer zone. There are small rivulets like Kapurashi and Lakhpat nala, which are seasonal in nature and remain dry for most part of the year, except during monsoon season.

Water Sheds inthe Study Area

The buffer zone (10 km) is covered by two watersheds viz. Kapurashi watershed located in the western part of the buffer zone andLakhapat watershed located in the eastern part of the buffer zone.

Kapurashi watershed:It lies in the western part of the buffer zone. Kapurashi watershed within buffer zone covers an area of 244.69 km2 with gradient of 2.00-2.57 m/km towards Kori creek. The catchment yield of Kapurashi watershed is estimated as 6.83 MCM taking average annual rain, which amounts to 349 mm. Average value of Strange’s Run off percentage of the buffer zone area is calculated from Strange’s monsoon rainfall-runoff curves considering the catchment area as Good and the Runoff % for catchments is found as 8%.

Kali Nadi watershed:It lies in the eastern part of the buffer zone. Lakhpat watershed within buffer zone covers an area of 269.43 km2 with gradient of 1.50-1.90 m/km towards Kori creek. The catchment yield of Lakhpat watershed is estimated as 7.52 MCM taking average annual rain, which amounts to 349 mm. Average value of Strange’s Run off percentage of the buffer zone area is calculated from Strange’s monsoon rainfall-runoff curves considering the catchment area as 'Good' and the Runoff % for catchments is found as 8%.

As already mentioned, the slope of the area is towards North and North West. The digital elevation model map of the study area (Figure 3.15) also shows that the south eastern side has an elevation of about 119m amsl, while the plant and mines area is at an elevation of about 27 m to 40m amsl.


CHAPTER THREE


3.8.3.2 Hydrogeology

From CGWB data, it is found that in both pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods, the ground water level in the project area remains in the range of 5-10 mbgl.Figures 3.13(a)and 3.13(b) shows the depth to water level of the district (with project site marked) during pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods.The detailed hydrogelogy study for the proposed project carried out by Hydro-Geosurvey Consultants Private Limited, Jodhpur(attached as Annex 3.3) states that the ground water movement of the area is mainly controlled by hydraulic conductivity of aquifer.The hydraulic gradient has been observed as 1.95 m/km. during pre-monsoon period and 2.14 m/km. during post-monsoon period.

Figure 3-13(a): Depth of Water Level Pre Monsoon of the Study Area


CHAPTER THREE


Figure 3-23(b): Depth of Water Level Post Monsoon of the Study Area

The study reveals that against the total ground water recharge of 27.45 mcm, including recharge from return flow of irrigation water, the ground water discharge is 2.56 mcm indicating the status of ground water development of buffer zone as 9.33%. The buffer zone therefore appears in safe category. However, presently, against the ground water recharge of 0.131 mcm, the ground water abstraction from the mines area is Nil indicating the status of ground water development of core zone as 0.00%.

3.8.4 Water Quality

To understand the existing surface and groundwater quality, tests were performed in a laboratory. For this samples were collected, after reconnaissance, from various locations in the area and tested for water quality parameters.

Frequency and Parameters:Water samples were collected once during the study period and analyzed for following selected physico-chemical and biological parameters.

Physical Parameters - pH, colour, temperature, and conductivity, TDS and turbidity, Na, & K etc. Chemical parameters - Alkalinity, hardness, NO3, Cl, SO4, Ca, Mg, Phenolic compounds, DO, BOD

and COD Heavy metals - Cyanide, Aluminium, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Iron, Copper, Lead, Manganese,

Zinc and Mercury

The samples for surface water quality were taken from major surface water bodies and underground water samples were taken from hand-pumps near settlements for assessing the ground water quality.

Surface and ground water sampling was carried out in 6 and 7 locations respectively to get an idea about the water quality of the study area. The water quality sampling locations are shown in Figure 3.14.


CHAPTER THREE


Methodology of Sampling & Analysis: Analyses of the samples were carried out as per established standard methods and procedures prescribed by CPCB, IS 3025 Codes and APHA 22nd edition, 2012. Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Physicochemical parameters like pH and conductivity were measured on site using potable meter while for chemical (dissolved oxygen) and biochemical (BOD) parameters water samples were fixed in 300 ml BOD bottles using MnSO4 and alkaline iodide in field and sent to the laboratory. A separate BOD bottles with 300 ml of respective sample were sent to the laboratory without any fixation for BOD analysis. The basic precautions were taken care to avoid any contamination during the sampling. The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as per the Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) mentioned in Table 3.12.The analysis methodology is given in Table 3.13 and CPCB standard for drinking water criteria is given in Table 3.14.

Table 3-12: Standard Operating Procedure for Water Sampling & Analysis Sl. No. Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/Preservation

1 pH Grab sampling plastic/glass container 50 ml On site analysis 2 Electrical Conductivity Grab sampling plastic/glass container 50 ml On site analysis

3 Total Dissolved Solids Grab sampling plastic/glass container 100 ml Refrigeration, can be stored for 7 days

4 Residual Chlorine Grab sampling plastic/glass container 50 ml On site analysis

5 Hardness Grab sampling plastic/glass container 100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2, refrigeration; 6 months

6 Chlorides Grab sampling plastic/glass container 50 ml Not required; 28 days 7 Sulphates Grab sampling plastic/glass container 100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days 8 Sodium, Potassium Plastic container 100 ml Not required; 6 months 9 Nitrates Plastic container 100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs

10 Fluorides Plastic container only 100 ml Not required; 28 days 11 Alkalinity Plastic/glass containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days

12 Ammonia Plastic/glass containers 100 ml Add H2SO4 to pH<2, refrigeration, 28 days

13 Hexavalent Chromium, Cr+6 Plastic/Glass rinse with 1+1 HNO3 100 ml Grab Sample;

refrigeration; 24 hrs

14 Heavy metals (Hg, Cd, Cr, Cu, Fe, Zn, Pb etc.) Plastic/Glass rinse with 1+1 HNO3 500 ml Filter, add HNO3 to pH< 2;

Grab sample; 6 months Table 3-13: Analytical Procedure

Sl. No. Parameters Analytical Method Reference 1 pH pH meter IS : 3025 (Part-11) 2 Turbidity Nephelo Meter IS : 3025 (Part-10) 3 Conductivity (at 250 C) Conductivity meter APHA 22st edition, 2510 B:2012 4 Total Dissolve Solids Gravimetric IS : 3025 (Part-16) 5 Alkalinity as CaCO3 Titrimetrically IS : 3025 (Part-23) 7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 Titrimetrically IS : 3025 (Part-21) 8 Calcium as Ca Titrimetrically IS : 3025 (Part-40) 9 Magnesium as Mg Calculation APHA 22st edition,3500 Mg B:2012

10 Sodium Flame Photometric APHA 22ndedition, 3500 Na B:2012 11 Potassium Photometric APHA 22nd edition,3500 K- B:2012 12 Chloride as Cl Argentometric IS : 3025 (Part-32) 13 Sulphate as SO4 Turbidimetric IS : 3025 (Part-24)


CHAPTER THREE


Sl. No. Parameters Analytical Method Reference 14 Nitrate as NO3 Spectro photometric IS : 3025 (Part-34) 15 Phosphate Spectro-photometric IS : 3025 (Part-31) 16 Fluoride as F Ion-meter APHA 22ndedition,4500 F- D:2012 17 Phenolic compound as C6H5OH Spectro-photometric IS : 3025 (Part-43) 18 Cyanide Spectro-photometric IS : 3025 (Part-27) 19 Dissolve Oxygen Winkler Method IS:3025 (Part-38), Reaffirmed 2009 20 Oil & Grease Gravimetric IS:3025 (Part 39), 1991 (Reaffirmed 2003) 21 Arsenic AAS IS : 3025 (Part-37) 22 Cadmium AAS IS : 3025 (Part-41) 23 Total Chromium AAS IS : 3025 (Part-52) 24 Iron AAS IS:3025 (Part-53), Reaffirmed 2009 25 Copper AAS IS : 3025 (Part-42) 26 Lead AAS IS : 3025 (Part-47) 27 Manganese AAS IS : 3025 (Part-59) 28 Mercury AAS IS : 3025 (Part-48) 29 Zinc AAS IS : 3025 (Part-49) 30 Dissolved Oxygen Titrimetrically IS : 3025 (Part-38) 1989 (RA-2009) 31 Chemical Oxygen Demand Titrimetrically IS : 3025 (Part-58) 1989 (RA-2012) 32 Biological Oxygen Demand Titrimetrically IS : 3025 (Part-44) 1989 (RA-2009) 33 Total Coliform MPN Method IS : 1622 : 1981

The error in ion-balance computation, considering the relationship between the total cations (Ca2+, Mg2+, Na+, K+) and the total anions (NO3-, SO42-, HCO3- and Cl-) for each set of complete analyses of water sample, is observed to be within the range of acceptability (±2%) used in most laboratories (APHA 22nded).

Table 3-14: Water Quality Criteria as per CPCB Designated-Best Use Class of water Criteria

Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

A Total Coliform Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 200 C 2ml/l or less

Outdoor bathing (Organized) B Total Coliform Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 200 C 3ml/l or less

Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

C Total Coliform Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less pH between 6 and 9 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 200 C 3ml/l or less

Propagation of Wildlife and Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 and 8.5 Electrical Conductivity at 250 C micro mhos/cm Max. 2250 Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26 Boron Max. 2mg/l

Below-E Not meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria


CHAPTER THREE


3.8.4.1 Analysis of Surface Water Quality

There are no major rivers in the buffer zone. Kapurashi and Lakhpatnala are seasonal in nature and remain dry for most part of the year, except during monsoon season. Kori Creek of Gulf of Kutch is the major source of surface water in the region.Thus only two surface water samples could be collected during the study season in addition to 4 locations in Kori Creek. The surface water quality as analysed is given in Table 3.15 (a) & 3.15(b).

Table 3-15 (a): Surface Water Quality in Study Area

Sl. No. Parameters Unit SW1

(Pond Near Navanagar, 2.5 km, NE)

SW 2 (Pond Near Kapurashi

4 km, SSW) 1 pH -- 7.5 7.84 2 Conductivity (at 25ºC) µS/cm 576.1 647.2 3 Total Dissolve Solids mg/l 362.9 414.2 4 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 147.2 171.5 5 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 182.1 270.5 6 Calcium as Ca mg/l 47.60 67.50 7 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 15.40 24.80 8 Sodium mg/l 63 84 9 Potassium mg/l 26 30

10 Chloride as Cl mg/l 134.3 195.6 11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 38.5 65.2 12 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 5.4 8.6 13 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.98 0.82 14 Phenolic compound as C6H5OH mg/l BDL BDL 15 Cyanide mg/l BDL BDL 16 DO mg/l 5.4 4.3 17 BOD mg/l 1.1 2.4 18 COD mg/l 25.2 38.4 19 Oil & Grease mg/l <5 <5 20 Arsenic mg/l BDL BDL 21 Cadmium mg/l BDL BDL 22 Total Chromium mg/l BDL BDL 23 Iron mg/l 1.13 1.28 24 Copper mg/l BDL BDL 25 Lead mg/l BDL BDL 26 Manganese mg/l BDL BDL 27 Mercury mg/l BDL BDL 28 Zinc mg/l BDL BDL 29 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 500 700

Source: Sampling & Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (December 2017 to February, 2018) BDL-Below Detection Limit

Data Interpretation for fresh water pond:

pH of the two collected surface water samples shows slightly alkalinity as the values are ranged between 7.5 to 7.84. In respect to alkalinity of these sample SW2 which represent a pond near Kapurashi shows


CHAPTER THREE


higher alkalinity than SW1 (pond near Navanagar). This result of alkalinity justifies the result of higher pH of SW2 and shows a positive correlation between two surface water samples. Higher Ca2+ and Mg+ value in SW2 sample reveals that the total hardness of the sample is higher than SW1. Hardness caused by calcium is called calcium hardness, regardless of the salts associated with it. Likewise, hardness caused by magnesium represents magnesium hardness. Since calcium and magnesium are normally the only significant minerals that cause hardness, non-carbonate hardness is a measure of calcium and magnesium salts other than carbonate and bicarbonate salts (such as calcium sulfate, CaSO4, or magnesium chloride, MgCl2). The hardness increases due to entry of sewage, detergents and other domestic wastes (Jain and Sharma, 2002). Being entrapped water bodies, the ponds are likely to accumulate Na from domestic effluents and run-off if they find their way into the ponds. Other studies found that 85.8% of the surface water samples show higher values of sodium in the dry season than in the wet season. High values of sodium and potassium at certain stations are attributed to the possible contamination by domestic sewages and effluents. The natural sources of potassium in water are the minerals of local igneous rocks such as feldspars (orthoclase and microcline), mica and sedimentary rocks as well as silicate and clay minerals. The major ion contents of the selected water sources of the study area follow the trend, Ca2+> Na+> Mg+> K+, in both the wet and the dry seasons. But the trend followed in this observation as Na+> Ca2+> Mg+> K+. Concentration of the Na+ is higher in these samples, the inferences drawn is that the contribution from the geological formations of the area is much significant. The surface water sources also exhibited a high range of chloride contents: 134.3 – 195.6 mg/l in the dry season. Since the chloride levels were high in this work, the inferences drawn are (i) the rate of percolation of agricultural and domestic wastes to the surface water bodies (the area is not industrial) is high and (ii) the contributions from the geological formations of the area is also much significant (Mariappan et al. 2000). The sulphate in the surface water sources was from 38.5 to 65.2 mg/l in the dry season. Lower concentration of sulphate during the dry season may be due to more intense decomposition of organic matter by anaerobic bacteria at the higher ambient temperature and also due to dilution. The surface water of the investigated area contained only higher amounts of nitrate from 5.4 to 8.6mg/l. High values of nitrate in the study area indicate that the nitrifying bacteria are much active due to the presence of aerobic conditions (the area not having water cover for most of the time). Dissolved oxygen (DO) is the oxygen present in a dissolved form in water. Under equilibrium conditions there is a relationship between the amount of dissolved oxygen and the partial pressure of oxygen in the atmosphere. Oxygen is one of the principal limiting factors in aquatic respiration and metabolic reactions and as such, it is a significant water quality constituent that may limit production under aquaculture conditions. Low DO concentrations indicate eutrophication and biological overloading in aquaculture systems. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) is concerned with the amount of oxygen consumed by micro-organisms to decompose the organic matters under aerobic conditions while Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) relates the oxygen requirement to oxidize all organic materials both biologically available and inert organic matter into carbon dioxide and water. Usually, there is a hydrological relation between DO, BOD and COD which can affect the total amount of organic (TOC) and inorganic carbon (IC) in an ecosystem. This study shows that there is a negative correlation between DO and BOD which reflects that the higher aerobic bacterial activity in SW2 and contamination of domestic sewage and other anthropogenic activity. As there is a very less traffic and industrial activity, the Oil & Grease concentration also shows no detectable limits (<5).


CHAPTER THREE


Comparing the values of pH, DO, BOD and total Coliform with ‘Use based classification of surface waters’ published by Central Pollution Control Board given in Table 3.16 (a), the following analysis has been done:

Locations SW1: Pond near Navanagar SW2: Near Kapurasi

Classes as per CPCB B C

Use Outdoor bathing (Organized) Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

Table 3-15 (b): Surface Water Quality in Study Area

Sl. No. Parameters Unit SW3

(Kori Creek 1) SW4

(Kori Creek 2) SW5

(Kori Creek 3) SW6

(Kori Creek 4) 6 to 8 km, W

1 pH -- 8.0 8.1 7.9 8.1 2 Conductivity (at 25º C) µS/cm 69677 65556 63333 64108 3 Total Dissolve Solids mg/l 43200.0 41300.0 39900.0 39747.0 4 Salinity mg/l 39.2 38.6 37.5 37.1 5 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 12339.6 12105.5 11801.4 11315.9 6 Calcium as Ca mg/l 2939.40 2882.70 2845.40 2792.00 7 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 1216.40 1193.90 1142.60 1057.00 8 Sodium mg/l 9862 9560 9430 9470 9 Potassium mg/l 1598 1473 1330 1296

10 Chloride as Cl mg/l 24135.6 22115 21221 21154 11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 2140 2108 1840 1975 12 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 7.4 7.6 8.5 8.9 13 Fluoride as F mg/l 1.37 1.12 1.17 1.14

14 Phenolic compound as C6H5OH mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL

15 Cyanide mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 16 DO mg/l 5.7 5.9 6 6.4 17 BOD mg/l 0.83 0.80 0.85 0.92 18 COD mg/l 20.3 20.6 21.2 22.4 19 Oil & Grease mg/l <5 <5 <5 <5 20 Arsenic mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 21 Cadmium mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 22 Total Chromium mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 23 Iron mg/l 2.63 2.41 2.37 2.14 24 Copper mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 25 Lead mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 26 Manganese mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 27 Mercury mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 28 Zinc mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 29 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent

Source: Sampling & Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (December 2017 to February, 2018) BDL-Below Detection Limit


CHAPTER THREE


Data Interpretation for brackish water of Kori Creek:

The analysis results indicate that the pH values of all the samples of Kori Creek are in the range of 7.9 (SW5, Kori Creek 3) to 8.1(SW4& SW6, Kori Creek2 &Kori Creek4) indicating alkaline characteristics. All values meet criteria A as per CPCB surface water quality standard.

TDS was observed in the range of39,747 mg/l at SW6 (Kori Creek 4) to 43,200.0 mg/l at SW3 (Kori Creek 1). An elevated total dissolved solids (TDS) concentration is not a health hazard. The TDS concentration is a secondary drinking water standard and, therefore, is regulated because it is more of an aesthetic rather than a health hazard. An elevated TDS indicates the following: The concentration of the dissolved ions may cause the water to be corrosive, salty or brackish

taste, result in scale formation, and interfere and decrease efficiency of hot water heaters; and Many contain elevated levels of ions that are above the Primary or Secondary Drinking Water

Standards, such as an elevated level of nitrate, arsenic, aluminum, copper, lead, etc.For aesthetic reasons, a limit of 500 mg/l (milligrams per litre) has been established as part of the Secondary Drinking Water Standards1.

DO was found to be in the range of 5.7 at SW3 (Kori Creek 1) to 6.4 at SW6 (Kori Creek 4) mg/l.The values meet criteria B as per CPCB surface water quality standard.

The chloride was found to be in the range of 21,154 mg/l at SW3 (Kori Creek 1) to 24,135.6 mg/l at SW3 (Kori Creek 1). Chloride is not toxic to human health at low levels but concentrations in excess of 250 mg/l are increasingly likely to be detected by taste. No health-based guideline value is proposed for chloride in drinking-water2.

The Sulphate was found to be in the range of 1840 mg/l at SW5 (Kori Creek 3) to 2140 mg/l SW3 (Kori Creek 1) mg/l. High concentration of sulphate may be due to oxidation of pyrite and mine drainage etc. Sulphate concentration in natural water ranges from a few to a several hundred mg per liter but no major negative impact of sulphate on human health is reported. The WHO has established 250 mg/l as the highest desirable limit of sulphate indrinking water.

In the study area BOD concentration varies between 0.80 mg/l at SW4 (Kori Creek 2) to 0.92 mg/l at SW6 (Kori Creek 4). BOD tests measures only biodegradable fraction of the total potential DO consumption of a water sample. The values meet criteria C as per CPCB surface water quality standard

The buffer zone is situated near the coast of Arabian Sea where the natural hydrochemistry is largely controlled by the coastal environment. The quality of surface water is therefore brackish as the coastal area gets salt laden winds. The rainfall being low and having adequate drainage, the surface water has developed low to moderate salinity. Comparing the values of pH, DO, BOD and total Coliform with ‘Use based classification of surface waters’ published by Central Pollution Control Board given in Table 3.16 (b), the following analysis has been done:

1 Written in Water Research Centre by Mr. Brian Oram, Professional Geologist, Soil Scientist 2Guidelines for Drinking-Water Quality: WHO, 2017


CHAPTER THREE


Locations SW3: Kori Creek 1 SW4: Kori Creek 2 SW5: Kori Creek 3 SW6: Kori Creek 4

Classes as per CPCB C C C C

Use Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

3.8.4.2 Analysis of Ground Water Quality The results of the parameters analysed for the ground water samples are presented in Table 3.16.

Table 3-16: Ground Water Quality in Study Area

Sl. N

o.

Para

met

ers

Unit GW 1

Cher Moti

GW 2 Kapur

asi

GW 3 Koriy

ani

GW 4 Nared

i

GW 5 Nani Cher

GW 6 Baiya

va

GW 7 Pandhrow

Acce

ptab

le lim

its

as p

er IS

1050

0 :2

012

Perm

issib

le lim

its

as p

er IS

1050

0 :2

012

1 Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 15 2 Turbidity NTU <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 1 5 3 pH -- 7.4 7.2 7.3 7.2 7.4 7.1 7.2 6.5-8.5 NR

4 Conductivity (at 25ºC) µS/cm 2450 1640 1580 1410 2530 1790 1390 $ $

5 Total Dissolve Solids mg/l 1520 1020 980 890 1570 1080 830 500 2000 6 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 290 185 190 157 276 186 150 200 600

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/l 583.2 441.6 402.6 318.8 600.6 475.6 309.7 300 600

8 Calcium as Ca mg/l 125.4 85.6 95.40 71.70 130.70 97.10 69.70 75 200 9 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 65.70 55.4 40.00 34.00 66.70 56.70 33.00 30 100

10 Sodium mg/l 207 145 138 123 219 157 117 $ $ 11 Potassium mg/l 85 57 50 52 90 57 50 $ $ 12 Bi-Carbonate mg/l 290.0 185 190.0 157.0 276.0 186.0 150.0 $ $ 13 Chloride as Cl mg/l 515 320 311 266 548 340 253 250 1000 14 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 227.6 170.6 153.5 160.2 235.2 183.1 154.4 200 400 15 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 0.17 0.16 0.28 0.34 0.37 0.16 0.34 45 NR 16 Phosphate mg/l 0.33 0.32 0.31 0.29 0.39 0.29 0.27 $ $ 17 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.36 0.34 0.48 0.33 0.46 0.31 0.29 1.00 1.5

18 Phenolic compound as C6H5OH mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 0.002

19 Cyanide mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 NR 20 Oil & Grease mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.03 0.2 21 Arsenic mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 0.05 22 Cadmium mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.003 NR 23 Total Chromium mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 NR 24 Iron mg/l 0.11 0.25 0.28 0.29 0.19 0.38 0.31 0.3 NR 25 Copper mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 1.5 26 Lead mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 NR


CHAPTER THREE


Sl. N

o.

Para

met

ers

Unit GW 1

Cher Moti

GW 2 Kapur

asi

GW 3 Koriy

ani

GW 4 Nared

i

GW 5 Nani Cher

GW 6 Baiya

va

GW 7 Pandhrow

Acce

ptab

le lim

its

as p

er IS

1050

0 :2

012

Perm

issib

le lim

its

as p

er IS

1050

0 :2

012

27 Manganese mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1 0.3 28 Mercury mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 NR 29 Zinc mg/l 0.17 0.49 0.44 0.34 0.37 0.42 0.30 5 15

Source: Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (December 2017 to February 2018) BDL-Below Detection Limit, $- Not Specified; NR: No Relaxation

Observations: pH: This parameter generally indicates the acid or alkaline nature of any solution and usually does not bear any direct impact on consumers. The pH value ranged from 7.1 at GW6,Baiyava to 7.4 at GW1 (Cher Moti) and GW5, Nani Cher. In the collected water samples which do not exceed the recommended limit (6.5 - 8.5) of BIS. The water samples were alkaline. The reason for such conditions may be due to different types of buffers that may be present in the groundwater and presence of weak basic salt in the soil.

Electrical Conductivity: Conductivity is the ability of water to carry an electrical current. This ability mainly depends on presence of anion and cations in water and also depends on mobility, valence of ions and temperature. High electrical conductivity affects the germination of crops and it may result in much reduced yield. Higher the ionizable solids, greater will be the EC. In the study area, electrical conductivity ranged between 1390μs/cm (GW7: Pandhrow) to 2530μs/cm (GW5: Nani Cher).

Turbidity: The turbidity denotes the impurity of the water. Turbid nature of the water may be attributed due to colloidal and extremely fine dispersion of sediments, micro-organisms and organic matter. The turbidity in all the water samples was found higher the acceptable limit. The value was found to be <1.0 in all monitoring locations.

Total Hardness: The total hardness is an important parameter of water quality. Hard water makes it difficult for domestic water users to form lather when washing. Hardness is defined as the concentration of calcium and magnesium in water expressed as the equivalent of calcium carbonate (CaCO3). The maximum total hardness in groundwater found to be 600.6 mg/l in sample at GW5 (Nani Cher) and the minimum was observed as 309.7 mg/l in the sample at GW7 (Pandhrow).

Calcium: The maximum level of calcium was found atGW5, Nani Cher (130.70 mg/l) and the minimum value occurred at GW7,Pandhrow(69.70 mg/l). It was found that the entire samples are inacceptable limits recommended by BIS which is 75 mg/l.

Sodium: Sodium plays an important role in nutrition and contributes to electrolytes regulated by the kidneys, maintains water balance in the body, and affects muscle contraction and the production of adrenaline and amino acids. However, high concentrations of sodium can disrupt cell or blood chemistry. The excessive consumption of sodium may significantly cause many diseases, especially hypertension. Sodium is also toxic to plants in high concentrations. Sodium concentrations above 70 mg/l are problematic


CHAPTER THREE


for irrigation if water is absorbed by leaves. Sodium concentration in groundwater samples was observed in the range of 117 mg/l at GW7 (Pandhrow)to 219 mg/l at GW5(Nani Cher). The sodium content in the study area indicates that the water is not suitable for irrigation purpose. Chloride concentration also found high in the study area which co-relates the sodium increase in the area. Sodium and Chloride is dissolved in groundwater aquifer as it flows through marine sediments rich in connate salts.

Alkalinity: Alkaline nature of the samples is generally attributed to the presence of carbonates and bi-carbonates. Though alkalinity is not harmful to human health, its presence in the water imparts an unpleasant taste. Alkalinity of water is due to presence of bicarbonate, carbonate and strong bases. The alkalinity recorded in all ground water samples was within permissible limit of BIS (600 mg/l). In the monitoring locations it ranges from 150 at GW7, Pandhrow to 290, at Cher Moti, GW1.

TDS: The TDS concentration recorded from the ground water samples ranged from 830 mg/l at GW7, Pandhrowto 1570 mg/l at GW5, Nani Cher. All the samples are within the maximum permissible limit of 2000 mg/l prescribed by BIS for drinking water. TDS in ground water mainly gains its entry from sea water intrusion in the study area and from agricultural activities, industrial activities, geological formation, domestic water contamination etc.

Chloride: The chloride concentration recorded from the ground water samples ranged from 253 mg/l at GW7(Pandhrow) to 548 mg/l at GW5, (Nani Cher). All the samples are beyond the Acceptable Limit of 250 mg/l prescribed by BIS for drinking water.

Sulphate: Sulphate is a naturally occurring element found in groundwater. Sulphate concentration was found in the range of 153.5 mg/l at GW3(Koriyani) to 235.2 mg/l at GW5(Nani Cher) which is beyondthe BIS acceptable limit for sulphate in drinking water is 200 mg/l.

Data Interpretation for Groundwater quality:

Most of the Indian coastal regions are covered with high granulated sand with more infiltration capacity which is a key for contamination of pollutants. Quality of water is determined by consideration of parameters such as pH, Electrical Conductivity, Total Dissolved Solids, Nitrate, Calcium, Sulfate, Magnesium, Fluoride, Total Hardness, Sodium, Chloride, Fluoride, Carbonate and Bicarbonate. Many factors that control water quality are rock-water interaction, aquifer lithology and dissolution. In most of the coastal region, salt water intrusion is constant threat to groundwater quality. Water quality parameters namely pH, Electrical conductivity (EC), Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Total Hardness (TH), Sulphate (SO4 2-), Nitrate (NO3-), Calcium (Ca2+), Chloride (Cl-), Magnesium(Mg2+), Bicarbonate(HCO3-),Carbonate (CO3-

), Sodium (Na+), Potassium (K+), and Fluoride (F-) were used for the assessment of quality of the water for drinking purpose.

pH value of ground water is controlled by the amount of dissolved carbon dioxide gas and the dissolved carbonates and bicarbonates from mineral salts. Although pH usually has no direct impact on consumers, it is one of the most important operational water quality parameters (WHO, 2004). In general a reason for increasing pH concentration in coastal region related to the chloride in seawater or from marine clay which have increased the pH concentration. Hence the groundwater in the study area is not suitable for drinking


CHAPTER THREE


but can be used for irrigation, industrial and domestic purposes. Total dissolved solids and electrical conductivity is directly related. The high level of electrical conductivity in ground water is related to the input of sewage water, agricultural activities and seawater intrusion in the coastal aquifers. The maximum TDS 1570 mg/l was observed in the study area whereas minimum 830 mg/l was observed. Based on the (D. Caroll. 1962) classification, four samples comes under brackish water category and three samples falls under fresh water category.

Water quality classification based on TDS (Caroll 1962) TDS in mg/L Water quality TDS range of Sample

0–1,000 Freshwater 830-980 mg/l (3 sample) 1,000–10,000 Brackish water 1020-1570 mg/l (4 sample

10,000–100,000 Salty water - >100,000 Brine water -

The analytical data showed that the concentration of calcium in the water samples during the study period ranged from 69.7 to 130.7 mg/l. In general, calcium concentration fluctuated throughout the study period. Calcium and magnesium are known to occur naturally in water due to its passage through mineral deposits and rock strata and contribute to its total hardness. The concentration of magnesium observed during the study period ranged from 33.0 to 66.7 mg/l. The source of magnesium in the groundwater is the lime deposits, marine deposits and fossilized area and if water close to saturation in terms of calcite and dolomite, it is considered the dissolution of gypsum adds calcium to the water and causes calcite precipitation leading to a decrease in the concentration of bicarbonate. The reason for the increase in magnesium in cultivated land is the use of MgSO4 as a fertilizer, which may lead to return flow into well water (Kellyet. al., 1996).The positive values of Ca2+ and Mg2+ concentrations indicate strong carbonate weathering. The high positive loading of NO3- indicates leaching of fertilizer due to recharge processes in post monsoon season. Thus, this factor reflects water rock interaction and influence of anthropogenic activities.The results indicate that concentrations of TDS, Na+, Ca2+, Mg2+, Cl-decrease with increasing distance from the sea coast. Significant increasing or decreasing spatial trend is visible in the case of HCO3- , which shows higher concentration the region due to presence of calcite minerals. It is evident that different hydrogeochemical processes and anthropogenic inputs affect the groundwater quality during post monsoon season, which are as follows: i) saltwater encroachment from sea, ii) localized upconing of saltwater due to pumpage, iii) ion exchange, iv) inherent salinity of rocks / marine sediments v) carbonate and silicate weathering of rocks, and vi) leaching of salts/minerals. Zones of major groundwater recharge exist in the inland area away from the coastal tract, which show presence of freshwater due to groundwater recharge in monsoon season. Overall, it is concluded that the groundwater salinity existing in the coastal area is principally controlled by a combination of factors which modify the concentration of constituent ions in the groundwater.

3.9 METEOROLOGICAL CONDITION

Meteorology is the key to understand the air quality. The essential relationship between meteorological condition and atmospheric dispersion involves the wind in the broadest sense. Other factors such as variation in temperature, humidity etc. also plays a direct role in dispersion and dilution of pollutants. Wind fluctuations over a very wide range of time, accomplish dispersion and strongly influence other processes


CHAPTER THREE


associated with them. This section makes a comparative analysis of the meteorological data of the study area collected by project team from December 2017 to February2018. The additional data used for the purpose are the 30 years’ average IMD data from 1971 to 2000 taken from Meteorological Station, Naliya (Gujarat),which is about 55 km from site in SSE direction.

3.9.1 Secondary Data as per IMD Station: Naliya

The climate of the district is very dry and hot during the summer and cold during the winter except coastal areas. The monsoon in this district is generally accompanied by the gusty winds. It receives scanty rainfall during the monsoon period. Based on Koppen classification of climatic pattern, the area may be classified as semi-arid and with typical coastal humid and windy conditions. The rainy season in the area extends from mid-June to mid-September. The rainfall is not spread throughout the year since nearly 96% of the total rainfall occurs during June to September period.The climate of the region is characterised by a high aridity, indicating deficiency of soil moisture and desert type of dry xerophytic vegetation.The state's major four seasons are winter (December to February), summer (March to May), monsoon (June to September) and post-monsoon (October to November). Over 90% of the average annual rainfall is received during the monsoon season. The summary of the 30 years’ meteorological data of Naliya (Gujarat) IMD Station from 1970-2000 is shown in Table 3.17.

Table 3-17: Climatology& Meteorology of Naliya IMD Observatory Sl. No. Parameters Description of the Season

1 Rainfall in mm Total Annual average Rainfall is 293.2 mm

Winter (Dec to Feb)

Months Total rainfall (in mm) December 0.0 January 1.9 February 2.0

Total 3.9

Summer (Mar to May)

March 0.3 April 0.1 May 0.1 Total 0.5

Monsoon (June to Sept)

June 16.0 July 144.2

August 65.1 September 36.9

Total 262.2

Post-Monsoon (Oct to Dec)

October 16.3 November 10.3 December 0.0

Total 26.6 2 Temperature (Mean Daily

Temp. in 0C) Months Max Min Avg

Winter (Dec to Feb)

December 32.5 7.3 19.9 January 31.5 5.2 18.35 February 34 7 20.5 Average 32.67 6.5 19.58

Summer March 37.7 12.2 24.95


CHAPTER THREE


Sl. No. Parameters Description of the Season (Mar to May) April 39.9 16.7 28.3

May 38.3 21.9 30.1 Average 38.63 16.93 27.78


June 39.1 25.1 32.1 July 35.6 24.4 30

August 33.7 23.6 28.65 September 35.7 21.5 28.6 Average 36.03 23.65 29.84


October 38.8 16.6 27.7 November 36.6 11.6 24.1 December 32.5 7.3 19.9 Average 35.97 11.83 23.90

3 Relative Humidity in per cent

Winter (Dec to Feb)

Month 08.30 hrs 17:30 hrs December 68 35 January 71 37 February 75 39 Average 71.3 37.0

Summer (Mar to May)

March 78.0 43 April 81.0 52 May 78.0 62

Average 79.0 52.3


June 79 68 July 84 75

August 85 76 September 84 69 Average 83 72


October 80 51 November 68 38 December 68 35 Average 72 41.33

4 Wind-speed

Winter (Dec to Feb)

Month Speed (kmph) December 7 January 7 February 7.7 Average 7.23

Summer (Mar to May)

March 8 April 9.6 May 13

Average 10.2

Monso17on (June to Sept)

June 15.2 July 16

August 13.5 September 10.2 Average 13.725


October 6.9 November 6.7


CHAPTER THREE


Sl. No. Parameters Description of the Season December 7 Average 6.9

Source: Climatological Table 1971–2000, Indian Meteorological Department, GoI, New Delhi (Naliya station, Gujarat)

Rainfall: Lying along the north parallel of the Tropic of Cancer, Kutch is almost beyond the rain-bringing influence of the south-west monsoon. Its rain generally comes against the usual winds in squalls from the north-west round by north and east to south. The climate of this district is sub-tropical monsoon type and falls under arid and semi-arid region. The total annualrainfall of the study areabased on 30-years average is 293.2mm; total rainy days are less than 12. The annual rainfall in the district is received during the south-west monsoon season from June to September, July being the month with the highest rainfall.

Figure 3-15: Monthly Average Rainfall in mm as per IMD Naliya (Gujarat)

Temperature: The month of April is usually the hottest, seeing day-time temperatures of over 39°C coupled with high humidity. The mean annual maximum and minimum temperature is 36.110Cand 16.090Crespectively.The range of extremes recorded at Naliya is maximum of 44°C and lowest of 0.6°C.The period from March to May is one of continuous rise in temperatures. May is the hottest month with high mean daily maximum temperature and the temperature in June is a little higher than in May. After mid-November both day and night temperature drop rapidly till January, which is the coldest month with the mean daily minimum temperature.The period from March to June is marked by continuous increase in the temperatures. May/June is the hottest months of the year with a mean daily maximum and minimum temperature (in June) of 34.8°C and 27.7°C respectively. With the onset of south-west monsoon by about mid-June, the temperatures go down considerably. From November onwards, both the day and night temperatures decrease till December.


CHAPTER THREE


Figure 3-16: Average Maximum and Minimum Temperature (0C) as per IMD Naliya (Gujarat)

Relative Humidity: The region has reasonably arid climate. Average is 53.75 %.During the monsoon season (July/August) relative humidity, higher than 83% have been recorded. The driest part of the year is the December period with the relative humidity going below 36%. Relative humidity varies between 35% and 78% during period of December to March.

Figure 3-17: Relative Humidity during Day and Evening (%) as per IMD Naliya (Gujarat)

Cloud Cover: Pressure levels are found to be fairly constant throughout the year. Generally cloud cover is high during January to March and October to December compare to Monsoon season (June to August).Skies are generally moderately to heavily cloud during southwest monsoon season, being overcast on some days. During the rest of the year, the skies are normally clear to lightly cloud. During the months of July-September, the mean cloudiness (in Oktas) is usually more than 5.

Wind pattern: Winds are generally light to moderate in summer and the south-west monsoon season. Coastal parts experience stronger winds especially during the monsoon season. They become stronger westerly to south-westerly winds in the south-west monsoon season. From June to October the south-west monsoon winds are strongly felt, the weather being seldom calm. In October winds change direction and blows from west and north east. In November and December winds are mainly from directions between north and east. In January and February winds are again from direction between west and north-east. Mean wind speed is highest in July (16.0 km / hour) and lowest in November (6.70 km/hour).The average


CHAPTER THREE


wind speed of the study area is 7 km per hour, in winter the dominant wind direction is from NE direction (Figure 3.18).

Winter (December to February) Annual Figure 3-18: Winter and Annual wind-rose as per IMD Naliya (Gujarat)

3.9.2 Onsite Meteorological Condition

The data on meteorological parameters in the study area were monitored for the period December 2017 to February, 2018 (Winter Season). The data was monitored from an automated weather-monitoring station sited near the project site. The instrument was located to allow free exposure to atmosphere all through the study period. The summary of onsite data is presented in Table 3.18.

Table 3-18: Summary of Site Specific Meteorological Data

Months Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%) Avg. Wind

Speed (m/s) Total Rainfall

(mm) Max Min Avg. Max Min Avg. December 32 15.0 23.49 68 25 48.73 1.9 0.00 January 33 12.0 23.47 76 24 52.50 2 0.00 February 38 16.0 26.74 69 25 45.66 2.2 0.00 Average 34.3 14.3 24.5 71 24.6 48.9 2.0 0.0

Source: Sampling & Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Limited (December 2017 to January, 2018)

The Indian Meteorological Department’sNaliyaStation is located about 55 km away from the project site. As such, some mismatches from site data are expected. Moreover, IMDrecords the data two times a day: at 0830 hours and at 1730 hours while the site specific data has been recorded data at an hourly interval. On comparison, the following observations have been brought out:

• The temperature recorded on site when compared with the IMD data, showed some deviations. The average maximum and minimum temperature recorded at site during December to February were 34.30C and 14.30C respectively, whereas the average maximum and minimumtemperature recorded at IMD Naliya for the same season was32.60C and 6.50C.

• The average relative humidity (maximum and minimum) was observed in the range of 71% to 24.6% during the study period whereas as per IMD Naliya, the average relative humidity (0830 hrs and 1730 hrs) is in the range of 71.3% to 37%. This variation could be because of the fact that the values


CHAPTER THREE


considered for the site are actual values while the range of IMD data represents the average values of 30 years.

• The average wind speed recorded during the study period was 2.00 m/s. Wind rose diagram (Figure 3.19) from the monitored data shows that the predominant wind direction during the study period was mainly from North followed by North-East direction.

• No rain was encountered and the sky remained moderately clouded throughout the study period.

3.10 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The prime objective of the baseline air quality study was to establish the existing ambient air quality of the study area, which will also help to assess the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the operation of project. This section describes the identification of sampling locations, methodology adopted during the monitoring period and sampling frequency.

Design of ambient air quality sampling network with regard to topography, population, sensitive locations, emission sources, background concentrations and possible impact zones, through application of screening air quality models for assessing air quality prior to start of baseline study.

The baseline studies on air environment include identification of specific air pollution parameters and their existing levels in ambient air. The ambient air quality with respect to the study zone of 10 km radius around the proposed sites forms the baseline information which also takes into account the emissions from the existing industrial activities. The present sources of air pollution in the region are mostly due to vehicular traffic, dust arising from unpaved village road and dusty barren lands. The prime objective of the baseline air quality study was to establish the existing ambient air quality of the study area.

3.10.1 Parameter & Frequency of Monitoring and Methodology

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out twice a week in each location during the study period (December 2017 to February 2018). The baseline data of ambient air has been generated for the following parameters as mentioned below.

• Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5) • Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) • Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) • Carbon monoxide (CO)

The duration of sampling of fine particulate matter (PM2.5), Respirable particulate matter (PM10), SO2 and NO2 was each twenty four hourly continuous sampling per day and CO was sampled for 8 hours continuous thrice in 24 hour duration. The monitoring was conducted for two days in a week for one month.

Figure 3-19: Onsite Wind Rose


CHAPTER THREE


This is to allow a comparison with the present revised standards mentioned in the latest Gazette Notification of the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB, November 2009).

It was ensured that the equipment was placed at a height of at least 3 to 4 m above the ground level at each monitoring station, for negating the effects of wind-blown ground dust. The distance of the sampler from any air flow obstacle i.e. buildings, walls, was more than two times the height of the obstacle. The equipment was placed at open space free from trees and vegetation which otherwise act as a sink of pollutants resulting in lower levels in monitoring results. Monitoring has been carried out as per the latest CPCB and MoEF&CC guidelines and notifications.

The monitoring locations have been selected keeping in mind the seasonal as well as the annual wind pattern of the study area, accessibility, topography, safety and presence of inhabited localities. The details of the monitoring locations are depicted in the Table 3.19 and Figure 3.20.Raw data of air quality is given as Annex 3.4.

Table 3-19:Air Quality Monitoring Stations Code Location Name Distance (km) Direction Reason for selection AAQ1 Onsite Mining Area - - Project area

AAQ2 Maldo Village 1.7 ( Mine Block) NE Habitation in dominant downwind direction

AAQ3 Koriyani Village 2.24 ( Plant Area) SW Habitation in dominant upwind direction

AAQ4 Cher Moti Village 2.28 (Plant Area) NNW Settlement near Akrimota Power Station

AAQ5 Khengarpar Village 2.03 (Plant Area) NE Habitation in dominant downwind direction

AAQ6 S.K Varmanagar 3.21 (Mine Block) SE Major settlement near buffer

zone of NarayanaSarovar WLS (buffer zone)

AAQ7 Naredi Village 5.0 (Mine Block) SSW Settlement near buffer zone of NarayanaSarovar WLS (buffer

zone)

AAQ8 Mudhvay Village 1.24 (Mine Block) WSW Settlement in close proximity to proposed mine site

AAQ9 Kapurasi Village 3.57 (Plant Site) SW Habitation in dominant upwind direction

Source: Selection of sampling locations by GCPL

3.10.2 Instruments used for Sampling and Analytical Techniques

With a view to collecting the samples, Envirotech Make Calibrated Respirable Dust Samplers (RDS-APM 460 BL) along with Gaseous attachment and Fine Particulate Matter (FPS-APM 550) have been used. The RDS is capable of drawing air at a flow rate of 0.95 to 1.3 m3/min with very little pressure drop for RDS and FPS is designed to operate at an air flow rate of 1m3/hr. Filter papers (EPM 2000, Whatman&Whatman 46.2 mm dia) were used for the collection of samples to analyze them for particulate matters and heavy metals. Samples for analyzing SO2 & NO2 were collected by drawing air at a flow-rate of 0.5 litres per minute (lpm) through an absorbing solution for the duration of 24 hrs. Sampling and analysis methodology adopted is given in Table 3.20.


CHAPTER THREE


Table 3-20:Sampling and Analytical Methodology Sl. No. Parameter Methodology

1 Particulate Matter 10 (PM10) (µg/m3) APM 550 Fine Particulate Sampler (Gravimetric method) 2 Particulate Matter 10 (PM2.5) (µg/m3) APM 550 Fine Particulate Sampler (Gravimetric method) 3 Sulphur Dioxide SO2 (µg/m3) West and Gaeke Method 4 Nitrogen dioxide NO2(µg/m3) IS 5182, Part 6, Jacob &Hochheiser modified 5 Carbon monoxide (mg/m3) IS 5182, Part 10, Non-dispersive Infrared Absorption method

3.10.3 Analysis of Baseline Concentration

The analysis was carried out as per the method described in the applicable IS codes. Various statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, standard deviation, maximum and minimum values have been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring locations. The results are shown in Table 3.21 to Table 3.25.

Table 3-21:Particulate Matter (PM10) in μg/m3 Location Code Location Min Max STDEV 98P Mean NAAQS

AAQ1 Onsite Mining Area 60.7 64.9 1.1 64.7 62.9

100

AAQ2 Maldo Village 59.2 65.8 1.6 65.5 63.1 AAQ3 Koriyani Village 57.4 66.1 2.4 66.0 62.2 AAQ4 Cher Moti Village 61.1 65.7 1.3 65.6 63.1 AAQ5 Khengarpar Village 60.5 66.5 1.6 66.0 63.2 AAQ6 S.K Varmanagar 70.3 75.2 1.5 75.1 72.8 AAQ7 Naredi Village 61.2 65.6 1.2 65.2 63.4 AAQ8 Mudhvay Village 60.3 65.6 1.5 65.4 63.0 AAQ9 Kapurasi Village 60.5 65.7 1.6 65.6 63.2

Source: Sampling & Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (December 2017 to February 2018)

Free silica content in AAQ1 has been recorded as follows:

Free Silica Content of AAQ1: Proposed Mining Site in

% Free Silica (IS 1760 (P-6) 2001) Maximum 0.49

Minimum 0.44

Mean 0.47

Percentile 98 0.49

Standard Deviation 0.01

Table 3-22: Particulate Matter (PM2.5) in μg/m3

Location Code Location Min Max STDEV 98P Mean NAAQS AAQ1 Onsite Mining Area 20.2 23.4 0.9 23.3 21.8

60

AAQ2 Maldo Village 24.1 28.7 1.2 28.5 26.4 AAQ3 Koriyani Village 27.2 30.7 1.0 30.7 29.0 AAQ4 Cher Moti Village 23.4 27.8 1.3 27.6 25.4 AAQ5 Khengarpar Village 23.1 27.1 1.1 27.1 25.0 AAQ6 S.K Varmanagar 30.2 32.9 0.9 32.9 31.5


CHAPTER THREE


AAQ7 Naredi Village 24.2 26.9 0.8 26.9 25.7 AAQ8 Mudhvay Village 22.2 24.9 0.8 24.9 23.8 AAQ9 Kapurasi Village 21.2 25.6 1.1 25.4 23.1


Table 3-23:Sulphur dioxide (SO2) in μg/m3


80


Source: Sampling & Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (December 2017 to February 2018))

Table 3-24:Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) in μg/m3


80



Table 3-25:Carbon Monoxide (CO) in mg/m3


2



Table 3-26:Consolidated 24 hours averaging Values of AAQ (98th Percentile) Code Location Distance From (Km) Direction PM10

(μg/m3) PM2.5 (μg/m3)

SO2 (μg/m3)

NO2 (μg/m3)

CO (mg/m3)

AAQ1 Onsite Mining Area - - 64.7 23.3 8.5 10.6 0.64


CHAPTER THREE


Code Location Distance From (Km) Direction PM10 (μg/m3)

PM2.5 (μg/m3)

SO2 (μg/m3)

NO2 (μg/m3)

CO (mg/m3)

AAQ2 Maldo Village 1.7 ( Mine Block) NE 65.5 28.5 10.8 13.8 0.75 AAQ3 Koriyani Village 2.24 ( Plant Area) SW 66.0 30.7 12.1 16.8 0.73 AAQ4 Cher Moti Village 2.28 (Plant Area) NNW 65.6 27.6 11.3 12.7 0.75 AAQ5 Khengarpar Village 2.03 (Plant Area) NE 66.0 27.1 11.5 12.6 0.74 AAQ6 S.K Varmanagar 3.21 (Mine Block) SE 75.1 32.9 18.7 19.9 0.85 AAQ7 Naredi Village 5.0 (Mine Block) SSW 65.2 26.9 9.9 13.9 0.67 AAQ8 Mudhvay Village 1.24 (Mine Block) WSW 65.4 24.9 9.7 11.7 0.74 AAQ9 Kapurasi Village 3.57 (Plant Site) SW 65.6 25.4 11.0 12.6 0.74

National Ambient Air Quality Standard Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas 100 60 80 80 02 Ecologically Sensitive Area (notified by Central Government) 100 60 80 80 02 Source: Gazette of India Notification, dated 18th Nov, 2009 * Annual Arithmetic Means of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals, ** 24 hourly or 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitored values, as applicable shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring, *** For CO, 8 hourly standards is being considered

Observation & Interpretation

Particulate Matter (PM10):The particulate matter of size up to 10 μm in diameter is collectively referred to as PM10. Hence respiratory health effects on people can be observed when they are exposed at elevated concentrations (Pope et al. 2002).Maximum concentration of PM10 was recorded in AAQ6, S.K Varmanagar(75.1μg/m3) while the minimum concentration was recorded in AAQ1-Onsite Mining Area (64.7μg/m3).The higher concentration of PM10 in AAQ6-SK Varmanagar may be attributed to its proximity to State Highway and the ongoing, construction activities in the vicinity and presence of commercial activities.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5) constitutes mostly fine particles smaller than 2.5 μm in diameter. Fine and ultrafine particles are formed by chemical reaction; nucleation, condensation, coagulation, evaporation of fog and cloud droplets, in which gases also dissolve and react (Seinfeld et al, 2004). As per the monitoring data, PM2.5 ranges between 23.3μg/m3 inAAQ1(Onsite ML Area)to 32.9μg/m3 in AAQ6 (S.K.Varmanagar).The values recorded are well within the stipulated standards.Populations subjected to long-term exposure to particulate matter have a significantly higher cardiovascular incident and mortality rate. Short-term acute exposures subtly increase the rate of cardiovascular events within days of a pollution spike.


CHAPTER THREE


Figure 3-21: 98 Percentile of Particulate Matter (PM10) in μg/m3

Figure 3-22: 98 Percentile of Particulate Matter (PM2.5) in μg/m3

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2):The source of SO2 in the study area is mainly from burning fuels containing sulphur or emissions from coal combustion depending on the Sulphur content in the coal. Other anthropogenic sources are emissions from domestic burning and vehicles (Seinfed, J.L. and Pandis, 1998). Exposure to sulphur dioxide in the ambient air has been associated with reduced lung function, increased incidence of respiratory symptoms and diseases, irritation of the eyes, nose, and throat. Sulphur dioxide reacts with other substances in the atmosphere to form sulphate aerosols (USEPA, 1982)3. Since most sulphate aerosols are part of PM2.5, they may have an important role in the health impacts associated with fine particulates (WHO, 1979)4. However, the values of sulphur pollutants in the selected monitoring locations were found well below the NAAQ standard.

The concentration of SO2was found in the range from 8.5 μg/m3 in AAQ1 (onsite ML Area) to 18.7 μg/m3at AAQ6 (S.K.Varmanagar). The values of SO2are well within the NAAQ standard prescribed by CPCB. The higher level at S.K. Varmanagar as compared to the other locations is due to high vehicular movement and commercial activities.

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2):Nitrogen dioxides (NO2) in the ambient air consist primarily of nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2). These two forms of gaseous nitrogen oxides are significant pollutants of the lower atmosphere. NO2 is one of the main ingredients involved in the formation of ground level ozone, which can trigger serious respiratory problems. It reacts to form nitrate particles, acid aerosols, as well as NO2, which also cause respiratory problems (NAPAP 1991)5.

In the study area, NO2 varied from 10.6μg/m3 at proposed ML area to 19.9μg/m3 at S.K.Varmanagar. The values are, however, well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The primary sources of NO2in the study area are motor vehicles, electric utilities and other industrial (thermal power) and residential

3 USEPA (United States Environmental Protection Agency). 1982. Air Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter and Sulfur Oxides. EPA-600/8-82-029, December, Research Triangle Park, N.C. 4 WHO (World Health Organization) 1979, “Sulfur Oxides and Suspended Particulate Matter,” Environmental Health Criteria 8Geneva 5NAPAP (National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program).Various years, 1987–91, Washington, D.C.:Government Printing Office.


CHAPTER THREE


sources that burn fuels. The natural source of NO2 in the coastal area is anaerobic biological processes in sea water (Kong, S.F et al. 2010)6.

Figure 3-23: 98 Percentile of SO2 in μg/m3 Figure 3-24: 98 Percentile of NO2 in μg/m3

Carbon Monoxide (CO):Carbon monoxide (CO), a colourless, odourless, tasteless and toxic air pollutant, is produced in the incomplete combustion of carbon-containing fuels, such as gasoline, natural gas, oil, coal, and wood.Anthropogenic emissions of carbon monoxide originate mainly from incomplete combustion of carbonaceous materials like coal, oil, etc. Also the largest proportions of these emissions are produced as exhausts of internal combustion engines, especially by motor vehicles. The maximum value 0.85mg/m3 of COwas observed in AAQ6, S.K.Varmanagarwhile the minimum value, 0.64mg/m3was observed at project site. The values observed were well below the NAAQ standard of 2 mg/m3 for 8 hourly sampling.

Figure 3-25: 98 Percentile of Carbon Monoxide (CO) in mg/m3

3.11 SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL

3.11.1 Frequency & Parameters of Sampling

6Kong, S.F., Han, B., Bai, Z.P., Chen, L., Shi, J.W., Xu, Z., 2010. Receptor modelling of PM2.5, PM10 and TSP in different seasons and long–range transport analysis at a coastal site of Tianjin, China. Science of the Total Environment 408, 4681–4694


CHAPTER THREE


Sound Pressure Level (herein referred to as Noise levels) was recorded at an interval of 60 minutes during the day and night time to compute the day equivalent, night equivalent and day-night equivalent level. The noise level was monitored once during the study period at each monitoring location. The noise level is recorded in dB(A). The important parameters measured are Leq, Lday, and Lnight.

Leq: Noise monitoring equipments provide the facility for measurement of Leq directly. However, Leq can also be calculated using the following equation:

Leq (hourly) = L50 + (L10 - L90)2/60 Where, L10 (Ten Percentile Exceeding Level) is level of sound, which exceeds 10% of the total time of measurement L90 (Ninety Percentile Exceeding Level) is level of sound, which exceeds 90% of the total time of measurement. Leq: This represents Leq of whole day including night. Leq is calculated as logarithmic average using the hourly Leq for whole 24 hrs in a day. Lday: This represents Leq of day-time. Lday is calculated as logarithmic average using the hourly Leq’s for day time hours from 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM Lnight: This represents Leq of night-time. Lnight is calculated as logarithmic average using the hourly Leq’s for night-time hours from 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM

3.11.2 Instruments used for Sampling

Envirotech make automatic sound level meter (SLM100) was used for measuring the noise levels. This instrument measures Sound Pressure Level (SPL), maximum sound pressure level (max) and equivalent continuous noise level (Leq).

3.11.3 Sampling and Analytical Techniques

The noise level was recorded continuous for 24hours at an interval of 1hour. The hourly average computed from the noise reading taken at every 5minutes’ interval. The monitoring was carried out once during the study period. The important parameters to be measured are Leq, Lday, and Lnight.

3.11.4 Monitoring Locations

Assessment of ambient noise levels is an important parameter in preparation of impact assessment report. Noise levels are more annoying in the night time particularly in the residential area. The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from annoyance to hearing loss depending on loudness of noise levels. The monitoring for noise levels was done in 9 locations keeping considering the population and traffic of the area. The locations are given in Table 3.27 and Figure 3.26.

Table 3-27: Noise Level Monitoring Locations Code Location Name Distance From (km) Direction Reason for Selection NQ1 Onsite Mining Area - - Project site

NQ2 Maldo Village 1.7 ( Mine Block) NE Sensitive settlement in close proximity

NQ3 Koriyani Village 2.2 ( Plant Area) SW Sensitive settlement in close proximity

NQ4 Cher Moti Village 2.3 (Plant Area) NNW Settlement near Akrimota Power Station

NQ5 Khengarpar Village 2.0 (Plant Area) NE Settlement near vicinity

NQ6 S.K Varmanagar 3.2 (Mine Block) SE Major settlement near NarayanaSarovar WLS


CHAPTER THREE


Code Location Name Distance From (km) Direction Reason for Selection

NQ7 Naredi Village 5.0 (Mine Block) SSW Settlement near NarayanaSarovar WLS

NQ8 Mudhvay Village 1.2 (Mine Block) WSW Sensitive settlement in close proximity

NQ9 Kapurasi Village 3.6 (Plant Site) SW Settlement in close proximity to SH-6 Source: Selection of sampling locations by GCPL

3.11.5 Analysis of Baseline Concentration

The major source of the noise level fluctuation in daytime and night time was observed majorly due to the vehicular movement.

Leq Day Time: The maximum noise level in daytime observed was 50.4dB(A) at NQ6, S.K.Varmanagarand minimum noise level observed was 41.4 dB(A) at NQ3, Koriyani Village, the Leq value is slightly exceeding the prescribed limit of CPCB.

Leq Night Time: The maximum noise level in night time observed was 42.9dB(A) at NQ6, S.K.Varmanagarand minimum noise level was 32.7 dB(A) at NQ8, Mudhvay Village (Figure 3.27 and Figure 3.28). Analysis results for of Ambient Noise level in day time and night time are represented in Table 3.28.

Table 3-28: Ambient Noise Level in Day time & Night time

Code Day time Night time Lmax L min Leq Lmax Lmin Leq

NQ1 44.7 39.3 42.6 37.4 32.1 34.3 NQ2 46.1 39.2 43.7 38.3 32.4 35.1 NQ3 45.4 37.1 41.4 36.2 32.0 33.9 NQ4 45.9 37.3 42.1 37.3 32.1 34.6 NQ5 46.3 38.9 43.2 35.9 30.8 33.3 NQ6 53.4 45.3 50.4 45.6 40.2 42.9 NQ7 47.9 38.5 44.1 38.8 32.1 35.4 NQ8 46.9 40.2 43.5 35.7 28.9 32.7 NQ9 47.9 41.2 44.4 38.2 31.6 35.3

Ambient Noise Standards (CPCB) Area code Category of Area Limits in dB(A), Leq Area

code Category of

Area Limits in dB(A), Leq

Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time A Industrial Area 75 70 C Residential Area 55 45 B Commercial Area 65 55 D Silent Zone 50 40

Source: Sampling & Analysis by Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd, Kolkata (December 2017 to February 2018) *Silent zone is defined as an area up to 100 meters around such premises as hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the competent authority. Note: (i) Day time means 06:00 hrs to 22:00 hrs, (ii) Night time means 22:00 hrs to 06:00 hrs


CHAPTER THREE


Figure 3.27: Ambient Noise Level during Day

Figure 3.28: Ambient Noise Level at Night

3.12 BASELINE TRAFFIC SCENARIO

Traffic Volume count was done at 2 locations marked on the map in Figure 3.29 and given in Table 3.29for 24 hours for the survey point T1 towards Lakhpat and T2 towards Narayan Sarovar. Classified Volume Count was done for different categories of vehicles. The surveyed roadsare well developed undividedtwo-lane roads.

Table 3-29: Traffic Survey Location

Dist

ance

(km

)

Dire

ctio

n

2 / 3 Wheelers Cars LCV Bus/Truck Heavy Vehicles

Tota

l PCU

/ Day

Equivalency Factor 0.5 1 1.5 3 4.5

No./D

ay

PCU/

Day

No./D

ay

PCU/

Day

No./D

ay

PCU/

Day

No./D

ay

PCU/

Day

No./D

ay

PCU/

Day

T1: Towards Narayan Sarovar 4 SW 280 140 60 60 90 135 125 375 24 108 818 T2: Towards Lakhpat 3 N 240 120 80 80 120 180 140 420 40 180 980


CHAPTER THREE


Source: Traffic Survey by GCPL

Based on the results of the survey, the existing PCU of each location was compared with the capacity of each type of road as suggested by Indian Road Congress for rural roadsto determine the existing Level of Service (LoS) for each location. The roads are double lane undivided and thus have a design service volume of15,000 PCUs per day. Thus the existing Level of Service for both the access roadsis 'A', signifying a condition of free traffic flow.

3.13 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

A baseline terrestrial ecology study for the proposed project has been carried out by BhagwatiEnviro Care Pvt. Ltd. The study (report attached as Annex 3.5) carried out identification of ecologically sensitive receptors based on field investigation in both core and buffer area from the project site.

The objectives of the study are the following:

• To evaluate the ecological status of the study area with respect to important flora, fauna and ecologically sensitive habitats etc.

• Assessment of any impacts of the project activities on ecologically sensitive habitats and species. • Recommend mitigation measures in the form of wildlife conservation plan with an in-built monitoring

mechanism and schedule of implementation along with financial budget.

The study involved assessment of general habitat type, vegetation pattern, preparation of inventory flora and fauna of terrestrial eco-system in 10 km radius from the boundary of proposed integrated unit (mining block, clinkerization/cement plant, berthing jetty). Biological assessment of the site was done to identify whether there are any Rare, Endemic or Threatened (RET) species of flora or fauna in the core area as well its buffer zone and to identify whether there are any ecologically sensitive area within buffer zone that is likely to be impacted. The study also designed to suggest suitablemitigation measures if necessary for conservation of important species and their habitats etc. There is presence of Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary within 10 km of the project site. Authentication of map showing the boundary is under process. The acknowledgement copy of application is attached as Annex 3.6.

3.13.1 Cropping Pattern

Cropping in the area is absolutely dependent on the rainfall. Seeds are sown after the first rainfall, but if there is no sustained rainfall, even this is lost. When there is sufficient rainfall, Jawar, Bajri and Moong crops are grown without any regular pattern.

In the area mostly two types of farming systems are observed i.e. rain-fed farming and farming through irrigation from open well and tube well. Food crops can be divided into cereals, pulses, date, palms, edible oil seeds, fruits and vegetables. Among cereals the main crops are jowar and wheat, while among pulses moong and math are principal varieties. Non-food crops grown include fibers, cotton, and spices.

The food crops and non-food crops grown in the district can be grouped under two main heads Kharif and Rabi. Wheat, mustard, cumin, isabgol are the main Rabi crops and cotton, bajra, castor, ground-nut, and pulses are main Kharif crops grown in the district. The edible oil seeds grown in the district are groundnut,


CHAPTER THREE


rape, sesames, mustard and castor while linseed is non- edible oilseed. Many medicinal plants like guggal, senna, seed spice like isabgol have been extensity cultivated in the district.

3.13.2 Important Ecological Habitats

Based on field visits and literature survey some important and ecologically sensitive habitats that are located within 10km buffer zone were identified. These habitats are described as follows:

3.13.2.1 Forest Area & Forest Types

As per the forest classification of Champion and Seth (1968), forest of Kutch district classified under the “Northern Tropical Thorn Forest”.No classified forests are coming under the project sites. However, there is presence of reserved forests in the buffer zone which have mostly vegetation type known as open scrub thorn forest.

3.13.2.2 Mangrove ecosystem

The mud-flats located on the western bank of Kori creek beyond 7.5km from the proposed jetty location and from the coast have presence of sparse to dense mangroves. Most of the mangroves are located on high-tidal mud-flats of Kori creeks western bank. These include natural and old mangrove stock along with new ones planted by forest department. Mangroves in the Kori creek have height variation of 1m to 7.5m. Majority of the mangrove areas are dominated by one species i.e. Avicennia marina.

3.13.2.3 Water Bodies

There are no major inland wetlands present within the study area i.e. 10.0 km buffer area of the project site. However, the Kori Creek aligned between international boundary and project area in North to North-Eastern direction is an important tidal creek which is supporting several important flora and fauna. The Kori Creek is uninhabitedmarshlands and is one of the major mangrove sites of Gujarat. During the monsoon season between June and September, the creek floods its banks and envelops the low-lying salty mudflats around it. During the winter season, the area is home to flamingos and other migratory shore birds. Some of the mud-flats located in Kori creek are part of forest areas meant for conservation and protection of mangroves. Forest department regularly maintains and plants mangroves in this areas.

Apart from Kori Creek, the study area has numerous small ponds and check dams located on seasonal drainages. These check dams are known to accumulate overflowing runoff water for a short period. Apart from being important hydrological features in the semi-arid area, these check dams provide important habitat for many bird species and water source for wildlife in theregion. One such drain is known as Kapurashi River which flows from South to North in Kori creek. There are no major inland wetlands located within the proposed cement plant area or proposed mining site.

3.13.3 Floral Diversity And Vegetation Type

3.13.3.1 Core Area

The proposed project site falls in the arid-semi arid climatic condition. Our field survey and literature review suggest that the vegetation types and community in the project area is that of semi-arid regions. It is


CHAPTER THREE


represented by sparse thorny scrub vegetation on the exposed limestone substratum. During survey a total of 56 species of plants have been found to be present at the core area (proposed cement plant & mine lease area & corridors). The major part of the project area is devoid of large trees and mainly consists of highly scattered and sparse shrubs i.e. Prosopisjuliflora, Prosopis cineraria, Acacia nilotica, Casiaauriculata and Zizyphusnumularia, caparisdeciduas etc. The major grasses include several species of Cyperus and herbs Indigofera. Details of vegetation survey results are discussed in forthcoming sections.

3.13.3.2 Buffer Area

The buffer area (10.0 km periphery) comprises mainly of Koricreek area, coastal mud-flats, open scrubland, dense and sparse Prosopispatches, wastelands, small wetlands, mangroves, forest plantations, scattered bushes of Prosopisjuliflora, Prosopis cineraria, Acacia nilotica, Azadirachtaindica. In the buffer area, a total of 99 species of plants have been recorded.

Prosopisjuliflora and Zizyphusnumularia among the wild plants and cotton among the cultivated crops are the most dominant plantsin the buffer area. Except for highly scattered and small plants ofCommiphorawightii, there were no rare, endangered or conservation concern species present in the close vicinity of the project area in the buffer zone.Being semi-arid, arid zone, this region has low plant growth and therefore, not many large trees with sizable canopies are present in the buffer zone. However, in most of the villages local people have managed to grow a few trees for shade, aesthetic and religious values.

Dominant Plant Species:Based on the direct qualitative observations we found that Prosopisjuliflora, Acacia nilotica, Salvadorapersica, Salvadoraoliodes, A leucofolia and Caparisdeciduas etc. in trees and shrubs whereas, in shrubs and Cynodon sp. SporolobusCynodon sp. &Cymbopogonmartinii in grasses and Casiaauriculata, Fagonia sp., Suaeda, Cressa sp., Aervajavanica in herbs are the most dominant species in the region.

Endangered/ Threatened/ Protected Species:During the field survey, an important plant species i.e. Commiphorawightiiwas found in the core as well as buffer areas with low abundance. These plants have high medicinal values and are facing the threats of extinction by over-exploitation for commercial purpose from Kutch. According to IUCN this plant species is listed as,'Critically Endangered'. Occurrence of this species is limited mainly to the dry regions of Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra and Madhya Pradesh and the adjoining regions of Pakistan. Oleo-gum resin tapped from the stems of this species constitutes the well-known Ayurvedic drug "Guggul" which is consumed in high volumes by the Indian herbal industries. Over the past 84 years (three generation lengths) there has been a decline of more than 80% in the wild population as a result of habitat loss and degradation, coupled with unregulated harvesting and tapping of oleo-gum resin.

Invasive/Exotic Species:Prosopisjuliflora has been invading the grasslands, native scrubland and forest of Gujarat & India. The study showed that this species is one of the most dominant and wide spread in the core & buffer zone of the project site.

The floral species documented in the study area are given in Table 3.30.


CHAPTER THREE


Table 3-30: Floral species documented in the Core and Buffer area Sl. No Species Common Name Core Buffer

Climbers 1 Daemia extensa Trellis - √ 2 Citrullus colocynthis Wild Gourd √ √

Sedges 1 Cyperus bulbosus Australian Bush Onion - √ 2 Cyperus compressus Hedgehog Sedge/Mothi - √ 3 Cyperus flavidus Yellow Flat Sedge - √ 4 Cyperus rotundus Common Nut Sedge - √ 5 Cyperus triceps White Water Sedge - √

Grasses 1 Aeluropus lagopoides Mangrove Grass √ √ 2 Apluda mutica Mauritian Grass √ √ 3 Aristida adscensionis Common Needle Grass √ √ 4 Aristida funiculata Needle Grass √ √ 5 Aristida histricula Bristle Grass √ √ 6 Aristida hystrix Kerala Grass - √ 7 Cenchrus ciliaris Buffel Grass √ √ 8 Chloris montana Swollen Finger Grass - √ 9 Chryso pogonfulvus Reddish Yellow Beard grass √ √

10 Cymbo pogonmartinii Palmarosa Grass √ √ 11 Cynodon dactylon Bermuda Grass √ √ 12 Dactylo cteniumae gypticum Crowfoot Grass √ √ 13 Dactylo cteniumsindicum Garthio Grass √ √ 14 Desmostachya bipinnata Daabh - √ 15 Dichanthium annulatum Sheda Grass √ √ 16 Echinochloa colonum Jungle Rice √ √ 17 Eleusine compresso Finger Millet - √ 18 Eragros tisciliaris Grey Lovegrass √ √ 19 Heteropogon contortus Black Speargrass √ √ 20 Paspalidium flavidum Yellow Watercrown Grass √ √

Herbs 1 Abutilon indicum Indian Mallow √ √ 2 Acalypha indica Indian Copperleaf √ √ 3 Achyranthus aspera Prickly Chaff Flower √ √ 4 Aerva javanica Desert Cotton √ √ 5 Aloe barbandensis Aloe Vera - √ 6 Boerhavia diffusa Red Spiderling √ √ 7 Casia auriculata Tanners Casia √ √ 8 Commicarpus chinensis Diffuse Hogweed √ √ 9 Convolvulus auricomus Field Bindweed √ √

10 Cressa cretica Rudravanti √ √


CHAPTER THREE


Sl. No Species Common Name Core Buffer 11 Crotalaria burhia BurhiaRattlepod √ √ 12 Datura metel Datura Triple Yellow - √ 13 Enicostema axillare Indian Whitehead √ √ 14 Evolvulus alsinoides Dwarf Morning Glory - √ 15 Fagonia schweinfurtii Desert Fagonia √ √ 16 Indigo feracordifolia Heart-leaf indigo √ √ 17 Indigo feraoblongifolia Indigo - √ 18 Indoneesiella echioides False Water-willow - √ 19 Justicia procumbens Water-willow √ √ 20 Launaea procumbens Creeping Launaea √ √ 21 Salicornia brachiata Prickly Glasswort - √ 22 Salso latragus Prickly Russian Thristle √ √ 23 Scirpus tuberosus Deer Grass √ √ 24 Sesuvium sesuvioides Sea Purslane - √ 25 Solanum surattense Suratten Nightshade - √ 26 Solanum xanthocarpum Thorny Nightshade √ √ 27 Suaeda fruticosa Shrubby Seablight - √ 28 Suaeda nudiflora South India Sea Weed - √ 29 Taverni eracuneifolia Wedge Leaf Taverniera - √ 30 Tephrosia purpurea Common Tephrosia √ √ 31 Tribulus terrestris Puncture Vine √ √ 32 Tridax procumbens Tridax Daisy √ √

Shrubs 1 Balanites aegyptica Desert Dates √ √ 2 Cada bafruticosa Indian Cadapa - √ 3 Calotropis gigantea Crown Flower - √ 4 Calotropis procera Rubber Bush √ √ 5 Capparis decidua Bare Caper √ √ 6 Capparis grandis Tree Caper - √ 7 Commiphora wightii Indian bdellium-tree √ √ 8 Euphorbia nerifolia Indian Spurge Tree √ √ 9 Grewia tenax White Cross-berry - √

10 Grewia villosa Hairy-leaf Cross-berry - √ 11 Lantana camara Lantana - √ 12 Maerua oblongifolia Desert Caper - √ 13 Maytenus emarginata Thorny staff tree - √ 14 Tamarix aphylla Athel Pine - √ 15 Tamarix gallica Indian Tamarisk - √ 16 Zizyphus numularia JharBeri √ √

Trees 1 Acacia catechu Black Catechu √ √ 2 Acacia leucophloea White Bark Acacia √ √


CHAPTER THREE


Sl. No Species Common Name Core Buffer 3 Acacia nilotica Babool √ √ 4 Acacia senegal Gum Arabic Tree √ √ 5 Avicennia marina Grey Mangrove - √ 6 Azadirachta indica Neem - √ 7 Butea monosperma Flame of the Forest - √ 8 Cassia fistula Amaltas - √ 9 Ceriop stagal Tagal Mangrove - √

10 Cocos nucifera Coconut - √ 11 Ficus benghalensis Banyan - √ 12 Ficus religiosa Peepal - √ 13 Phoenix sylvestris Wild Date Palm - √ 14 Pithecellobium dulce Madras Thorn - √ 15 Prosopis cineraria Khejri Tree √ √ 16 Prosopis juliflora Algaroba √ √ 17 Rhizophora mucronata Asiatic Mangrove √ 18 Salvadora oliodes BadaPeelu √ √ 19 Salvadora persica Toothbrush Tree √ √ 20 Tamarindus indica Tamarind √

Total 56 99 Source: Ecological Study and Wildlife Conservation Plan for Integrated Cement Plant & mining at Lakhpat, Kutch, Gujarat

3.13.4 Faunal Diversity & Species Inventory

The study has made assessment of 4 major higher vertebrate classes i.e.amphibians, reptiles (herpetofauna), birds and mammals.

Dominant Faunal Species in the Study Area:Based on our observations, interview survey of local people, cattle herders in the study area, we found that nilgai, wild pig and hare are the most common and dominant mammal species present. Whereas there were several birds species belong to Passerine were most common and dominant group of birds present in the core and buffer area of the project site. Among reptiles, Spiny tailed Lizard, common garden lizard, monitor lizard etc. weremost common species present in the buffer areas of the project site.

Rare, Threatened & Endemic Wildlife Species And Their Corridors:The presence of rare, endangered, endemic wildlife species in the project area/core area and buffer area was assessed. Two major standards were used for assessing the status of species of flora and fauna of the project area 1) Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 and IUCN Red List Categories to know the global status of the species. Apart from their status of migratory or resident etc. were also assessed. Special search efforts were made during the field visits to identify any such sensitive species or their corridors etc. in the project area and the buffer area. Apart from field visits we relied on interview surveys and consultation with local people.

Of the reported herpetofauna, species in the buffer area, 1 species of turtles (Indian Flap shell turtle) belong to Schedule-I of the Wildlife Protection Act1972 and it is classified as ‘Least Concerned’ by the IUCN. The Indian Flap shell turtle was also reported from water-bodies in buffer area which is common


CHAPTER THREE


throughout country. However, three species belong to Schedule-II (Spiny tailed Lizard, Common Cobra and Indian Monitor Lizard) whereas reset of the species belongs to Schedule-IV. Majority of the reptile species (except Seaturtles and tortoise) reported from the buffer area either fall in ‘Least Concerned’ or Not Evaluated category of IUCN. During our survey, we found total 1 species of amphibian in core area whereas, 7 species ofreptiles from the core area, no endangered, rare, threatened or endemicspecies of reptiles was reported from the project core area.

The assessment of fauna representing higher trophic levels in the ecosystem was carried out since their diversity acts as indicators of the health of the ecosystem in which they live. The details of the results/observations are given as following.

3.13.4.1 Herpetofauna Species Recorded during Survey

Reptiles:Many species of reptiles including snakes are found in the area. Some of these are common Crocodile Mugger, Monitor lizard, Spiny tailed lizard or Sanda, matt-tailed lizard known as Khann, Starred, Tortoise, Fresh water Turtle, etc.

Snakes:Amongst the common species of non-poisonous snakes which are seen are Python, Sand Boa, Rat snake, Royal snake, while the poisonous snakes are the Black Krait, Black Cobra, RusselsViper, Saw Scales Viper, Sea Snake etc.

Amphibians:Many species of frogs and toads are found in the area.

In the present study a total of 2 species of amphibians and 15 species of reptiles in the buffer areahas been identified. Whereas, onlya single species of amphibian and 7 species of reptiles were reported inside the core area.

Table 3-31: Herpetofauna in the Core & Buffer Area Sl.No. Scientific Name Common Name IWPA (1972) IUCN Status Core Buffer

1 Bufo melanostictus Common Indian toad Sch - IV LC √ √ 2 Bufo stomaticus Indian Marbled toad Sch - IV LC - √ 3 Agama minor Short tailed Agama Sch - IV LC √ √ 4 Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait Sch - IV NE - √ 5 Calotes versicolor Garden lizard Sch - IV NE √ √ 6 Champacun zeylanicus Indian Chamelion Sch - IV LC - √ 7 Echis carinatus Saw scaled Viper Sch - IV NT √ √ 8 Eryx johni John Sand Boa Sch - IV LC √ √ 9 Hemidactylus flaviviridis Northern house gecko Sch - IV NE - √

10 Lissemus punctatea Flap shell Turtle Sch - I LC - √ 11 Mubuya carinata Common Skink Sch - IV LC - √ 12 Naja naja Common cobra Sch - II NE - √ 13 Natrix piscator CheakeredKeelback Sch - IV LC - √ 14 Ophio psjordoni Jordon‟s snake-eye Sch - IV LC - √ 15 Saara hardwickii Spiny-tailed lizard Sch - II NE √ √ 16 Sita naponticeriana Fan throated lizard Sch - IV LC √ √ 17 Varanus bengalensis Indian monitor lizard Sch - II LC √ √

Total 8 17 Source: Ecological Study and Wildlife Conservation Plan for Integrated Cement Plant & mining at Lakhpat, Kutch, Gujarat LC: Least Concern; NT: Near Threatened, NE: Not Evaluated


CHAPTER THREE


3.13.4.2 Birds in the Study Area

During the study a total of 107 bird species were reported in buffer area and 63 from core area. Majority of the species (71) are resident whereas only 36 species were found to be migratory. Of these 107 recorded bird species, 101 belong to 'Least Concerned'category rated by IUCN whereas a total of 6 species viz. Painted Stork, Eurasian Curlew, Lesser Flamingo, Pallid Harrier, River tern and Black tailed Godwit belong to ‘Near Threatened’category.

The detail of bird species are given in the Wildlife Conservation Report attached as Annex 3.5.

3.13.4.3 Mammals in The Study Area

Based on direct and indirect survey, a total of 20 mammal species were reported in the buffer area and 7 in the core area of the project site. The common mammalian species that were directly observed in the core area include Indian Jackal, Jungle Cat, Nilgai, Wild Pig, Grey Mongoose, Indian Hare, and Five Striped Squirrel etc. Signs ofpresence of Indian Porcupine were found from buffer area in the form of quills. NoThreatened or Schedule-I species of mammals was reported from the core area of the project site.

Table 3-32: Mammals in Study & Core Area

No. Name of Specie IWPA Status

IUCN Status

Observed / Reported Common Name Scientific Name Core Area Buffer Area

1 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus Sch - III LC √ √ 2 Golden Jackal Canis aureus Sch - II LC √ √ 3 Indian Grey Wolf Canis lupuspallipes Sch - I UNK - √ 4 Caracal Caracal caracal Sch - I LC - √ 5 Jungle Cat Felis chaus Sch - II LC √ √ 6 Desert Cat Felis silvestris Sch - I LC - √ 7 Palm Squirrel Funambulus pennanti Sch - IV LC - √ 8 Chinkara Gazella bennettii Sch – I LC - √ 9 Long-earedhedgehog Hemiechinus collaris Sch – IV LC √ √

10 Commonmongoose Herpestes edwardsi Sch – II LC √ √ 11 Hyena Hyaena hyaena Sch – III NT √ 12 Indian Porcupine Hystrix indica Sch – IV LC √ √ 13 Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Sch – IV LC √ √ 14 Honey Badger Mellivora capensis Sch – I LC - √ 15 Indian Desert Gerbil Meriones hurrianae Sch – IV LC - √ 16 Indian pipistrelle Pipistrellus coromandra Sch – IV LC - √ 17 House rat Rattus rattus Sch – V LC - √ 18 Wild pig Sus scrofa Sch – III LC √ √ 19 Indian Gerbil Tatera indica Sch – IV LC √ √ 20 Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis Sch – II LC - √

Total 9 20 Source: (i) Field Survey (ii) Secondary Reports Unk = Unknown, NT = Near Threatened, LC = Least Concerned

Indian Grey Wolf, Caracal, Desert Cat and Honey Badger are included in the list as these species are reported in various literatures and studies carriedout for Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary. No direct or indirect evidences (signs, scats, footprints, dens etc.) of these species were recorded during the survey inside core and surrounding buffer area. Chinkara was spotted directly in the buffer area during survey in part of eco-sensitive zone of Narayan Sarovar Sanctuary. These species belong to Schedule-I of WPA.


CHAPTER THREE


Whereas Indian Jackal, Jungle cat, Common Mongoose were reported from both core and buffer area and Indian Fox was reported from buffer area only which belongs to Schedule-II of IWPA 1972. Nilgai and Wild pig were also reported from core and buffer areas and Hyena was reported from only buffer area. These mammals belong to Schedule-III of IWPA 1972. Palm squirrel, Indian porcupine, Indian Hare, Indian pipistrelle, Long-eared hedgehog, Indian Desert Gerbil, Indian Gerbil, observed in the area belong to Schedule-IV of WPA. House rat belong to Schedule-V of WPA.

Species of High Conservation Significance:Based on extensive field visits, literature survey, and consulting local people, 14 faunal species of high conservation significance were found as they belong to Schedule-I of Indian Wildlife Protection Act 1972. No globally Threatened or Endemic species of fauna as per IUCN has been reported from core or buffer area of the project site. However, a plant species categorized as Critically Endangered by IUCN viz.Commiphorawightii is reported from both core and buffer areas of the project area.

Table 3-33: Species of High Conservation significance (critically endangered or schedule – I) Sl. No. Class Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status Core Buffer Faunal Species

1 Reptile Lissemus punctatea Flap shell Turtle LC √ 2 Bird Elanus caeruleus Black shoulder kite LC √ √ 3 Bird Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl LC √ 4 Bird Buteo rufinus Long-legged Buzzard LC √ 5 Bird Circus pygargus Montagu’s Harrier LC √ √ 6 Bird Circus macrourus Pallid Harrier NT √ √ 7 Bird Accipiter badius Shikra LC √ √ 8 Bird Circaetus gallicus Short-toed Snake Eagle LC √ 9 Bird Butastur teesa White-eyed Buzzard LC √

10 Mammal Canis lupuspallipes Indian Grey Wolf UNK √ 11 Mammal Gazella bennettii Chinkara LC √ 12 Mammal Caracal caracal Caracal LC √ 13 Mammal Felis silvestris Desert Cat LC √ 14 Mammal Mellivora capensis Honey Badger LC √

Floral Species 15 Shrub Commiphora wightii Gugal CR √ √

CR = Critically Endangered, UNK = Unknown, NT = Near Threatened, LC = Least Concerned Total 5 15

Of the reported 14 faunal species, 5 species are reported from the core area i.e. proposed cement plant area and proposed mining block. One species of Reptile, 8 species of birds and 5 species of mammals are Schedule-I species reported from the study area. The species reported from core areaare mostly bird species which are Black shoulder kite, Indian Peafowl, Montagu's Harrier, Pallid Harrier and Shikra. Among the bird species, except Indian Peafowl, rest of the species are recently added to Schedule-I list by last amendment made in IWPA 1972 in the year 2013. A Wildlife Conservation Plan has been prepared and is attached as Annex 3.5.


CHAPTER THREE


3.14 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

Data collected on demography, economic status and basic amenities available in the area include secondary information and census data sourced from the various public, semi-public and research organizations. A primary survey was also conducted by the project proponent to know the socio-economic status of the project affected area.The assessment was conducted in 32 villages of Lakhpat district. It was found that out of these 32 villages only 4 are uninhabited and rest 28 are inhabited.The social aspects include human settlement, demographic status beside infrastructural facilities available in the study area. The economic aspects include occupational pattern and income of people.Project influence area is the area within 10 km radius from the project site while project impact area encompasses the villages within the project site. These villages are Koriyani, Kapurasi, Mudhvay, &Maldo.

3.14.1 Demographic Profile

Populations of the 32 villages located even partially in the study area have been considered in enumerating the study area population. The total population of the project influence area was 17,466 and 21,530 as per Census of India data of 2001 and 2011 respectively. The average household size of the project influence area is 4.9 in both 2001 & 2011.

The population of the area varied from 2,819 in 2001 to 3,592 in2011.The decadal growth of the study area was found to be 23.84 percent. The higher increase is due to rapid urbanization of the area city expansion. The comparative analysis of the demographic features of the study area for Census 2001 and 2011 are given in Table 3.34. The sex ratio of the project site has increased from 899 in 2001 to 917 in 2011. This positive trend in sex ratio has been observed not only in the study area but in the whole region.

Table 3-34: General Demographic Features of the Study Area

Parameters Number of Villages

Total Population Male Female Sex Ratio 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011

Project site 4 2819 3592 1491 1883 1328 1709 891 908 within 5 km 12 10689 12185 5641 6339 5048 5846 895 922 5km to 7km 6 4098 5922 2149 3097 1949 2825 907 912

7km to 10km 10 2679 3423 1401 1785 1278 1638 912 918 Study Area 32 20285 25122 10682 13104 9603 12018 899 917

Source: Census of India 2001 & 2011

3.14.2 Household Size

The household size in the study area is was found to be constant over the decade and is 5.0 (Table 3.35).

Table 3-35: Household Size of Study Area


Total Population No. of Households House Hold Size 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011

Project site 4 2819 3592 506 641 5.6 5.6 within 5 km 12 10689 12185 2278 2513 4.7 4.8 5km to 7km 6 4098 5922 782 1288 5.2 4.6

7km to 10km 10 2679 3423 492 590 5.4 5.8


CHAPTER THREE


Study Area 32 20285 25122 4058 5032 5.0 5.0 Source: Census of India 2001 & 2011

3.14.3 Child Population Distribution

Table 3.36 reflects the details of the child population distribution in the study area. As per the 2001 and 2011 census, the total population between the ages of 0-6 years was 3,922 and 4,222 respectively. Child sex ratio as per census 2011 was 938 compared to 941 of census 2001 indicating decrease in female child ratio.Several reasons are attributed to the decline in the number of girls which are neglect of the girl child, high maternal mortality and termination of pregnancy. Some of the reasons for neglect of girl child and low child sex ratio are preferences to bearing a son and the belief that it is only the son who can perform the last rites and that the lineage and inheritance runs through the male line, etc.

Table 3-36: Gender Ratio Distribution in the Study Area


Total Population 0-6 Male 0-6 Female 0-6 Gender Ratio 0-6 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011

Project site 4 663 648 346 344 317 304 916 884 within 5 km 12 1852 1830 972 954 880 876 905 918 5km to 7km 6 818 1090 403 541 415 549 1030 1015 7km to 10km 10 589 654 300 339 289 315 963 929 Study Area 32 3922 4222 2021 2178 1901 2044 941 938

Source: Census of India 2001 & 2011

3.14.4 Vulnerable Groups

While developing a Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan, it is very important to identify the population who fall under the marginalized and vulnerable groups. Although these groups are usually small farmers or landless persons, their livelihood is the worst affected and they get the worst compensation deals. So, special attention has to be given towards these groups while preparing R&R Plans. Special provisions should be made for them and it should be seen that they get their compensation on time and without losing their livelihood. The statistics regarding distribution of SC & ST population in the study area are given in Table 3.37. It was found that 7.6 % of the population in the study area is in SC category and 1.5 % is in ST category as per the 2011 Census. It was further observed that there has been reduction in proportion of both Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population from 2001 to 2011, although their numbers have increased.

Table 3-37: Social Profile of Vulnerable Groups

Parameters Number

of Villages

Total Population Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe

2001

2011

2001

2011

2001

(%)

2011

(%)

2001

2011

2001

(%)

2011

(%)

Project site 4 2819 3592 33 33 1.2 0.9 199 10 7.1 0.3 within 5 km 12 10689 12185 911 873 8.5 7.2 668 299 6.2 2.5 5km to 7km 6 4098 5922 660 788 16.1 13.3 178 73 4.3 1.2

7km to 10km 10 2679 3423 144 207 5.4 6.0 31 4 1.2 0.1


CHAPTER THREE


Study Area 32 20285 25122 1748 1901 8.6 7.6 1076 386 5.3 1.5 Source: Census of India 2001 & 2011

3.14.5 Literacy Rate

Literacy rate is one of the most significant indicators of human and social development. This is not only reflecting on the educational attainment of the population but also reflects on the status of women, caste equation and economic condition of a particular area. It also shows the skill level of the people and their capability to get trained and work in industrial sectors. The literacy rate of male and female is given in Table 3.38 to describe the total and gender-wise literacy rate of the people in the study area.

Table 3-38: Literacy Rate

Parameters Number

of Villages

Total Literate Male Literate Female Literate

2001

2011

2001

(%)

2011

(%)

2001

2011

2001

(%)

2011

(%)

2001

2011

2001

(%)

2011

(%)

Project site 4 921 1640 32.67 45.66 712 1083 47.75 57.51 209 557 15.74 32.59 within 5 km 12 6055 7731 56.65 63.45 3655 4491 64.79 70.85 2400 3240 47.54 55.42 5km to 7km 6 1351 3152 32.97 53.23 953 2002 44.35 64.64 398 1150 20.42 40.71

7km to 10km 10 826 1715 30.83 50.10 607 1062 43.33 59.50 219 653 17.14 39.87 Study Area 32 9153 14238 45.12 56.68 5927 8638 55.49 65.92 3226 5600 33.59 46.60 Source: Census of India 2001 & 2011

From the above table it can be seen that the literacy rate in the study has increased from 45.12% to 56.68% from 2001 to 2011 respectively. The literacy rate, however, is lower than the national literacy rate of 74.1%. The female literacy rate showsimprovement and stands at 46.60% in 2011.

3.14.6 Economic and Occupation Status

The Work Participation Rate (WPR)in the study area was found to be about 35.84% & 34.06% according to census 2001 and 2011 data respectively, showing a decrease of WPR by approximately 1.78%. The figures also indicate that there is unemployment in the area as the WPR is very low. This is mainly due to lack of livelihood options in the area. However, the main workers have increased from 80.83% in 2001 to 85.24% in 2011, which reflects on an improvement in the livelihood status of the area.

Most of the people in this area in engaged in 'other' category. The people area engaged as casual labourers, who get employment in the nearby industries. While other occupations are small entrepreneur’s viz. shop keepers, tailors and traditional occupations like barbers etc. Maximum of households have reported animal husbandry as secondary occupation but none as primary occupation.

People occupied in agricultural activities (as cultivators in own land or as agricultural labours) have increased from 29% in 2001 to 41% in 2011. People who are engaged in traditional activities have reduced over the decade.

Table 3-39: Sector-wise Distribution of Main Workers in the Study Area

Parameters Number of

Agriculture Laborers Cultivators Household

Industries Others


CHAPTER THREE


Villages 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 Project site 4 187 244 124 307 26 3 427 662 Within 5 km 12 578 631 194 225 10 15 2377 2439 5km to 7km 6 172 219 117 317 35 9 836 1149

7km to 10km 10 102 539 196 192 25 3 470 339

Study Area 32 1039 1633 631 1041 96 30 4110 4589 Source: Census of India 2001 & 2011

3.14.7 Infrastructure

Education: Education plays a very vital role in the development of the society. However, rural areas of India lag behind in educational status, not only because of lack of facilities but also due to inefficiency of available facilities. A numbers of factors such as poverty, children being engaged in various activities for earning a livelihood or household chores, girls being engaged in taking care of younger siblings, lack of awareness about value of education, social evils like child marriage, alcoholism, betting, etc. are responsible for aversion towards education. Details of education facilities present in the study area are given in Table 3.40. There are enough primary schools in the study area villages. The data shows increase in primary school from 31 in 2001 to 33 in 2011 and senior secondary school from 0 in 2001 to 2 in 2011.

Table 3-40: Education Facilities in the Study Area


Primary School

Middle School

Secondary School

Senior Secondary

School 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011


7km to 10km 10 8 9 0 0 0 0 0 0

Study Area 32 31 33 0 0 3 4 0 2 Source: Census of India 2001 & 2011

Medical Facilities:Health is a prerequisite for human development and is an essential component for the wellbeing of humankind. The health problems of any community are influenced by interplay of various factors including social, economic and political. The common beliefs, customs, practices related to health and disease in turn influence the health seeking behaviour of the community. Studies undertaken indicate that there are different health problems, mainly governed by multi-dimensional factors. The common diseases reported in the Study Area are Enteric fever, Cholera, Hepatitis, Dengue, Chikungunya, Measles and Diphtheria. Weekly disease surveillance of the state government has recorded higher number of fever and respiratory illnesses while, malaria, swine flu and dengue have continued to rise. Details of medical facilities are listed below in Table 3.41.

Table 3-41: Medical Facilities in Study Area

Parameters Number of Villages Medical and Child

Welfare Centre Primary Health

Centres Primary Health

Sub-Centres TB Clinic

2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011


CHAPTER THREE


Project site 4 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 within 5 km 12 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 5km to 7km 6 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 7km to 10km 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Study Area 32 0 0 0 1 3 3 0 0 Source: Census of India 2001 & 2011

Drinking Water Facility: One of the most important factors responsible for the emergence of a settlement is availability of water. Many water sources such as wells, hand pumps, tank etc. is available in rural areas. The water of the hand-pump is used for drinking, bathing and household purposes. The list of water sources is given in Table 3.42.

Table 3-42: Drinking Water Sources in the Study Area

Parameters Number of Villages Tap Well Tank Hand-pump Tube-well 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011

Project site 4 4 4 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 within 5 km 12 6 10 2 0 5 2 0 0 0 0 5km to 7km 6 4 6 2 0 4 0 0 0 0 2 7km to 10km 10 5 8 2 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 Study Area 32 19 28 7 0 18 2 0 0 0 3 Source: Census of India 2001

Bank Facilities:9 post offices, 1 commercial bank, and 4credit societies are present in the study area. Banking facilities are accessible to people of the area (Table 3.43).

Table 3-43: Bank Facilities in the Study Area


Post Office Commercial Banks Cooperative Banks Agricultural Credit

Societies 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011 2001 2011


7km to 10km 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 3 2 Study Area 32 4 9 1 1 0 0 6 4

Source: Census of India 2001 and 2011

The socio-economic analysis of the affected area shows that in terms of educational and otherdevelopments the area is moderately developed. The overall socio-economic status of the target population is low in terms of literacy, Work Participation Rate, access to facilities, etc. More attention and care should be taken so that the needs and demand of these marginalized classes of the affected area population can get more exposure to modern facilities of education and development. Maximum people in the project affected area are depend on agriculture and do not have much income options. They are solely dependent on the small patch of land. Therefore industrial development can bring the necessary alternate source of income in this area.

Chapter 4

Anticipated Environmental Impacts

&

Mitigation Measures


CHAPTER FOUR


4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

Prediction of impacts is the most important step of environmental impact assessment. Predictions may be quantitative or qualitative. These are additional impacts over and above baseline conditions. Therefore, these can be superimposed on baseline environmental status to derive ultimate environment scenario. From this, any additional mitigation on project design, if needed, can be defined. The impact of the proposed integrated project has been considered and discussed in this chapter. Both beneficial and adverse impacts on various components of environment due to proposed have been identified, based on the nature of the various activities associated with the proposed project operations. Environmental impact analysis gives an indication of ways to mitigate adverse impacts through best practicable environmental option or alternate processes.

Based on the present environmental scenario and baseline data, an exercise has been done to identify and quantify the impact on the environment of the study area due to the proposed project.

Being an integrated project, the chapter has been divided into impact description from Proposed Cement Plant and Limestone Mine separately. The impact from Cement plant is described in section 4.1while the impact from limestone mine is described in section 4.2. Impact on Air Quality,Ecological Environment & Socio-economic Environment has been described for the integrated project in section 4.3, 4.4& 4.5. The impact of the Captive Jetty and back up area on the environment has been provided in the EIA for Jetty with emphasis of marine impact.

THE FOLLOWING SECTION GIVES THE DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED IMPACTS ALONG WITH MEASURES FOR MINIMIZING/OFFSETTING THE ADVERSE IMPACTS

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS FROM PROPOSED CEMENT PLANT & CPP

4.1.1 Construction Phase All impacts on the environment due to construction of the cement plant and the CPP can be considered short term. During construction stage, excavation, construction material storage and movement of vehicles, mixing operation etc. will generate fugitive dust pollution. By taking appropriate measures, such adverse impacts can be mitigated.

The activities considered for the construction phase is land development and plant construction. The impacts are likely to primarily affect land use, demography and socio-economic conditions, soil and on-site noise. It could also lead to impacts on air, water quality and ecology. The main impacts expected during the construction of the plants are given in Table 4.1.


CHAPTER FOUR


Table 4-1: Identification of during Construction Phase of Cement Plant

Activities Environment Attribute Probable Impacts

Site clearing and leveling (cutting, stripping, excavation, earth movement, compaction)

Air • Fugitive dust emissions • Noise/ air emissions from construction equipment and

heavy earth moving machinery Water • Run-off from area

Land • Loss of top soil and change in drainage pattern of project site

Ecology • Loss of vegetation/ habitats

Transportation and storage of construction materials

Air • Emissions from vehicles and HEMMs • Fugitive dust emissions due to traffic movement

Water • Run-off from storage areas of construction material Public Utilities • Increased flow of traffic

Civil construction activities Air • Noise and air emissions from construction machinery • Fugitive dust emissions

Water • Run-off from construction areas Mechanical and electrical erection activities

Air • Noise and air emissions from machines/ activities Water • Run-off from erection areas containing oils, paints

Influx of labour and construction of temporary houses

Socio-economic • Stress on infrastructure • Stress on social relations

Land • Change in land use pattern of the area Water • Sanitary effluents from labour colonies

Transportation and disposal of construction debris/wastes

Air • Noise and air emissions from transport vehicles. • Fugitive dust emissions due to movement of traffic. • Spillage and fugitive emissions of debris materials

Water • Run-off from disposal areas Soil • Conversion of land into industrial use

4.1.1.1 Impact on Land-Use The proposed site for cement plant is more or less a levelled land and hence there will not be much cutting or filling required. Thus the fugitive emission outside the site due to transportation of soil and waste material will not take place. For the levelling of land, soils from within the site would be enough and no soil will be transported from outside. Vegetation in the project site is sparse. Thus there will be requirement of clearing shrubs and cutting of few trees. The installation of stacks with height between 30 to 100 meters and other sizeable structures like Preheater approx. 150 m, would substantially alter landscape of the area. Mitigation Measures: • After the initiation of the project, trees will be planted as part of the green-belt and landscaping. Thus

the land cover of the area will improve over a period of time and have much more plantation than the existing state.

• Trees will be planted as part of social forestry in the neighbouring villages, thus increasing the general greenery of the area. In the study area also, there will be renovation of water bodies/ponds where water from the mines will be pumped, thus improving the conditions of the water bodies.


CHAPTER FOUR


• Following the construction phase, the modified land use would gradually stabilize itself during the operation stage. The construction camp and material godowns would be dismantled stage-wise; temporary roads and make-shift services would be either dismantled or realigned and made permanent.

• Land released from the construction activities would be put to economic and aesthetic use to hasten recovery from adverse impacts. However, green belts and parks all around the project premises developed and maintained by ACL will largely offset the change to the existing landscape and would provide visual comfort.

4.1.1.2 Impact on Soil Quality

Any major construction activity tends to create changes in the soil profile of the area. Excavation work tends to denude the soil and make it loose. Destruction of the soil and removal of vegetative cover enhances the possibility of soil erosion.

The excavated soil and construction materials, such as sand etc. could tend to infiltrate and clog the inter-granular spaces, leading to decreased permeability. Such construction impacts would, however, be confined principally to the plant site and thus would be of localized nature.

Mitigation Measures

• All earth work will be completed before the monsoon so that the soil erosion and carryover of the materials in other areas are protected.

• On completion of civil works, all debris etc. will be completely removed from site to avoid any incompatibility with future use

• Other materials like paints, diesel etc. will be properly stored and handled to prevent spillage on soil and prevent soil pollution.

• All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent scattered discharge on land.

• The packaging materials which may consist of wooden boxes and jute wrappers will be stored at suitable place and disposed-off suitably.

• Proper drainage system will be constructed for the waste water generated during construction period which will be discharged into low land areas within the project boundary and accumulation of water will be avoided.

4.1.1.3 Impact on Air Environment

The impact on ambient air quality due to fugitive dust generated during construction period is not permanent in nature and will cease with the completion of construction activity. The bulk of civil work is expected to be completed within 12 months. With the completion of construction phase, the impact on air


CHAPTER FOUR


quality due to fugitive dust will be minimized. The possible activities during construction that contributes to the environmental impacts are:

• Dust generation during leveling of earth

• Dust generation due to the movement of heavy earth moving vehicles on unpaved roads

• Emission of gaseous pollutants from vehicular exhaust

• Unloading of raw materials and removal of unwanted waste material from site

• Accumulation of excavated earth material and its disposal.

The emissions will be controlled by dust suppression measures by sprinkling with water and roads will be paved, wherever, possible. All stockpiles will be covered with cloth or tarpaulin. It will be ensured that all vehicles, departmental or contractors, will be maintained to release less pollution and will be having PUC certificates.

4.1.1.4 Impact on Noise Level

The major noise generating source during the construction phase is vehicular traffic, operation of various equipment/ HEMMs (Heavy Earth Moving Machineries), operational DG sets etc. During construction, these equipments will generate noise ranging between 80-90 dB (A).The areas close to the site are likely to be affected. The tentative noise specifications for various equipments at 15 m from source are given in Table 4.2.

Table 4-2: Noise Emission Levels from Construction Equipments Equipment Typical Noise Level (dBA) 15 m from Source

Loaders 85 Scrapers 89 Pavers 89 Trucks 88

Concrete mixer 85 Concrete pumps 82

Generator 81 Grader 85

Source: Based on EPA Report, measured data from railroad construction equipment taken during Northeast Corridor improvement project and other measured data

Based on the Table 4.2, an approximate estimation of noise dispersion at different distances [considering the total sound generated by construction instrument (in this case 92 dBA) has been calculated.

Table 4-3: Noise levels at Different Distances Sl. No. Distance of Points in m Noise Level in dB(A)

1 100 52 2 200 46 3 300 43 4 400 40 5 500 38

Source: Greencindia Consulting Private Limited


CHAPTER FOUR


From Table 4.3, it is evident that the highest noise level (the one emitted from scrapers and pavers) merges with the highest standard noise level (55 dB during day time) at around 100 m from the source and the sound level keeps on decreasing with increasing distances. No cost effective mitigation has been considered as the sources are mobile in nature and will operate for short periods only.

4.1.1.5 Impact on Water Quality

Nominal quantity of water will be used during construction period. Stagnant pools of water would promote breeding of mosquitoes and generally create unsanitary conditions. However, adequate arrangements would be made to ensure proper drainage of wastewater from the construction sites, so that such waters do not form stagnant pools nor aggravate soil erosion.

The waste water during construction will contain only suspended impurities. This water would be passed through settlement ponds and recycled for use in gardening and other non-consumption activities.

Wastewater generation during site development and construction mainly includes the storm water run-off (from the construction areas, stockpiles of construction materials and wastes, etc.) mainly containing high suspended solids. Domestic wastewater will be generated from the temporary toilets, washing areas, drinking water points, etc. constructed for the construction workers and other staff on-site. The suitable drainage network would be made to ensure proper draining of wastewater from the construction sites.

No major settlements like any labour camps/colonies etc. would be established on-site. Temporary offices would be constructed at the site for the office staffs only and hence there would be minimal domestic wastewater generation, which would be handled through STP and sanitation facilities will be provided in terms of Mobile Toilet.

4.1.2 Operation Phase

Operation phase activities may have impacts minor or major, positive or negative on environmental parameters such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, land use, water and air quality, ecology, socio-economic condition and noise level.

The operational impacts in this study have been predicted. The changes over the existing baseline quality of relevant environmental parameters as a result of the activities causing impacts due to operation have been predicted using suitable mathematical models coupled with qualitative and quantitative predictive techniques. After evaluation of the changes in relevant parameters, the consequential impacts on various aspects of the environment have been discussed. The cause, nature and extent of the impacts on various environmental attributes are discussed in details in the following sections.

Table 4-4: Identification of Impact during Operation Phase of Cement Plant Activities Sector Probable Impacts

Transportation of raw materials Air

• Fugitive dust emissions at transfer points of conveyor belt

• Spillage and fugitive emissions of materials Water • Spillage and flow into streams

Public Utilities • Increased flow of traffic


CHAPTER FOUR


Activities Sector Probable Impacts

Unloading, crushing and storage of raw materials

Air • Fugitive dust emissions from material handling and storage areas

Water • Run-off from stock yard • Effluents for CHP/ Oil Storage Areas

Burning of Fuel Air • Stack emissions (Particulate Matters, SO2, NOx) Power Cycle Water • Discharge of Blow-down Packing and transportation of cement Air • Fugitive Emissions Domestic use of water in plant Water • Generation of sanitary effluents Operation of transformers and Switchyard

Water • Generation of effluents containing oil

Maintenance (cleaning, overhaul, oil chamber lubrication, etc.) Water • Generation of effluents containing oil/ chemicals

4.1.2.1 Impact on Soil

During operation phase the soil will not be affected due to any operation, as the plant, being a dry process plant, will not discharge any waste water to the land. Another manner in which the soils within the impact zone might undergo changes is due to deposition of air pollutants. The characteristics of dispersion of particulate matter from the stack are much less than 30 microns from ESPs and Bag Filters, hence these will not deposit on soil. Moreover, the site receives favourable wind which will help in dispersion of the pollutants to longer distances.

Hazardous waste in the form of used oil may be generated and if not properly stored and disposed, this may pose a threat to soil quality. It shall be ensured that such wastes are collected in suitable containers and sold to MoEF/CPCB approved recyclers.

4.1.2.2 Impact on Noise Level

During operation phase, the main sources of noise pollution from plant are kilns, coolers, crushers, fans, blowers, grinding mills, turbines and vehicular movement. Any industrial complex in general consists of several source of noise in clusters or single. This cluster/single source may be housed in building of different dimensions made of different materials or installed in open or under sheds. Noise will be attenuated from closed buildings with different attenuation co-efficient

Noise Dispersion from the Plant: The noise generation from the plant mine will be from various sources, which will be originating from various locations within the site. Hemispherical sound propagation under open field conditions has been assumed for conservative calculations. For the purpose of noise dispersion, it is assumed that all the noise generating sources from the plant are fixed. The dispersion of this noise is computed by using the noise dispersion model

Mathematical Model for Sound Wave Propagation during Operation: For estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient from the source standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation used. The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases with increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source is expected due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the transmission path. For


CHAPTER FOUR


hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss free medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations, due to different sources using model based on first principles, as per the following equation:

Lp2 = Lp1 - 20 Log (r2 / r1)..... (1)

Where Lp2 and Lp1 are Sound Pressure Levels (SPLs) at points located at distances r2 and r1 from the source. The combined effect of ‘n’ number of sources then can be determined at various locations by the following equation.

Lp (total) = 10 Log (10^(Lp1/10) + 10^(Lp2/10) +…….+ 10^(Lpn/10) ...… (2)

Where, Lp1, Lp2, Lpn are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources

The noise level expected at the various units of the plant and mine is provided in Table 4.5.

Table 4-5: Noise Level in Cement Plant with CPP

Name of Source Noise Pressure Levels at 1m from source [dB(A)] Raw mill bins 86-100 Kiln string Fan 76-96

Coal mill main motor 82-88 Coal mill blower room 85-90

Compressor house 82-105 Pump house 85-89

Kiln main motor area 85-90 Cooler ESP fan 85-90

Cement mill 85-90 Packing plant 85-90 Cooler area 85-90 CPP Boilers 85-90

CPP Turbines 111 Source: Data from operating plants

Presentation of Results-Plant Operations

The model results are discussed below and the predicted model results at plant boundary are tabulated in Table 4.6.

Table 4-6: Predicted Model Results at Plant Boundary Sl. No. Plant Boundary Predicted Noise Pressure Level, dB(A)

1 N 51.8 2 NE 57.1 3 E 49.8 4 SE 49.2 5 S 53.2 6 SW 49.6 7 W 62.7 8 NW 50.6


CHAPTER FOUR


Noise propagation model was used to calculate noise pressure levels from the proposed activities at the cement plant to various distances within the project boundary. Mathematical modeling carried out to estimate the noise level showed that at the plant boundary noise level would vary between 62.7dB(A) to 49.2dB(A). Among the monitored villages the maximum impact due to plant operation will be at Khengarpar Village which is 2.03 km from the plant. Here the resultant noise level will be 44.2dB (A) for day time and 37.5 dB (A) for night time.

Noise attenuation effects due to natural barriers, greenbelt (shrubs, bushes and trees) absorption by air, wind, and humidity, were not considered for modeling, hence the values depict worst case scenario. If these are also considered the net impact would be much lower. In the operation area it will not be feasible to keep ambient noise levels below 85dB(A). Operating personnel will be provided with PPEs such as earplugs and earmuffs.

As per Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, the maximum allowable noise level for the workers is 90dB(A) for 8 hours exposure a day. Therefore, adequate protective measures in the form of ear muffs / ear plugs will be provided to the workers, who will be working in high noise machinery area during operation. In addition, reduction in noise levels in the high noise machinery area will be achieved by adoption of preventive measures such as proper building layout in which the equipment are to be located, adding sound barriers, use of acoustics enclosures with suitable absorption material, etc. Further, in addition to the plant noise control measures, all the open areas within premises along the plant boundary will be provided with adequate green belt to diffuse the noise.

Table 4-7: Permissible Exposure Noise Limit Total time of exposure per Day in hour Sound Pressure level in dB(A)

8 90 6 92 4 95 3 97 2 100 1 105

1 /2 110 ¼ 115

Source: OSHA Standard

Mitigation Measures

• The specifications for procuring major noise generating machines/ equipment shall include built in design requirements to have minimum noise levels as per EPA 1986 and OSHA requirements.

• Proper noise barriers/ shields etc shall be provided in the equipment wherever required.

• Noise from equipment shall be adequately attenuated by providing insulation to minimize the noise emission and acoustic enclosures.

• All workers exposed to high noise levels will be provided with personal protective equipment like ear muffs, ear plugs, etc.


CHAPTER FOUR


• Thick green belt will be developed to attenuate the noise level outside the plant area.

4.1.2.3 Impact on Water Quality

Impact on Surface Water

The proposed plant will use only sea water through a desalination plant. Surface water will not find any use in the project. Also the plant will not be discharging any untreated water to the surrounding water-bodies. Therefore, impact on surface water quality is not anticipated. No waste water will be discharged into any surface water bodies in the vicinity of the plant. The treated waste-water will be recycled and used for plantation.

The proposed cement plant will be provided with all the water conservation measures like ETP for thermal power plant and STP for the colony where the treated waterwill be used for gardening, cooling and general purposes.

Action Plan for Rain Water Harvesting:Rain Water Harvesting is a way to capture the rain water when it rains, store that water above ground charge the underground and use it later. Keeping in mind the importance of water, it is proposed to conserve water by rainwater harvesting by which the sub-soil water condition / moisture content is maintained / improved to a great extent. Also it is proposed to harness rainwater from the roof area by collecting the same in a rainwater collection tank of suitable capacity and reusing the same for gardening / domestic purposes with the provision of a water treatment plant. An underground sump having suitable capacity will be provided to store the roof water. The rain water from the open areas will be diverted to RWH pits/water bodies created within the campus. There is provision of 86 rainwater harvesting pits at selected locations, which will catch the maximum run-off from the plant area. Each pit would have diameter of 2.5m and depth of 5 m. Rain water harvesting calculation is given in Table 4.8.

Table 4-8: Rainwater Harvesting Calculation

Sl. No. Description

Area considered

in m2 Coefficient of runoff

Intensity of rainfall in

mm/hr

Total volume of water available for RWH (m3/hr)

Total vol. of water

available for RWH (m3/30

min) 1 Roof top 618800 0.9 6.2 3452.9 1726.5 2 Paved area 188600 0.6 6.2 701.6 350.8 3 Green area 1094900 0.2 6.2 1357.7 678.9

Total 1902300 5512.2 2756.2

Considering water table and absorption rate 86 pits has been proposed taking the diameter of 2.5 m, depth 5 m. Calculation of pits is shown in Table 4.9.

Table 4-9: Calculation of Pits Sl. No. Description Unit Quantity

1 Diameter of RWH Pit m 2.5 2 Depth of RWH Pit m 5.0 3 Holding Capacity of RWH Structure cum 24.54 4 Approx. Absorption of Each RWH Pit cum 7.5 5 Total Capacity of RWH Structure cum 32.04 6 No. of RWH Pit Required No 86


CHAPTER FOUR


7 No. of RWH Pit Proposed No 86

Impact on Ground Water

As the unit will adopt adequate measures for preventing the percolation of waste water to the ground, the adverse impact on ground water is therefore unlikely.The fly ash generated from the CPP will be stored in silos and used directly for the cement plant. The bed-ash will be also stored in bed-ash silos. Thus there is no possibility of ash coming in contact with the soil and consequently there is no chance of leaching of ash water into the aquifer.

ACL has proposed to adopt rainwater harvesting technique and recharge the ground water aquifers from open land as well as paved areas. This would help in recharging the ground water aquifers and develop a better water environment in longer perspective.

4.1.2.4 Impact on Traffic Density

Generally, the traffic load of a certain area increases due to various reasons like increase in population, rise in demand of the vehicles, growth in the industrial output, better infrastructure and road connectivity. In the present context, we need to assess the increase in traffic load due to the proposed cement grinding unit which shall be due to raw material requirement and output as well as employee movements. The mode of transportation of the raw material as well as finished product shall be mainly by road. Hence, there shall be definitely increase in traffic load on the route mainly used for the transportation by the heavy vehicles.

The following incremental traffic is expected due to the project is given in Table 4.10.

Table 4-10: Levelof Service of the Road Sections in the Study Area

Year Traffic Volume in PCU/day (V)

PCU Standard for single lane

Road (C)

PCU Standard for Double Lane

Road (C) V/C Ratio LOS as per

IRC

T1 T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 2018 818 980 2400 2400 0.34 0.41 B C

Additionfrom the project 80 80 - - - -

After operation

the plant 898 1060 2400 2400 0.37 0.44 B C

Relation between V/C ratio & Level of Service (LoS) as per IRC Guidelines 64-1990 & 106-1990 V/C Ratio LoS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Represents a condition of free flow 0.2-0.4 B Represents a zone of stable flow 0.4-0.6 C The general level of comfort and convenience declines noticeably at this level 0.6-0.8 D Represents the limit of stable flow 0.8-1.0 E Represents operating condition when traffic volumes are at or close to the capacity level

The peak traffic has been considered for each section to make sure the carrying capacity of each road section is catered to even in peak traffic. The V/C ratio when compared to the Highway Capacity Manual shows that the grade of the roads is ‘B’. Grade ‘B’ V/C ratio values range from 0.2 to 0.4. This means even during peak traffic conditions, there will be stable-flow conditions with unimpeded manoeuvrability. Thus,


CHAPTER FOUR


the roads in the study area have sufficient carrying capacity for the enhanced traffic. If required, ACL will strengthen the roads which will help in further smooth flow of traffic.

4.1.2.5 Occupational Hazard

The most significant occupational health and safety hazards anticipated to occur in the cement plant is listed in Table 4.11.

Table 4-11: Occupational Hazard- Cement Plant and CPP Nature Hazard Dust Exposure to fine particulates is associated with work in most of the dust-generating

stages of cement and raw material handling, and clinker / cement grinding. Exposure to active (crystalline) silica dust (Si020), when present in the raw materials, is a relevant potential hazard

Heat The principal exposures to heat in this sector occur during operation and maintenance of kilns or other hot equipment, and through exothermic reactions in the lime-hydrating process.

Noise and vibrations Exhaust fans and grinding mills are the main sources of noise and vibrations in cement and lime plants.

Physical hazards Injuries during cement manufacturing operations are typically related to slips, trips, and falls; contact with falling / moving objects; and lifting / over-exertion. Other injuries may occur due to contact with, or capture in, moving machinery (e.g. dump trucks, front loaders, forklifts). Activities related to maintenance of equipment, including crushers, mills, mill separators, fans , coolers, and belt conveyors, represent a significant source of exposure to physical hazards.

Radiation An X-ray station is sometimes used to continuously monitor the raw material mix on the belt conveyor feeding the raw mill.

The workers will be provided with the following personal protective equipment based on the anticipated hazards.

Table 4-12: Suggested PPE for the Cement Plant Hazard Workplace Hazards Suggested PPE

Eye and face protection

Flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, gases or vapors, light radiation

Safety Glasses with side-shields, protective shades, etc.

Head protection Falling objects, inadequate height clearance, and overhead power cords.

Plastic Helmets with top and side impact protection

Hearing protection Noise, ultra-sound. Hearing protectors (ear plugs or ear muffs). Foot protection Falling or rolling objects, pointed

objects. Corrosive or hot liquids. Safety shoes and boots for protection against moving &falling objects, liquids and chemicals.

Respiratory protection Dust, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, vapors

Facemasks with appropriate filters for dust removal and air purification (chemicals, mists, vapors and gases). Single or multigas personal monitors, if available.

Oxygen deficiency Portable or supplied air (fixed lines). On-site equipment.

Body/leg Protection Extreme temperatures, hazardous materials, biological agents, cutting

Insulating body suits, of materials. clothing, aprons etc. appropriate


CHAPTER FOUR


Hazard Workplace Hazards Suggested PPE and laceration.

General Safety:The following safety precautions will be implemented and taken care at the plant.

• The shield guards, guard railings will be installed at all belt pulleys, open gears, tail end of belt conveyors, couplings etc.

• Elevated platforms, walkways, stairways and ramps will be equipped with handrails, toe boards and non-slid surfaces.

• All electrical equipment will be properly grounded, well insulated and conform to applicable codes.

• All employees will be provided with shoes, helmets and uniforms. Safety goggles, gloves, dust masks, face protection equipments, leg guards and other personal protective equipment will be supplied wherever necessary.

• Eye protecting equipment will be provided near grinding machines, cutting machines, welding works and other places wherever necessary.

• Safety belt will be provided for the persons working at the elevated places.

• Poster display regarding safety and environmental protection will be arranged in the plant to educate employees.

• All the employees will be provided with safety shoes and helmets.

• All the emergency systems will be in operation. There will be an exclusive wing, which periodically checks the functioning of the equipments.

• Level controllers, smoke detectors and flame detectors will be regularly serviced.

• There will be a safety committee, which supervises the safety operations to prevent unforeseen accidents.

• All the supervisors will be informed and instructed to educate the lower level staff about the work hazards, fire hazards, safe storage of materials, handling of tools, hoist etc. They will assign the responsibility of sharing knowledge to the workers about the function of the equipment and maintenance of the equipment.

• Training programmes will be arranged to improve the operational skills and safety practices

• Record keeping and reporting systems will be updated for reviewing of mitigation measures.

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS FROM PROPOSED LIMESTONE MINE

Open cast mining operations in general cause environmental degradation and if adequate control measures are not adopted to prevent/mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, these operations may cause irreversible damage to the environment. Table 4.13 lists the possible impact during site preparation and operation of the mine.


CHAPTER FOUR


Table 4-13: Identification of Impact during Mining Operation Activities Environment

Attribute Probable Impacts

Site clearing

Wastes • Waste generation from site clearing • Removal of bushes/vegetation on the site. • Dust emission • Noise generation due to movement of vehicles and

equipments

Land use & Biodiversity Air Quality

Noise & Vibrations

Mining

Wastes • As per the mining plan overburden and top soil will be generated during mining operation.

• Creation of pits during mining operations, development of access road, transportation corridors, removal of vegetation.

• Dust emission due to mining activities and vehicular movement.

• Noise generation from movement of vehicles and operation of mining equipments

• Transportation activity will somehow increase the traffic density of the access road.

Land use & Biodiversity

Air Quality

Noise & vibration

Traffic

4.2.1 Impact on Land-use & Soil Quality

The landscape of the ML area will be disturbed by the proposed excavation and dumping in the area. The topography will be characterized by excavated depressions / voids and elevated portions by dumping of OB/ waste.

As per approved mine plan, there will be generation of 5.645 Mcum of OB and 0.10 Mcum of top soil from 1st to 5th year of mining. The proposed mining will affect the core-zone but would also marginally affect the buffer zone or over all view of the area. Since opencast method of mining has been proposed, subsidence is not expected. However, the impact would be temporary as the waste/OB dumped on surface within lease area would be eventually backfilled into the pits and the area transformed into water reservoir, plantations/green belt and rehabilitated agricultural land. It has been envisaged that after backfilling, the entire excavated area of 112.30 ha will have a void of about 30 m BG at the end of the conceptual period. The topsoil removed during mining will be utilised for spreading on the earthen bunds and used for plantation. No stacking of top soil is envisaged at conceptual stage.

During rainy season the run-off of OB dump may cause siltation in low lying areas. No toxic contaminants are present in the solid waste to be generated. Hence the soil quality in the buffer zone is not expected to be adversely affected due to mining operation.

Stabilisation of dump:

• OB dumping shall be kept for a period of first five years in this mining plan hence stabilization is not feasible. This may risk in spreading the waste material and hence grass spreading shall be carried out for temporary stabilization.


CHAPTER FOUR


• On the other hand, space for backfilling shall be matured in eighth year onwards.

• Retaining wall along the dump is also proposed to prevent any dump failure.

• Garland drain will be constructed around the dump to prevent siltation.

• Slope stability of dumps will be maintained with overall slope of 22deg and the individual terrace slopes will be 35deg.

• Terracing at each 10.0m shall be provided with suitable width for easy movement & safety of dumps.

Biological reclamation:

At the end of mine life, about 83.50 Ha of lease area will be under plantation, of which 5.00 Ha will be boundary greenbelt and 78.50 Ha will be plantation on reclaimed areas. The year wise area covered under block plantation including reclaimed areas is given in Table 4.14.

Table 4-14: Year-wise Plantation Programme Items Proposed Protective Measures

1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Total Dump management Temporarily creation of dump so no proposal of stabilization is required

by way of planting saplings. It required spreading of grass seeds. Spreading of seeds on slope of the proposed dump towards temporary stabilization

1.90ha 1.6ha 1.5ha 1.4ha 1.6ha 8.0ha

Retaining wall (m) along dump 900 1450 330 126 - 2806 Plantation

Afforestation to be done (ha) 1.0ha 1.0ha 1.0ha 1.0ha 1.0ha 5.0ha No. of saplings planted 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 5000 Fencing (m) for protection of plantation 1200 1174 1354 1255 200 5183 Source: Approved Mine Plan

4.2.2 Impact on Water Quality

4.2.2.1 Impact on Surface Water

There is no perennial source of surface water such as river or nalla in the mine lease area. Thus there will be no diversion of any water bodies. Water for mining operation (dust suppression) and for domestic and drinking purpose will be supplied with the help of water tankers from nearby villages. No waste water will be generated from mining activity. Domestic waste water generated from the site office and labour rest area will be discharged to septic tank/soak pit.;

Further, the following prevention measures shall be adopted to ensure that surface water is not affected:

• Garland drains will be constructed on all side of quarries dumps. All the garland drains will be routed through adequately sized settling pits to remove suspended solids from flowing into storm water drains. The design of settling pits would be calculated on the basis of silt loading, slope and detention time required.


CHAPTER FOUR


• Although no activities such as vehicle washing and maintenance is envisaged in the mines area, any occasional waste-water from such sources will be suitably treated for suspended solids and oil & grease.

4.2.2.2 Impact on Ground Water

The main impact of mining on ground water resources is leaching of waste water/effluent to the water table. However, this is not the case with this mine, the OB, does not contain any harmful ingredients which may leach down to the water table and pollute it. Still the following activities are likely to impact the ground water resources:

• Ground water intersection due to mine workings.

• Probability of sea water ingress

Ground water intersection due to mine workings:It is proposed that the mining production of cement grade limestone from Mudhwaylimestone mine will be confined to maximum depth of 91 metres bgl(-57 mRL) (from average ground level of 34 mRL) at the conceptual stage of mining. The depth to water table during the summer months in the mining area is at the depth of 26.5 mRL (7.5 m bgl) while during post monsoon period, it is 29 m bgl (5.0 mRL). So, it is expected that during the 1st year of the mining, the ground water table will be intersected.

At the conceptual stage of mining, there will be only one mining pit which will be left as a water reservoir. However, whatever quantity of water gets collected from rains and seepage (around 2693 m3/day) will be pumped out after collecting in a sump. The rainwater accumulation on any particular day when the maximum daily rainfall can be 300 mm as per the Iso-pluvial map of Indian Meteorological Department, so the maximum quantity to be pumped will be as much as 10,000 m3/day. The radius of influence of pumping water from the mining pit has been calculated by using Dupit equation which is most commonly used for determining area of influence for mining pit.So, the maximum radius of influence from maximum pumping of 10,000 m3/day from mining pit will not be more than 411 m and within this radius, no impact due to dewatering will be there as there is no river, spring or private open well within this area.


CHAPTER FOUR


Figure 4.1: Hydrogeological cross section showing depth to ground water table during

pre and post monsoon periods along with ultimate pit depth Probability of sea water ingress:As Mudhvay limestone deposit is located at distance of 6 km from Rann of Katchh and mining is to be carried out up to depth of -57 mRL, it is very likely that one may think of the possibility of sea water ingress. Sea water intrusion occurs when the fresh water is withdrawn faster than it can be recharged near a coastline. Sea water generally intrudes upward and landward in to an aquifer and in a mine, though it can occur with any general lowering of the water table near a coastline. The transition zone (the interface where fresh water naturally mixes with sea water as it is discharged to the sea) naturally descends landward as a wedge within aquifers along the coastline and it’s governed by Ghyben-Herzberg relation.

Along a coastline, fresh water "floats" atop a denser sea water wedge that dips landward beneath the coastline. It is the density difference between the densities of fresh (1.0 g/cc) and sea water (1.025 g/cc) that causes the fresh water to float above the transition zone at and below sea level.It has been calculated that for every metre drop in head (water level), the transition zone immediately beneath will rise 40 metres. Therefore even very small changes in the water level (whether they are caused by drought or over exploitation of the coastal aquifer) can cause a significant intrusion of sea water.

In this case of Maudhvay limestone mine, the average surface elevation is 34 mRL whilewater table is 5 m bgl (29 mRL) indicating that the value of H is 29 m. So the freshwater /sea water interface will be 40 H as per The Ghyben-Herzberg Relation or it will be 1160 metres below the water table. It is therefore clear there is no possibility of sea water ingress while the mining up to -57 mRL is carried out. Moreover, the ground water flow is towards the seawith hydraulic gradient of 1.96m/km and there is no over-exploitation of ground water in the inland area making it is evident that there is no possibility of any sea water ingress in the area. This is also confirmed that lignite mining being carried out at Panandharo at -50 mRLhas not reported any sea water ingress. The open wells tapping phreatic aquifer located between Mudhvay and


CHAPTER FOUR


coast line yield potable water. As there is intensive ground water recharge of the buffer zone which will maintain the present ground water status.

WATER CONSERVATION MEASURES TO BE ADOPTED:

It has been estimated by modeling that average inflow of ground water in the mine during 1stfive years of mining will be around 500 m3/day. It is proposed that 225 m3/day will be utilized for dust suppression of mine roads and green land development. The balance of 275 m3/day will be taken to the existing tank of village Maldo, which has been proposed for deepening to function as percolation pond.

The rain water accumulation in the mine during the monsoon period will be pumped out from the mine and will be utilized in the plant by a pipe line.

Although, the status of ground water development is less than 70% of the long term ground water recharge and CGWB has also declared it as Safe area, ACL, realizing its national obligation is proposing to artificially recharge the ground water basin of the buffer zone by deepening of existing village tanks, collecting the surface runoff from the catchment area of each existing village tank so that it behaves as percolation tanks. 8 percolation tanks are proposed to be deepened to accommodate major part of the surface runoff available. Table 4.15 shows the total rainwater proposed to be harvested.

Table 4-15:Total rainwater proposed to be harvested in the buffer zone 1. Proposed percolation tank-1 near village Koriyari 11,250 m3 2. Proposed percolation tank-2 near village Moticher 22,500 m3 3. Proposed percolation tank-3 near village Malda 13,500 m3 4. Proposed percolation tank-1 near village Punrajpur 9,000 m3 5. Proposed percolation tank-2 near village Mithiyari 5,250 m3 6. Proposed percolation tank-3 near village Kapurashi 12,000 m3 7. Proposed percolation tank-1 near village Kaiyari 15,000 m3 8. Proposed percolation tank-2 near village Mudhiya 18,750 m3

Grand Total 1,07,250 m3

4.2.3 Impact on Noise Level

During operation, the major noise generating sources from the mine operations are with noise level of about 90 dB(A) and excavation with a noise level of 85 dB(A). Predictions have been carried out to compute the noise level at various distance around the working pit due to these two major noise generating sources. Anticipated noise levels at mine boundary resulting from operation of the drilling and excavation have been computed using point source model. Computation of noise level at the mine boundary is based on the assumption that there are no attenuation paths between the source and the mine boundary.Noise level at boundaries was found to be less than 45 dB(A).

Noise Dispersion from the Mine:The noise generation from the mine will be from various sources, which will be originating from various locations within the site. Hemispherical sound propagation has been assumed. For the purpose of noise dispersion, it is assumed that all the noise generating sources from the


CHAPTER FOUR


quarry are located within the mine site and can move from boundary to boundary. Hence, the boundary is taken as the starting point of noise and not the centre. The dispersion of this noise is computed by using the noise dispersion model.

Mathematical Model for Sound Wave Propagation during Operation:For estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient from the source, standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation issued. The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases with increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source is expected due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the transmission path. For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss free medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations, due to different sources using model based on first principles, as per the following equation:

Lp2 = Lp1 - 20 Log (r2 / r1)..... (1)

Where Lp2 and Lp1 are Sound Pressure Levels (SPLs) at points located at distances r2 and r1 from the source. The combined effect of ‘n’ number of sources then can be determined at various locations by the following equation.

Lp (total) = 10 Log (10^(Lp1/10) + 10^(Lp2/10) +…….+ 10^(Lpn/10) ...… (2)

Where, Lp1, Lp2, Lpn are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.

The sound power level of various equipments proposed to be used in the mining operation is given in Table 4.16.

Table 4-16: Noise Level from Different Sources Name of Source Noise Power Level from source[dB(A)] Haul Truck 111 Drill 112 Excavator 113 Shovel 121 Grader 105 Stock-pileTracked Dozer 113 Source: Mt Arthur Coal bhpbilliton, January 2013

It is observed that major impact for noise level will not occur in any locations outside the ML area. Noise level at boundary will be 45 dB(A) as calculated. Moderate impact has been found in Mudvay and Maldo mainly due to transportation activities.

Noise Generated due to Excavation and Transportation:Noise generated at the mine is mainly due to tippers/ dumpers movements within and outside the ML area. The truck movement inside the ML area will be from tippers/dumpers carrying OB/wastes from the pit to the dumps and also from mine face to surface hopper for belt conveyor. The noise generated from these vehicles will dissipate within the mine.

Noise Pollution Control measures:

The noise generated by the machinery is reduced by proper lubrication of the machinery and equipment.


CHAPTER FOUR


The workers employed are provided with protection equipment, earmuffs and ear-plugs, as a protection from the high noise level generated at the plant site wherever required.

For diesel generator set acoustic enclosure/ acoustic treatment shall be provided and by proper maintenance

Speed of trucks entering or leaving the mine is limited to moderate speed of 25 kmph to prevent undue noise from empty trucks

A thick tree belt will be provided in phased manner around the periphery of the mine to the extent possible and along haul roads outside the lease area to attenuate noise;

A barrier of overburden at mine boundaries will be made and three rows of trees are proposed to be planted to reduce propagation of noise;

All the basic equipments and various machineries will be kept well maintained

4.2.4 Occupational Health & Safety

Occupational health and safety hazards occur during the operational phase of mining and primarily include the following:

• Respiratory hazards

• Noise

• Physical hazards

RESPIRATORY HAZARDS:Long-term exposure to silica dust may cause silicosis. The following measures are proposed:

• Excavators, tippers/dumpers, dozers, drills other automated equipment will be enclosed

• Use of personal breathing protection will be made compulsory.

NOISE:Workers are likely to get exposed to excessive noise levels during quarrying activities.The following measures are proposed for implementation

• No employee will be exposed to a noise level greater than 85 dB(A) for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection.

• The use of hearing protection will be enforced actively when the equivalent sound level over 8 hours reaches 85 dB(A), the peak sound levels reach 140 dB(A), or the average maximum sound level reaches 110 dB(A).

• Ear muffs provided will be capable of reducing sound levels at the ear to at least 85 dB(A).

• Periodic medical hearing checks will be performed on workers exposed to high noise levels.

PHYSICAL HAZARDS:The following measures are proposed for control of physical hazards

• Specific personnel training on work-site safety management will be taken up.


CHAPTER FOUR


• Work site assessment will be done by rock scaling of each surface exposed to workers to prevent accidental rock falling and / or landslide, especially after blasting activities.

• Natural barriers, temporary railing, or specific danger signals will be provided along rock benches or other pit areas where work is performed at heights more than 2 m from ground level.

• Maintenance of yards, roads, and footpaths, providing sufficient water drainage and preventing slippery surfaces with an all-weather surface, such as coarse gravel will be takenup.

Occupational Health Survey: All the persons will undergo pre-placement examination at the time of joining for the following test.

• General physical tests

• Audiometric tests

• Full chest, X-ray, Lung function tests, Spirometric tests

ACL is providing essential medicines at the site. The medicines and other test facilities are provided at free of cost. The first aid box is made available at the mine for immediate treatment. Employees are monitored for occupational diseases by conducting the following tests

• Periodic medical examination - yearly

• Lung function test - Yearly, those who are exposed to dust

• Audiometry - yearly

• Chest X-ray once in five years

• Eye test

First aid training is imparted to the selected employees regularly. The list of first aid members will be displayed at strategic places.

4.3 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY DUE TO INTEGRATED PROJECT

The study areas of the cement plant including its captive power plant, the limestone mines and the jetty have been considered as 10 km radius from plant, mine and Jetty centre. The combined 10 km radius circles indicate the cumulative study area of plant, mines and the Jetty (the project) is shown in Figure 3.1. The present report considers the cement plant, its CPP and the limestone mines. For Jetty, a separate EIA Report is being prepared by another consultant who is accredited in this sector by NABET.

4.3.1 For Cement Plant and the CPP

The plant shall have various point and area sources. Uncontrolled and/or Controlled Emission factors are calculated from relevant sections of US EPA AP-42. The plant shall have 16 process vents having stack heights of 30 - 100 m for which the total controlled particulate matter emission rate has been considered to be 30 mg/Nm3 for kiln and cooler stacks and 50 mg/Nm3 for other stacks as detailed in the list of


CHAPTER FOUR


stacks.PM10 emission has been calculated from particle size distribution pattern. For determining uncontrolled emission, efficiencies of cloth bag filters and ESP is taken as 99.9% when functional and 40% when non-functional, as it will then work as an inertial collector. Similarly for stockpile, controlled emission is calculated by dust suppression with 75% efficiency. Sources considered for the above for the modelling purposes are as follows:

• 20 Point sources from plant and CFBC type Captive Power Plant (CPP) with ESP and cloth bag filters

• All 193 point sources from de-dusting systems with cloth bag filter is considered as 1 area sourcedue to very large number of point sources and their various co-ordinates.

• The limestone pre-blending stockpile.

4.3.2 For Limestone conveying from Mine

The limestone conveying system shall also have various area and point sources. Uncontrolled and/or Controlled Emission factors are calculated from relevant sections of US EPA AP-42. The limestone conveying system shall have 9 stacks connected to cloth bag filters at the mines conveyor junction points having stack height of 15 m each for which the total controlled particulate matter emission rate has been considered to be 50 mg/Nm3 as detailed in the list of stacks.PM10 emission has been calculated from particle size distribution pattern. For determining uncontrolled emission, efficiencies of cloth bag filters is taken as 99.9% when functional and 40% when non-functional, as it will then work as an inertial collector. Similarly for other area sources, controlled emission is calculated by dust suppression with 75% efficiency. The sources considered are:

• 9 Stacks from de-dusting systems • Overburden loading and unloading • Haul roads as line sources

For the area sources, the emission factor of particulate matter emission has been adopted from USEPA-AP42, section 13.2.4 (Aggregate Handling & Storage Piles) and while for emission factor of particulate matter emission for line source has been adopted from section 13.2.2(Unpaved Haul Roads).

4.3.3 Calculation of Ground Level Concentration

For calculating increase in ground level concentration (GLC) of PM10 and expected gaseous pollutants like SO2, NOx and CO in ambient air over the background levels as measured, US EPA approved AERMODCloud5 Software has been used for predicting the incremental GLC of pollutants in the cumulative study area of the project as well as in the within the project site. This is an air dispersion-modelling package, which seamlessly incorporates the popular USEPA Models, ISCST3 and AERMOD into one interface without any modifications to the models. For this project, AERMOD interface has been applied along with AERMET to generate surface and upper air data from the hourly monitored data at site


CHAPTER FOUR


for 90 days. These models are used extensively to assess pollution concentration and deposition from a wide variety of sources. Point as well as area source algorithm has been considered in this case as mentioned above with emission units calculated as g/s for point sources and g/s/m2 from area sources including haul roads. Multiple point, area and line sources have been used for inputting emission and source data. Terrain data with elevation has been considered by the model as per AERMAP. Meteorological data is generated from measured surface data and generated profile data by AERMET.

Meteorological Data:In order to conduct a refined air dispersion modelling using the AERMOD short-term air quality dispersion model, it is necessary to process the meteorological data representative of the study area being modelled. The collected meteorological data during December 2017 to February, 2018 has been processed using AERMET program. AERMET processes meteorological data in three stages and from this process two files are generated for use with the AERMOD model. A surface file of hourly boundary layer parameters estimates a profile file of multiple-level observations of wind speed, wind direction, temperature and standard deviation of the fluctuating wind components.

4.3.3.1 Identification of Polluting Sources

For Cement Plant and CPP:

The cement plant will have 213 vents from which dust and gaseous emissions are expected. Out of 213, 20 Nos vents are stacks which cover 85% of the vent volume, rest 193 vents are discharge of Nuisance bag filters considered at various material transfer points within plant.

The emission rate of particulate matter from stacks is considered as <30mg/Nm3 as per MoEF&CC’s Notification GSR 497(E) dated 10th May, 2016 and details are indicated below.

Lakhpat Integrated Unit : Stack Details Sr.No. Sections Total Quantity

1 Main Raw mill/Kiln Bag house Stack 3 2 Cooler ESP Stack 3 3 Coal Mill Stack 3 4 Cement Mill Stack 4 5 Raw material Handling section 2 6 Packing Plant Section 2 7 CPP (Captive Power Plant) 3

Total 20

There are two process stacks of 100 m height, one process stack of 70 m height and 3 CPP stacks of 30 m height in the cement plant. The rest of the stacks are for de-dusting systems and have 50 m height.

The uncontrolled emission factors of particulate matter and gaseous emissions for process stacks have been adopted from USEPA-AP42, Section 11.6 (Portland Cement Manufacturing) while for the captive power plant, USEPA AP-42, Section 1.1 has been referred to. The controlled emission factors for PM are derived from the notified emission standards and ESP and cloth bag filter flow rates. PM10 emissions are


CHAPTER FOUR


calculated from the particle size distribution as per US EPA AP42. The chemical and physical factors govern generation of SO2from coal and kiln feed, its transformation to other sulphur compounds and its removal in the kiln itself. No control is considered for gaseous pollutants as they are not significant.

De-dusting vents of 15 to 50 m height have been converted into 1 area source for the model. Another area source of dust emission from the cement plant has been identified to be the limestone pre-blending stockpile. The uncontrolled PM10 emissions for this area source has been derived from the emission factors by applying particle size multiplier for converting it from PM30 to PM10 and deriving controlled emissions in g/s/m2 by considering dust suppression as input to model.

Since there will be coal combustion at the captive power plant, emission of gaseous pollutants like SO2 and NOx shall be there. However, in the CFBC boilers due to addition of limestone with coal, SO2 will be controlled to 98%. Also, due to lower temperature, NOx formation will be very low. However, if required the emission of SO2 will be controlled to 100 mg/Nm3 by providing desulphurizastion system as uncontrolled emission of SO2 and NOx will be higher than 100 mg/Nm3.

For Limestone conveying from Mine:

Uncontrolled and controlled Emission factors are calculated from relevant sections of US EPA AP42. The limestone mine shall have 9 stacks at the mine conveyor transfer points having stack height of 50 m for which the total particulate matter controlled emission rate has been considered to be 50 mg/Nm3.PM10 emission has been calculated from particle size distribution pattern.

The area sources considered are:

• Overburden loading and unloading • Drop operation from surface miner • Haul roads as line sources

The controlled and uncontrolled emission rates from area sources are calculated in the same way as done for the plant area sources.

4.3.3.2 Presentation of Results for Incremental Ground Level Concentrations

The model has been run considering that the cement plant and the limestone mine are operating simultaneously. The estimated emission from both cement plant and mine is given in Table 4.17.

Table 4-17: Estimated Emission from the Proposed Project

Source type (source number) Name Stack height/

release height

Cont

rolle

d PM

10

Emiss

ion

in g

/s

Cont

rolle

d PM

10

Emiss

ion

in

g/s/m

2 SO2 Emission in g/s

Cement Plant


CHAPTER FOUR


Source type (source number) Name Stack height/

release height

Cont

rolle

d PM

10

Emiss

ion

in g

/s

Cont

rolle

d PM

10

Emiss

ion

in

g/s/m

2 SO2 Emission in g/s

Point Source (1) Coal Collection Bag house 70 m 10.15 - - Point Source (2) Cooler ESP 50 m 30.45 - - Point Source (3) Raw Mill & Kiln Bag house 100 m 32.55 - 189.40 Point Source (4) Captive Power Plant Stack 1 30 m 0.93 - 2.74 Point Source (5) Captive Power Plant Stack 2 30 m 0.93 - 2.74 Point Source (6) Captive Power Plant Stack 3 30 m 0.93 - 2.74

Area Source (1) All de-dusting systems and Cement Mill bag filters 50 m - 3.29065E-

05 -

Area Source (2) Stockpile Area 2 m - 6.4243E-06 - Limestone Mine

Area Source (3) Overburden loading & unloading 2 m - 1.11409E-06 -

Area Source (4) Drop operation from surface miner 2 m - 3.95072E-

06 -

Line source (1) Haul road 2 m - 0.004956 - Point Source (7) Limestone dump hopper 50 m 0.143 - - Point Source (8) Conveyor discharge point 50 m 0.143 - - Point Source (9) Conveyor discharge point 50 m 0.143 - - For ESP and cloth bag filters, the efficiency considered is 99.9% to yield controlled emissions of PM. The uncontrolled emissions will occur when the installed ESP and Cloth Bag Filters are not fully functional. In such cases, their efficiency will reduce to about 40% as their casings will work as inertial collectors. This assumption is applied to calculate uncontrolled emissions of PM. For gaseous pollutants, uncontrolled emission is taken as controlled emissions as no control systems are considered except for CPP where desulphurization is considered as per TPP Notification number 3305(E) dated 7th December, 2015.

The predicted 24 hourly incremental and resultant concentration of PM10 in the study area and the project site is given in Table 4.18. The concentration isopleths superimposed on the land-use map is given in Figure 4.2.

Table 4-18: Cumulative Resultant Concentrations in Air Quality Monitoring Locations due to proposed Cement Plant & Limestone Mine

Sl. No Distance Direction Baseline PM10 (98

percentile) in µg/m3

Predicted incremental PM10

GLC in µg/m3 Resultant PM10 GLC in µg/m3

*98 percentile PM10 Standard

in μg/m3 AAQ1: Onsite Mining Area - - 64.7 108.6 173.3 100

AAQ2: Maldo Village

1.7 (Mine Block) NE 65.5 30 95.5 100

AAQ3: 2.24 (Plant SW 66.0 30 96 100


CHAPTER FOUR


Sl. No Distance Direction Baseline PM10 (98

percentile) in µg/m3

Predicted incremental PM10

GLC in µg/m3 Resultant PM10 GLC in µg/m3

*98 percentile PM10 Standard

in μg/m3 Koriyani Village

Area)

AAQ4: Cher Moti Village

2.28 (Plant Area) NNW 65.6 15 80.6 100

AAQ5: Khengarpar

Village 2.03 (Plant

Area) NE 66.0 30 96 100

AAQ6: S.K Varmanagar

3.21 (Mine Block) SE 75.1 30 105.1 100

AAQ7: Naredi Village

5.0 (Mine Block) SSW 65.2 45 110.2 100

AAQ8: Mudhvay Village

1.24 (Mine Block) WSW 65.4 30 95.4 100

AAQ9: Kapurasi Village

3.57 (Plant Site) SW 65.6 45 110.6 100

*98 percentile NAAQS for Industrial, Residential, Rural and Mixed Use area for 24 hours average

It can be observed that the incremental GLC of PM10 shall never cross 100 mg/Nm3 in the residential areas. However, the worst case scenario and considering the background concentrations as measured, GLC of PM10 may marginally cross the prescribed NAAQ standard of 100 μg/m3 in four locations (mining site, SK Varmanagar, Naredi and Kapurasi Village) once the project starts operating. The dispersion modelling result indicates that worst case incremental GLC of PM10 will be within the respective project sites. The maximum GLC of SO2 (3 μg/m3) occurs beyond the 10 km radius of the plant site and the concentration was too low for the model to plot isopleths.

The estimated other gaseous emissions from cement plant is given in Table 4.19.

Table 4-19: Estimated Gaseous Emission from the Proposed Cement Kiln

Name of Source

Stack height

NOx Emission

in g/s

CO Emission in g/s

CO2 Emission

in g/s

TOC Emission in

g/s

HCL Emission

in g/s

Hg Emission in g/s

Raw Mill & Kiln Bag house 100m 73.65 631.31 315656.5 20.69 8.77 0.039

4.3.4 Control Measures

For Unloading Section

This section of the plant will be dealing with unloading of limestone, gypsum, fly-ash and coal, which will be the raw materials for cement as well as the power plant.

Table 4-20: Control Measures for unloading Section Guidelines Control Measures


CHAPTER FOUR


The enclosures for the unloading sides could be flexible curtain type material covering up to height of dumpers discharge from the roof.

• Arrangements will be made for flexible curtain type material covering up to height of dumpers discharge from the roof for unloading of limestone.

• Curtains around the coal dump hoppers A dust suppression system should be provided to spray water. The amount of water sprayed should preferably be optimized by employing proper design of spray system. Suitable systems may be adopted to reduce the problems like choking, jamming of the moving parts.

Arrangements will be made for water spraying at all unloading sites, especially coal using dry fog systems

Control Measures for Material Handling Section (Including Transfer Points)

Material handling and processing system at the stockpiles is one of the major sources of fugitive emissions. The transfer points of materials to conveyor and vehicles are another area susceptible to fugitive emission.

Table 4-21: Control Measures for Material Handling Section Guidelines Control Measures

The enclosures from all sides with the provision for skirt boards. Spillages should be periodically removed.

All transfer points will be fully enclosed and connected to dust extraction systems with cloth bag filters. This will reduce fugitive emission inside shops where workers are working. The work zone concentration will be as per Factories Act standards

Either water spray system should be provided for suppressing the air borne dust or dry extraction cum bag filter with adequate extraction volume.

Bag filters will be installed at all dust extraction systems to keep emission within 50 mg/Nm3.

Avoid wind blowing of fines Water will be sprayed on the stockpiles so as to retain some moisture in the top layer to control wind borne dust.

Control Measures For Coal Storage Section

The coal storage area will be used for storage of coal for both the cement and power plant. It will be ensured that regular water sprinkling is done to avoid fugitive emissions. The measures to be taken are mentioned below.

Table 4-22: Control Measures for Coal Storage Section Guidelines Control measures provided / to be provided

A board should be erected to display the area Earmarked.

Coal yard / storage area is clearly marked on the entrance of designated area

Proper pathways with entry and exit point should be provided. The pathways are paved with entry & exit points.

Any deposits of dust on the concrete roads should be cleaned regularly by sweeping machines.

Accumulated dust on concrete roads is cleaned regularly and water is being sprayed after sweeping.

Where ever blending activity is carried out by chaining in open ground, covered shed should be provided to reduce the fine coal dust getting airborne. The enclosure walls shall cover minimum three sides up to roof level.

Coal blending hoppers will be housed in a structural building with silo ventilation through bag filter. Accumulated coal dust on concrete roads will be cleaned regularly and water will be sprayed after sweeping.

The enclosure should be from three sides and roof so as to contain the airborne emissions.

The structural building will be so designed that enclosure walls are up to roof level from three sides.


CHAPTER FOUR


Coal should be sufficiently moistened to suppress fines by spraying minimum quantity of water, if possible.

Wetting of coal will be done to suppress fines.

Water spray should also be applied at crusher discharge and transfer points.

Dry fog dust suppression systems will be provided to spray water at crusher discharge points and transfer points.

Control Measures For Clinker Cooler Section

Table 4-23: Control Measures For Clinker Cooler Section Guidelines Control measures provided / to be provided The possibilities especially in new cement plant may be explored for the following: The unit may need to add on / install necessary provisions for separating fine particulates from the clinker cooler ESP collection. Fines separation may be achieved by passing collected dust through cyclone, the fines escaping cyclone to be separated, cyclone collection (coarse particles) could be recycled. The fines shall be recycled to the last possible destination (like clinker day silo) suitable or safely disposed

The unit will install necessary provisions for separating fine particulates from the clinker cooler ESP collection. Fines separation will be achieved by passing collected dust through cyclone or equivalent dust separators, the fines escaping cyclone shall be connected to the cooler exhaust systems, cyclone discharge shall be recycled. The fines shall be recycled to the last possible destination (like clinker day silo).

Control Measures For Clinker Stock Piles Section

Table 4-24: Control Measures for Clinker Stock Piles Section Guidelines Control measures provided / to be provided Bag filter may be provided before venting out the gases. Bag Filters shall be installed. The enclosures should have a venting arrangement located at transfer point where clinker is dropped to the stockpile. The extraction / venting should be sufficient enough. Clinker stockpile access door should be covered by mechanical gate or by flexible rubber curtain. The access doors shall be kept closed at all possible times.

Clinker shall be stored in closed enclosure covered from all sides and will have a venting arrangement with provision of bag filters. Extracted dust shall be captured in bag. Entry doors will be provided with flexible coverings to avoid exit of dust.

Extracted dust should be captured in bag filter and the collected dust should be avoided to feed back to the clinker stockpile, if layout permits. It may be recycled at last possible destination i.e., cement mill section through suitable arrangement, if possible.

Dust shall be extracted & collected through bag filters and recycled at last possible destination i.e. cements mill section, avoiding dust feedback to clinker stockpile.

Control Measures for Storage of Gypsum, Fly-ash & Other Additives

Table 4-25: Control Measures for Storage of Gypsum, Fly-ash & Other Additives Guidelines Control Measures

The enclosure walls shall cover minimum two sides up to roof level.

Enclosure wall will be provided at all storage locations.

Fly-ash shall be pumped directly from the tankers to silos pneumatically in closed loop or mechanically such that fugitive emissions do not occur.

As limestone will be added to coal in the CFBC boilers, gypsum will be generated by reacting with SO2. This will be transported through closed conveyors from the power plants and directly fed to the silos in the plant


CHAPTER FOUR


Guidelines Control Measures The silo vent is provided with a bag filter type system to vent out the air borne fines.

Silo vent will be equipped with bag filter to vent out the air borne fines.

If possible, the dry fly ash should be sent to closed silos. Otherwise, fly ash should be transported through closed belt conveyors to avoid wind carryover of fly ash.

Dry fly ash/ gypsum shall be being sent to closed silos through closed conveyors


CHAPTER FOUR


Control Measures for Cement Packing Section

Table 4-26: Control Measures for Cement Packing Section Guidelines Control Measures

The packing machines should be equipped with dust extraction arrangement such that the packing operation is performed under negative pressure. The dust may be captured in bag filters.

Packing machines will be equipped with process bag filters to reduce emission to less than 30 mg/Nm3

Adequate ventilation for the packing hall should be provided for venting out suspended particulate thereby ensuring dust free work environment.

Provisions will be made for adequate ventilation in packing hall for venting out suspended particulates

The spilled cement from the packing machine should be collected properly and sent for recycling. The spilled cement on the shop floor should be swept by vacuum sweeping machines periodically. Proper engineering controls to prevent the fugitive emissions may include arrangements like providing guiding plate, scrapper brush for removing adhered dust on cement bag etc.

The collected ground material will be taken into Packer feeding bin with the help of series of air slides and Bucket elevators.

The vibratory screen provided for screening/ recycling spilled cement should be provided with a dust extraction arrangement to prevent fugitive emission from that section.

Bag Filters will be provided.

Control Measures for Silo Section

Table 4-27: Control Measures for Silo Section Guidelines Control Measures

The bag filter should be operated and maintained properly, especially the cleaning of bags to avoid pressurization of silos thereby causing fugitive emissions from leakages etc.

Silo vents will be equipped with bag filter to vent out the air borne fines. Bag filters will be operated and maintained properly and cleaning of bags done on regular basis

Control Measures for Roads

Table 4-28: Control Measures for Roads Guidelines Control Measures

The paved roads should be maintained as paved at all times and necessary repairs to be done immediately after damages to the road if any.

All roads used for transport of vehicles will be paved and maintained properly and repaired immediately when required

Limit the speed of vehicle to 10 km/h for heavy vehicles with in the plant premises to prevent the road dust emissions.

For prevention of road dust emission, speed will be restricted to 10 km/hr for heavy vehicles within the project premises

Preventive measures include covering of trucks and paving of access areas to unpaved areas.

All preventive measures i.e. covering of trucks, paving and maintenance of roads will be adopted

Mitigation controls include vacuum sweeping, water flushing. Regular sweeping and water spraying will be done on the roads All unpaved haul roads in the mining area will be provided with dust suppression twice a day.

Plan for Desulphurisation

Sulfur dioxide may be generated both from the sulfur compounds in the raw materials and from sulfur in the fuel. However, the alkaline nature of the cement provides for direct absorption of SO2into the product,


CHAPTER FOUR


thereby mitigating the quantity of SO2emissions in the exhaust stream. Depending on the process and the source of the sulfur, SO2absorption ranges from about 70 percent to more than 95 percent.The cement kiln system itself has been determined to provide substantial SO2 control.

Considering these factors, plan for desulphurisation has not been taken into project planning.

General Guidelines

Apart from the specific guidelines provided above for some specific sections/areas, for all other fugitive dust emitting areas, following general guidelines shall be followed:

• The proposed project will prevent fugitive emission from all active operation and cement storage piles, such that the emissions do not create ground level concentration exceeding limits in the atmosphere beyond the boundary line of the emission source.

• The proposed project will conduct active operations by utilizing the applicable best available control measures to minimize the fugitive dust emission from each fugitive dust source type within active operation.

• In the proposed project the operation of the pay loaders will be slowed down whenever the average wind speed is high exceeding 50 km/h, which may cause fugitive emission.

• In the proposed project all storage silos will be vented to bag filters, which would have proper bag cleaning arrangement so as to avoid choking of filter bags, thereby to avoid pressurization of silos.

• In the proposed project regular inspection at a pre-determined frequency will be carried out of all fugitive dust control system and records will be maintained of such inspection and corrective action would be taken, if any.

• The static pressure drop across each bag filter will be taken regularly to detect any rupture of bags or its damage. Immediate replacement/repair will be done.

4.4 IMPACT ON ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 Habitat Degradation

As reported in the baseline ecological data in chapter-3, the core and buffer area of the proposed integrated project represents unique coastal xeric desert eco-system. This area has vegetation representative that of typical dry deciduous tropical thorn forests.The proposed project activities in absence of any mitigation measures could potentially alter the habitat and degrade the eco-system, their functions as following:

• The area has sparse scrubland interspersed with fallow agriculture fields in the coastal arid zone which is relatively undisturbed with very low human density and contiguous with Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary. This project would change land-use worth the project area as the area would be occupied by the project components such as cement plant, mining area, conveyor belt etc. This would be the gross loss of habitats for flora and fauna in the region.


CHAPTER FOUR


• The project set up would require excavation and vegetation removal from this area. This would result in removal or displacement of existing vegetation/flora and fauna from the project core area i.e. 450 ha.

• During construction of cement plant and operation of mining area, top soil would be removed which is a gross loss of productive soil form the eco-system.

• During the construction work, construction wastes such as oil, grease and debris could pollute the soil in the surrounding area and decrease its productivity.

• The major impact of construction and operation of cement plant on terrestrial ecology is due to constant emission of construction related dust and airborne cement dust which will settle on surrounding soil and vegetation and it would gradually degrade vegetation cover and degrade the land and decrease biomass productivity of the surrounding area.

• The major impact of operation of limestone mining on terrestrial ecology is due to constant emission of airborne lime dust which will settle on surrounding area soil and vegetation and it would gradually degrade land and decrease biomass productivity of the surrounding area.

• Cement dust falling on the soil are known to have effects such as change in the soil pH making it more alkaline and unfavourable for certain plants species and also causing leaf injury or death in plants due to blocking of light for photosynthesis.

• Chronic spillage and flow of cement or sediments from the cement plant and limestone mining site through run-off could alter the texture of soil in surrounding areas. This in long term potentially affects the vegetation and biotic components of the surrounding area.

4.4.2 Impact on Aquatic Biota

Sediments, material and pollutants that flow through runoff from cement plant into drainages could potentially choke hydrology and degrades and affect the water quality and degrade aquatic eco-systems in the long term. As per the study carried out, there are minor drainages located in proposed cement plant and the proposed mining block area that drains into Kori creek through Kapurasi River. If these drainages carries sediments of cement, lime and contaminated mine discharge etc. from cement plan and mining area, it could affect the drainages, Kapurasi River, its fan area and the mudflats of Kori creek coast. This in long term potentially affects the vegetation and biotic components of these water bodies.

4.4.3 Impacts on Flora

These areas would be subjected to air, water, light and noise pollution during the construction and operation phases of the proposed integrated project if proper mitigation measures are not in place. However, Baseline status of terrestrial vegetation clearly suggests that the project sites falls in semi-arid biogeographic zone with low floral density and diversity. The project core area does not have other important plant species except Commiphorawightii, the unavoidable removal of vegetation during construction activity could not be considered negligible in otherwise known as xeric condition.Chances of


CHAPTER FOUR


fugitive emissions or dust materials flow to Koricreek mangrove areas through air or water/drainage is negligible and less likely to affect mangroves eco-system.

4.4.4 Impacts on Fauna

These areas would be subjected to noise pollution during the construction and operation phases of the proposed integrated project. Apart from 4 species of Schedule-I birds, no other Schedule-I or endangered species of fauna are reported from the core area. These, however, were not found to breed in the core area.Increased noise levels would result in their displacement from the core area and its immediate surroundings. Direct disturbance by presence of people, vehicle, their noise, vibrations, lights etc. can potentially displace most of the birds’ species. The following Schedule I fauna and a critically endangered plant species has been reported from the study area: Sl. No. Class Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status Core

1 Reptile Lissemuspunctatea Flap shell Turtle LC 2 Bird Elanuscaeruleus Black shoulder kite LC 1 3 Bird Pavocristatus Indian Peafowl LC 4 Bird Buteorufinus Long-legged Buzzard LC 5 Bird Circus pygargus Montagu's Harrier LC 1 6 Bird Circus macrourus Pallid Harrier NT 1 7 Bird Accipiter badius Shikra LC 1 8 Bird Circaetusgallicus Short-toed Snake Eagle LC 9 Bird Butasturteesa White-eyed Buzzard LC

10 Mammal Canis lupus Indian Grey Wolf UNK 11 Mammal Gazellabennettii Chinkara LC 12 Mammal Caracal caracal Caracal LC 13 Mammal Felissilvestris Desert Cat LC 14 Mammal Mellivoracapensis Honey badger LC 15 Shrub Commiphorawightii Gugal CR 1

CR=Critically Endangered Unk= Unknown, NT=Near Threatened, LC=Least Concerned

Conservation plan for these species has been prepared and the report is attached as Annex 3.5.

4.4.5 REGULATORY MITIGATION MEASURES & RECOMMENDATIONS

i. Strict control on dust pollution using various methods and technologies shall be carried out. ii. During construction, operation, mining activities water sprinkling on haul roads, overburden and soil

dumps shall be carried out regularly to control dust pollution. iii. Gentle slopes in the mining pits shall be maintained so as to prevent any accidents of terrestrial

mammals or wildlife species of the landscape.


CHAPTER FOUR


iv. During operation phase ambient air quality standards (emission of pollutants like Particulate Matter) must be maintained as per GPCB/CPCB norms in and around the project site.

v. Ambient noise pollution and vibrations during construction and operation phases of Cement plant, mining and conveyor belt shall be within limits of the standards mentioned.

vi. Plantation of thick green belt on periphery of the project site shall be created using native and hardy species.

vii. It should be ensured that no movement of vehicles or people through Forest Areas located nearby the cement plant and mining lease area.

viii. Zero discharge of waste water from the project site into surrounding area must be ensured. ix. Safe passage of runoff through drainages located nearby the project area should be ensured. x. It shall be ensured that no cement, fly ash, sediments, or any raw materials spill out from project

areas and flow into nearby drainage during the operation phase of the project. xi. ACL shall ensure that their construction workers and other staff during construction or operational

phase shall not be involved in poaching and hunting activities of birds, reptiles or mammals around the project site.

xii. All other general measures to keep environmental parameters within permissible standards. xiii. No trespassing or vehicle or people shall be through, surrounding forest area or the Narayan Sarovar

Wildlife Sanctuary. This shall be instructed to the workers and staff in advance. xiv. No workers camps shall be established within the surrounding forest area, Narayan Sarovar Wildlife

Sanctuary and its eco-sensitive zone. This shall be instructed to the workers and staff in advance. xv. No resources (i.e. fuel wood, stones, sand, soil etc.) from the surrounding forest area, Narayan

Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary and its eco-sensitive zone shall be collected by staff or workers. This shall be instructed to the workers and staff in advance.

xvi. No workers or staff members shall be involved in poaching or killing of any wild animals throughout the project life cycle. This shall be instructed to the workers and staff in advance and sign boards to this effect within project area.

xvii. In order to compensate for the potential damage/degradation of Commiphorawightii habitats ACL shall carry out 2.0 ha of plantation through Kutch-West Forest Division, Bhuj.

4.4.6 Greenbelt Development

Thick green belts shall be created using native species of plants in the periphery of mine and cement plant. For the cement plant, 33.5% of the total area shall be developed into greenbelt. For the proposed limestone


CHAPTER FOUR


mine, at the end of mine life, about 83.50 Ha of lease area will be under plantation, of which 5.00 Ha will be boundary greenbelt and 78.50 Ha will be plantation on reclaimed areas.

In view of the different functional requirements of the plant the pattern of plantation around the unit is discussed under curtain, avenue, field (vacant land) and ornamental plantations.

To help, restrict the movement of pollutants from inside to outside and vice versa, a thick green belt (around 5 m thickness) should be developed at the peripheral limits of the proposed units along the boundary wall.

Essentially the peripheral plantation would act as a barrier to movement of pollutants and noise outside the plant boundary. About 5-10 m thick curtain of plants, depending upon the space availability shall be planted along with the outermost boundary of the proposed unit. The plants should be the tall and mono-axial habit and planted in two rows, 3 m apart in a close-set manner (1 m apart from tree to tree as well as from row to row). Ornamental plants would be used around the administrative buildings and landscaped areas. All vacant areas would also be planted with trees with thick canopy cover. It is proposed to plant around 12,000 trees and shrubs in the green belt and landscaped areas. The trees present in the plant and those proposed for the additional green belt are given in Table 4.29 below.

Table 4-29: Plantation Detailsfor Cement Plant Sl. No. Common Name Scientific Name Habitat Mode of Regeneration

1 Kanghi Abutilon indicum Shrub Through Seeds 2 Akashmone Acacia auriculiformis Tree Through Seeds 3 Khair Acacia catechu Shrub Through Seeds 4 Silver wattle Acacia dealbata Tree Through Seeds 5 Babul Acacia nilotica Tree Through Seeds 6 Biswal Acacia pennata Tree Through Seeds 7 Hingan Balanitesroxburghii Tree Through Seeds 8 Kantabans Bombusoarundinacia Shrub Through Seeds 9 Kanchan Bauhinia acuminata Shrub Through Seeds

10 Astha Bauhinia racemosa Small Tree By seeds 11 Semla Bauhinia semla Tree By seeds 12 Kachnar Bauhinia variegata Tree By seeds 13 Bougoinvillea Bougainvillea spectabilis Shrub By cutting 14 Dhak Buteamonosperma Tree By seeds 15 Sissoo DalbergioSisoo Tree By seeds, Root and Stem cuttings 16 Amla Emblicaofficinalis Tree By seeds, culting, budding,

inarching. 17 Pilkhan Ficusvirens Tree By seeds, cutting

For the proposed limestone mine, trees growing up to 10 m or more in height should be planted along the periphery of the mine lease area. Plantation of trees should be done in appropriate circular rows Reclaimed area of mining in alternate rows to prevent horizontal pollution dispersion. Since tree trunks are normally devoid of foliage (up to 3 m), it would be appropriate to have shrub in front of such trees to give coverage.Fast growing trees with thick evergreen foliage should be grown, as it will take many years for trees to grow to their full height.


CHAPTER FOUR


Table 4-30: List of Species for Road Side Plantation Sl. No. Botanical Name Local Name

1. Acacia auriculiformis Bangalibaval 2. Acacia nilotica Deshi babul 3. Albezialebbeck Siras 4. Azadirachtaindica Neem 5. Bamboo sp. Vans 6. Cassia fistula Amaltas 7. Cassia siamea Kashod 8. Casuarinaequisetifolia Saroo 9. Cordiasebestena Cordia

10. Dalbergiasissoo Shisam 11. Delonixregia Gulmohar 12. Ficusreligiosa Pipal 13. Jatrophaspps. RatanJyot 14. Tectonagrandis Teak 15. Parkinsonia sp. Rambaval 16. Peltophorumferrugineum Sonmohar 17. Pithecellobiumdulce Gorasimli 18. Phyllanthusemblica Amla 19. Pongamiapinnata Karanj 20. Salvadora sp. Pillu 21. Syzygiumcumini Jambun 22. Thespesiapopulnea Portia tree 23. Cocosnucifera Coconut 24. Sapota sp. Chiku

4.5 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

About 171 families are being affected by the project. As mentioned above there will be change in the interaction pattern and social dynamics, which may lead to social tension and social disorganization. Also there may be impact on the health, due to air and water pollution from the mining operations. Implementation of various pollution control measures as well as ambient environmental conditions to regulatory standards will ensure minimum impact on the health status.

From survey and land records, it was estimated that about 131 households are getting affected by the project. Out of the total, 7 are losing only houses, 119 are losing only land, while 5 households are losing both their houses and land. The village wise distribution of project affected/ displaced households is presented in Table 4.31.

Table 4-31: Project Displaced and Affected Households

Sl. No. Village PDHS PAHs Total

HHs Home oustees

House & Land Oustees Total Total Land

Oustees 1 Gulbagwad (Hamlet of

Mudhvay) 7 5 12 2 14

2 Mudhvay 0 0 0 38 38


CHAPTER FOUR


Sl. No. Village PDHS PAHs Total

HHs Home oustees

House & Land Oustees Total Total Land

Oustees 3 Kapurasi 0 0 0 41 41 4 Koriyani 0 0 0 38 38

Total 7 5 12 119 131

People of this area are mostly dependent on agriculture and they attach great value to land. Loss of land would mean them losing the means of production and in the process becoming unemployed. Even at times monetary compensation does not help as the people do not know what to do with the money and spends then in wrong things and finally loses both money and the means of livelihood. It becomes a double burden for them. Loss of land also affects the agricultural wage earners as they do not have any other job options in the villages. Food insecurity is another problem which the people are at the risk of facing. There is going to be a considerable loss in agriculture production due to loss of land. There will be risk of shortage of food grains in the local market. So the people have to earn cash in order to buy from the market. For the survival people would be forced to take loans from money-lenders and getting indebted.

The Social Impact Assessment Study and Need Assessment Report is attached as Annex 4.1 for details of impact on Socio-economic Environment. In the report, a Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) Action Plan (RAP) has been worked out for the project to effectivelyaddress the R&R issues likely to result from the project.

4.5.1 Public Health Implications

With the management measures in relation to air pollution, water pollution, soil contamination and noise pollution proposed to be adopted both at the cement plant and mine along with green belt plantation along the periphery of boundary, it is expected that there will be minimal impact on the population in the impact zone. To avoid and mitigate such impacts, the following measures are proposed:

Health check of all villagers in the immediate vicinity shall be carried out periodically. In case any person or a group of persons is found to be suffering from any ailment, directly related to the project activities, their medical treatment will be carried out free of cost.

Surface water management shall be adopted to ensure that run-off from the site does not adversely affect natural water streams or other water bodies.

All water bodies e.g. wells and surface water sources in the vicinity, shall be periodically tested for any pollution related to project activities and remedial action taken, if warranted.

Operators of all transport vehicles shall be instructed not to honk unnecessarily while passing through villages or nearby schools.


CHAPTER FOUR


4.6 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

The irreversible and irretrievable commitment of environmental componentsrefers to impacts on or losses to resources that cannot be recovered or reversed. For the proposed project, the following irreversible or irretrievable actions have been identified:

• Change of land-use: The proposed project is going to permanently change the land-use of the proposed sites from open scrub land and agricultural to industrial.

• Consumption of mineral resources:The project will require minerals like limestone, silica sand, gypsum and coal as raw materials for the cement plant. The quantum of consumption is detailed out in Chapter 2.

• Loss of vegetation/habitat: A total of 2.65 ha area of un-classed forest would be diverted for the construction of conveyor belt for the project.The Cement Plant, Conveyor belts, Back-up area and the mining lease area referred here as core area which totals up to 454.2 ha of land area which is presently having natural vegetation. Construction and mining operation in this land area 454.2 ha would require clearing of existing natural vegetation. This means displacement of existing vegetation/flora from the project core area. This include a species of climber, 17 species of grass, 24 species of herbs, 6 species of shrubs and 8 species of trees. This also include a species of shrub i.e. Commiphorawightii which is categorized as Critically Endangered by IUCN.

• Loss of agricultural land:The agricultural production or landbasedincome will decline because of the project due to change of land-use from agricultural to industrial.

4.7 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS

An impact level is rated as “low”, “medium” or “high”.The impact rating is based on two parameters, i.e. “severity of environmental impacts” and “likelihood ofoccurrence of the environmental impacts”. This is identified as per criteria given in Table 4.32.

Table 4-32: Impact Assessment Rating Matrix Impact Criteria

Nature of Impact Beneficial Positive Adverse Negative

Duration of Impact Short term Impacts shall be confined to a stipulated time Long term Impacts shall continue till the end of project life

Impacted Area Localised Impacts shall be confined within 10 km radius Regional Impacts shall continue beyond 10 km radius

The significance of each environmental impact is determined by assessing the impact’s severity against the likelihood of the environmental impact occurring, as summarized in the environmental impact significance assessment matrix provided in Table 4.33.


CHAPTER FOUR


Table 4-33: Impact Identification Rating Matrix

Impact Severity

Impact Likelihood Unlikely (e.g. not

expected to occur during project

lifetime)

Low Likelihood (e.g. may occur once or

twice during project lifetime)

Medium Likelihood (e.g. may occur every few

years)

High Likelihood (e.g. routine, happens

several times a year) Slight Negligible Impact Negligible Impact Negligible Impact Negligible Impact Low Negligible Impact Negligible Impact Negligible to Minor Impact Minor Impact Medium Negligible Impact Minor Impact Minor–Moderate Impact Moderate Impact High Minor Impact Moderate Impact Major Impact Major Impact Notes: Negligible Impact: Defined as magnitude of change comparable to natural variation Minor Impact: Defined as detectable but not significant Moderate Impact: Defined as insignificant; amenable to mitigation; should be mitigated where practicable Major Impact: Defined as significant; amenable to mitigation; must be mitigated

Considering this, the impacts have been rated and given as follows:

4.7.1 Land-use

Environmental Impact Rating Criteria Reason Nature of Impact Adverse

• Project site consists of agricultural& forest land and few trees.

• Loss of livelihood

Duration of Impact Long term Impacted Area Localized Likelihood of Occurrence High Severity of Impact High Significance of Impact Major

4.7.2 Soil Quality

Environmental Impact Rating Criteria Reason Nature of Impact Adverse • Cutting and filling of soil is involved

• The topography will be characterized by excavated depressions / voids and elevated portions by dumping of OB/ waste

• 0.10 Mcum of top soil shall be excavated for mining operation which will be used for spreading on the earthen bunds and for plantation

Duration of Impact Short term Impacted Area Localized Likelihood of Occurrence High Severity of Impact Low Significance of Impact Minor

4.7.3 Air Quality

Environmental Impact Rating

Criteria Reason

Nature of Impact Adverse • Bulk of civil work shall continue till 12 months after which the fugitive dust generation shall minimize.

• Theincremental concentration of fugitive dust doesn’t cross the stipulated limit in any of the residential areas during operation as modelled by software. The resultant concentration, however, is more than the permissible limit because of the already high baseline value.

Duration of Impact Long term Impacted Area Localized Likelihood of Occurrence High Severity of Impact Medium Significance of Impact Moderate

4.7.4 Noise Level


CHAPTER FOUR



Criteria Reason

Nature of Impact Adverse • Mathematical modelling shows that the highest noise level during construction phase merges with the highest standard noise level (55 dB during day time) at around 100 m from the source and the sound level keeps on decreasing with increasing distances.

• The noise level at the plant boundary during operation phase would vary between 62.7dB(A) to 49.2dB(A).

• In the operation area, it will not be feasible to keep ambient noise levels below 85dB(A).

Duration of Impact Long term

Impacted Area Localized Likelihood of Occurrence High Severity of Impact Low

Significance of Impact Minor

4.7.5 Water Quality


Criteria Reason

Nature of Impact Adverse • Zero discharge of wastewater is ensured. • The project doesn’t involve use of water from any fresh water

sources. • It is expected that during the 1st year of the mining, the ground

water table will be intersection. • Intensive ground water recharge in the buffer zone of the project is

proposed which will maintain the present ground water status. • It has been worked out that there is no possibility of sea water

ingress

Duration of Impact Short term Impacted Area Localized Likelihood of Occurrence Medium Severity of Impact Low Significance of Impact

Negligible to Minor

4.7.6 Biological Environment


Criteria Reason

Nature of Impact Adverse • The construction activities shall lead to diversion of forest land and removal of vegetation among which a Critically Endangered species of shrub is involved.

• Among the four Schedule-I birds reported from the core zone, two are migratory species.

• Schedule I fauna are also reported from the buffer zone.

Duration of Impact Long term Impacted Area Regional Likelihood of Occurrence High Severity of Impact High Significance of Impact Major

4.7.7 Socio-economic Scenario


Criteria Reason

Nature of Impact Adverse • From survey and land records, it was estimated that about 131 households are getting affected by the project. Out of the total, 7 are losing only houses, 119 are losing only land, while 5 households are losing both their houses and land

Duration of Impact Long term Impacted Area Localised Likelihood of Occurrence High Severity of Impact High Significance of Impact Major

Chapter 5

Analysis of Alternatives


CHAPTER FIVE


5 . ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES Consideration of alternatives to a project proposal is a requirement of the EIA process. During the scoping process, alternatives to a proposal can be considered or refined, either directly or by reference to the key issues identified. A comparison of alternatives helps to determine the best method of achieving the project objectives with minimum environmental impacts or indicates the most environmentally friendly and cost effective options.

5.1 DESCRIPTION OF EACH ALTERNATIVE

The consideration of alternatives is most useful when the EIA is undertaken early in the projects cycle. The type and range of alternatives open for consideration include:

• Site alternatives (e.g. advantage of proposed site, details of any other sites, if explored,etc) • Input or supply alternatives (e.g. use of raw materials, sourcing, etc) • Technology alternatives (e.g. feasibility of different technologies vailable and advantage of proposed

technology, etc)

After analysis of the various factors the most environmentally compatible alternative must be selected. Reference may be made to available technologies, policy objectives, social attitudes, environmental and site constraints, projects economic etc. Analysis of alternatives should be similar to the content of approved mine plan.

5.1.1 Limestone Mining

5.1.1.1 Site Alternatives

Mining of minerals is site specific in nature and the location of the proposed project is restricted to the geology and mineral disposition of the area.

5.1.1.2 Alternate for Mining Method

The main considerations in designing the quarry layout have been:

• To design an economical production of required quality of minerals for the life of mine; • To minimize transportation distance for minerals and waste; • To minimize re-handling of overburden; • To minimize adverse effects on environment; and • Non-sterilizing the remaining potential reserves for future mining.

The following are the two technologies studied for implementation of mining operations.

• Surface Mining with surface miners application • Conventional Mining with drilling and blasting

Surface mining employs continuous surface mmers for excavation oflimestone and no drilling or blasting areinvolved.


CHAPTER FIVE


Conventional mining involves drilling, blasting and excavation.Surface mining is employed where the mineral is of soft nature i.e lesshard.

5.1.2 Cement Plant with captive power plant


Three alternate sites were examined for the proposed plant and evaluated as per the criteria given below.

• Proximity to the source of major raw material i.e. acquired Limestone Mining Block; • Proximity to finalized captive jetty location; • Type and usage of land (Government, private, forest, gauchar, etc); • Availability of approach roads and easy accessibility; • Convenience for availability of water and power; • Suitable topography of land for construction; • Safe from site flooding possibility; and • Distance from biodiversity parks, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks etc. and declared archeologically

important monuments.

Alternate Site Locations:

• P1 : Near Chher Moti • P2 : Along West of SH-6 near Village Koriyani • P2 : Along East of SH-6 near Village Koriyani

5.1.3 Alternate Technology

5.1.3.1 Cement Plant

Technology and Process Selection

Vertical Roller Mills, Roller Press and Ball Mills represent three clearly distinct technologies. However with the property adjustments to the operational parameters of the vertical roller mill almost identical cement properties can be achieved by the three mills that satisfy the cement users’ demand.

5.2 SUMMARY OF ADVERSE IMPACTS OF EACH ALTERNATIVE



The activities relating to mine development and exploitation such as location of waste dumps, afforestation, reclamation, formation of water bodies, etc. within the ML Area has been done considering the best option in terms of environment.


• Dust control is important at most mines, and involves both equipment design and operational procedures; and

• Solid waste disposal problem in terms of long-term stability of disposal. Drainage and leachate from disposal sites would also create problem to ground water and nearby surface water bodies.


CHAPTER FIVE




The analysis of the three alternate sites chosen are given below in Table 5.1 and shown in Figure 5.1.

Alternate Site Locations:

• P1 : Near Chher Moti

• P2 : Along West of SH-6 near Village Koriyani

• P2 : Along East of SH-6 near Village Koriyani

Table 5-1: Comparison of Alternate Sites

Clinkerization, Cement & Captive Power Plant

P1 Near

Chher Moti

P2 Along West of

SH-6 near Village Koriyani

P3- Along East of

SH-6 near Village Koriyani

1 Proximity to Mudhvay Limestone Mining Block ‘C’ (Km) ~ 4.0 ~ 3.5 ~ 2.0

2 Proximity to finalized Captive jetty location (Km) ~ 6.5 ~ 4.0 ~ 5.0 3 Proximity to nearest Road (Km) ~ 0.5 0 0 4 Topography of land Flat Flat Flat 5 Site flooding possibility (high to low) High Low Low 6 Forest Land inside the Plant Site Yes No No

7 Proximity to nearest Environmental Sensitive Area - ESZ i.e. “Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary” (Km)

~ 6.0 ~ 3.0 ~ 4.0

8 Proximity to nearest CRZ ~ 6.0 ~ 4.0 ~ 5.0 9 Impact on existing natural drainage system Nil High Nil Source: GCPL



Criteria for Selecting the Technology

The grinding process applied in a vertical roller mill/Roller Press has the effect that the roller mills are more efficient to variations of mill feed quality and mill feed rather than a ball mill which make easier to operate. Likewise in terms of ease of maintenance, the ball mill has an advantage over a roller mill.

Roller mills

These Mills have been being used for many years for the less exacting raw-milling process, but recently roller mills, in combination with high-efficiency separators, have been used for cement grinding. The grinding action employs much greater stress on the material than in a ball mill, and is therefore more efficient. Energy consumption is typically half that of a ball mill. The narrowness of the particle size distribution of the cement having some limitation, however with the latest technology development it is continuously optimized and more favourable to use.


CHAPTER FIVE


Ball Mills

A Ball mill is a horizontal cylinder partly filled with steel balls (or occasionally other shapes) that rotates on its axis, imparting a tumbling and cascading action to the balls. Material fed through the mill is crushed by impact and ground by attrition between the balls. The grinding media are usually made of high-chromium steel. The smaller grades are occasionally cylindrical ("pebs") rather than spherical. There exists a speed of rotation (the "critical speed") at which the contents of the mill would simply ride over the roof of the mill due to centrifugal action. The critical speed (rpm) is given by: Nc = 42.29/√d, where d is the internal diameter in metres. Ball mills are normally operated at around 75% of critical speed, so a mill with diameter 5 metres will turn at around 14 rpm (revolutions per minute).

The mill is usually divided into at least two chambers (although this depends upon feed input size - mills including a roller press are mostly single-chambered), allowing the use of different sizes of grinding media. Large balls are used at the inlet, to crush clinker nodules (which can be over 25 mm in diameter). Ball diameter here is in the range 60–80 mm. In a two-chamber mill, the media in the second chamber are typically in the range 15–40 mm, although media down to 5 mm are sometimes encountered. As a general rule, the size of media has to match the size of material being ground: large media can't produce the ultra-fine particles required in the finished cement, but small media can't break large clinker particles. Mills with as many as four chambers, allowing a tight segregation of media sizes, were once used, but this is now becoming rare. Alternatives to multi-chamber mills are:

• Pairs of mills, run in tandem, charged with different-sized media.

• Use of alternative technology (see roll-presses below) to crush the clinker prior to fine-grinding in ball mill.

A current of air is passed through the mill. This helps keep the mill cool, and sweeps out evaporated moisture which would otherwise cause hydration and disrupt material flow. The dusty exhaust air is cleaned, usually with bag filters.

5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED FOR EACH ALTERNATIVE



The temporary dump sites have been planned in such a manner so that it is away from the minesboundary and settlements.


Safe, low-waste generating methods have been selected for mining, with attention being paid to optimize of resources such as water, fuel, etc. These include:

• Technologies and operations selected will maximize the opportunities for recycling and re-use of water;

• Dust control is important at most mines, and involves both equipment design and operational procedures; and


CHAPTER FIVE


• Solid waste disposal activities have been appropriately located as well as conservatively designed. Attention has given to long-term stability of disposal. Drainage and leachate from disposal sites will be minimized by appropriate location, design and ongoing maintenance.



The proposed plant site falls between the acquired limestone mine block and proposed captive jetty location as per Table



Advantages of Roller Mills

• The production of significantly reducing investment costs: Vertical roller mill system process is simple with a compact layout and small floor area requirement. It requires about 70% of the ball mill system area and about 60 percent of building space. This leads to direct reduction in investment costs. Vertical mill itself functions as a separator and thus no additional separator and lifting equipment is required. The grinding dust and gas can be collected directly from the baghouse or electrostatic precipitator.

• High efficiency, energy saving and environmental protection: The power consumption is about 20% to 30% lower than the ball mill. Vertical roller mill has a lower noise level by 20 – 25dB as compared to the ball mill because in a ball mill, balls collide, hit liner metal crash, and generate noise. In addition, vertical mill is a fully enclosed system with the system working under negative pressure, and thus generating less dust.

• Material drying capability: In the vertical mill, it is easier to maintain the moisture content of the product

• Easy operation, easy maintenance: It is quipped with automatic control system, which enables remote control, easy operation and easy to maintain.

• Product quality is stable and easy to detect: The chemical composition of the product is stable, Homogeneous particle size distribution are conducive to firing. The material in the vertical mill residence time of only 2 ~ 3min, but in a ball mill will have 15 ~ 20min. Therefore, the chemical composition and fineness of the vertical mill products can be quickly determined and corrected.

• Less Wear and Tear: As the vertical mill grinding roller and disc operation is no direct contact between the metal, wear, metal consumption per unit of product is usually 5 ~ 10g / t


CHAPTER FIVE


5.4 SELECTION OF ALTERNATIVE



The mining lease area has been proposed by State Govt under auction for limestone mineral and ACL has participated in the auction process. Post commercial bidding, ACL has won, therefore, no alternative site is considered.


At the site location the mining is proposed to be carried out by fully mechanized opencast method using continuous surface miner (CSM) with combination of excavator/ loader and dumpers. No conventional method i.e. drilling and blasting is proposed. Surface miner is environment friendly machine and is to be used in order to avoid blasting.



The site has direct access to State Highway No 6. The logistics model is well optimised with this plant location. Moreover, the land site is predominantly a waste land belonging to Government of Gujarat and hence preferable from acquisition perspective. From the above considerations, the proposed plant site has been found suitable for proposed Greenfield project.



Keeping in mind the advantages of vertical roller mill, ACL has proposed vertical roller mill for this cement grinding project.

5.4.3.2 Alternate Power Plant Technology

Pulverized Coal Combustion Technology vs Fluidised Bed Combustion Technology

Steam generators using either pulverized coal (PC) combustion technology or Fluidised Bed Combustion (FBC) Technology are available.

PC technology is the traditional power generation technology for coal-fired plants and is the most commonly used technology. The principal characteristic of this technology is that the coal must be pulverized at very high fine degree to spray into the furnace. In CFB technology coal, char and ESP dust can be fired using a gravity firing process. This fuel mix is put into the bottom of the furnace and kept circulating by compressed air blowing from the bottom of the furnace. Fuel particles that are expelled from the furnace are collected by high-efficiency cyclone and then injected back into the furnace. This circulating cycle prolongs the duration that fuel is in the furnace and increases the overall firing level. The comparison between the two technologies is given below.


CHAPTER FIVE


Table 5-2: Comparison of Power Generation Technology Pulverized Coal Combustion Fluidized Bed Combustion

NOx emissions are high (800-1300 mg/Nm3) because of the high temperature in the furnace (>1000oC), therefore, a method or equipment is needed to reduce NOx.

NOx content in the furnace is low because of the low temperature in the furnace (850 deg C), such that emissions normally meet environmental standards without treatment.

SO2 emissions are high. Flue gas desulfizer (FGD) or other desulphurization equipment is required.

Desulphurization takes place in the process as CaCO3 is added with coal and SOx emissions are relatively low as SO2 is partly converted to CaSO4 and gets mixed woth fly ash. No desulphurization equipment is normally required.

Based on the comparison in Table 5.2, the Fluidized Bed Combustion boiler is the preferred choice of technology for the proposed project.

Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boiler vs Atmospheric Fluidized Bed Combustion (AFBC) Boiler

Fluidized Bed Combustion technology is again categorized as Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC) boiler and Atmospheric Fluidized Bed Combustion (AFBC) boiler.

For the present plant, CFBC technology is suggested due to certain advantages given below. The CFBC technology is principally of value for low grade, high ash coals which are difficult to pulverize, and which may have variable combustion characteristics. The direct injection of limestone into the bed offers the possibility of economic SO2 removal without the need for flue gas desulphurization. The combustion temperature in the furnace in a CFBC boiler is considerably less resulting in lower NOx emissions. There is no additional requirement of separate NOx capturing devices which reduces capital investment.

The other advantages of CFBC include lower mintenance cost due to elimination of the pulverizer and pulverized coal piping related outages and equipment redundancy.

Chapter 6

Environment Monitoring Programme


CHAPTER SIX


66.. ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 6.1 MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGIES Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project construction and operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to construction and operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigatory steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

The purpose of the monitoring program is to ensure that the intended environmental measures are achieved. The broad objectives of the environment monitoring program are:

• To monitor impacts on the surrounding environment and the effectiveness of mitigation measures during the construction and operation

• To ensure that the environmental control systems are operating satisfactorily

• To suggest ongoing improvements in management plan, if required, for subsequent effective monitoring.

The following attributes which merit regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and nature of project activities are listed below:

• Source emissions and ambient air quality; • Groundwater Levels and ground water quality; • Water and wastewater quality (water quality, effluent & sewage quality etc); • Solid waste characterization (oily wastes, ETP sludge, used and waste oil); • Soil quality; • Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient noise

levels); and • Ecological preservation and afforestation.

6.1.1 Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase During the course of construction of the project, regular monitoring of all environment parameters is required. The details of monitoring plan implemented during construction stage of the project are given in Table 6.1.


CHAPTER SIX


Table 6-1: Environment Monitoring Pan during Construction Phase Sl. No.

Potential Impact Action to be Followed Parameters for Monitoring Frequency of

Monitoring 1 Air Emissions All equipments are operated

within specified design parameters.

Random checks of equipment logs/ manuals Periodic

Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible Vehicle logs

Periodic during site clearance & construction activities

Maintenance of DG set emissions to meet stipulated standards

Gaseous emissions (SO2, HC, CO, NO2)

Periodic emission monitoring

Ambient air quality within the premises of the proposed unit to be monitored.

The ambient air quality will conform to the standards for PM, SO2, NO2, and CO

As per CPCB/ SPCB requirement or monthly basis whichever is earlier

2 Noise List of all noise generating machinery onsite along with age to be prepared. Equipment to be maintained in good condition

Equipment logs, noise reading

Regular during construction activities

Night working is to be minimized. Working hour records Daily records

Generation of vehicular noise Maintenance of records of vehicles Daily records

Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the plant premises.

Spot Noise recording As per CPCB/SPCB requirement or on quarterly basis whichever is earlier

3 Waste-water Discharge

No untreated discharge to be made to surface water, ground-water or soil. Brine Water from desalination plant will be discharged

No discharge hoses shall be in vicinity of water-courses.

Periodic during construction activities

4 Soil Erosion Protect topsoil stock-pile where possible at edge of site. Effective cover in place. Periodic during

construction activities 5 Drainage and

effluent Management

Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively. The design to incorporate existing drainage pattern and avoid disturbing the same.

Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof


6 Waste Management

Implement waste management plan that identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.

Comprehensive Waste Management Plan should be prepared and available for inspection onsite. Compliance with MSW Rules, 1998 and Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling Rules), 2008

Periodic check during construction activities

7 Non-routine events and accidental releases

Plan to be drawn up, considering likely emergencies and steps required to prevent/ limit consequences.

Mock drills and records of the same



CHAPTER SIX


Sl. No.

Potential Impact Action to be Followed Parameters for Monitoring Frequency of

Monitoring 8 Health Employees and migrant labour

health check-up All relevant parameters including HIV Regular check ups

9 Environmental Management Cell/ Unit

Environmental Management Cell/ Unit is to be set up to ensure implementation and monitoring of environmental safeguards.

Responsibilities and roles will be decided before the commencement of work.

During construction phase

10 Loss of flora and fauna

Re-vegetation as per Forest guidelines No. of plants, species During site clearance

6.1.1.1 Reporting Schedule

Reporting of the data in prescribed format is to be submitted to respective State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) half yearly. The head of the Environment Management Cell shall review the monitoring on a daily basis and report to the Station Head of the Plant on weekly basis for any non-compliance who in turn shall report to the CEO fortnightly.

6.1.2 Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase The following routine monitoring programme as detailed in Table-6.2 shall be implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permits from SPCB/ MoEF&CC shall be monitored and reported periodically.

The monitoring plan proposed for operation phase of the project presented in Table 6.2.

Table 6-2: Environment Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase Sl. No.

Potential Impact Action to be Followed Parameters for

Monitoring Frequency of

Monitoring 1 Air Emissions Ambient air quality within the premises

of the proposed unit and nearby habitations to be monitored. Exhaust from vehicles to be minimized by use of fuel efficient vehicles and well maintained vehicles having PUC certificate.

PM, SO2, NO2, CO and HC. Vehicle logs to be maintained

As per CPCB/ SPCB requirement or on weekly basis whichever is earlier. Monitoring will be done in 6 locations during operation

Stack Emission from the plant (Continuous emission monitoring system)

PM, SO2, NO2, CO and HC.

As per online monitoring guidelines of CPCB

Measuring onsite data of Meteorology

Wind speed, direction, temp, relative humidity and rainfall.

Continuous monitoring using on-line weather station during operation phase

Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent Possible. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible

Vehicle logs Daily records


CHAPTER SIX


2 Noise Generation of vehicular noise Maintain records of vehicles

Periodic during operation phase

3 Wastewater Discharge

No untreated discharge to be made to surface water, ground-water or soil.

Regular check ups Periodic during operation phase

Take care in disposal of waste-water generated such that soil and groundwater resources are protected

Discharge norms for effluents


Compliance of wastewater discharge standards

pH, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD & Temperature

Once in a week during operation phase

Compliance of treated sewage to standards

Comprehensive as per GSR 422(E)

Once in a season

4 Drainage and effluent Management

Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively.

Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof


5 Water Quality and Water Levels

No process water and will be generated from the proposed cement grinding unit. Only domestic waste water generated will be treated in STP.

pH, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD Once in a season during operation in two locations

6 Work zone air contamination

Contaminants such as VOCs to be reduced by providing adequate ventilation

Monitoring of indoor air contaminants such as PM, CO, CO2 and VOCs.

As per CPCB/ SPCB requirement

7 Emergency preparedness, such as fire fighting

Fire protection and safety measures to take care of fire and explosion hazards, to be assessed and steps taken for their prevention.

Mock drill records, on site emergency plan, evacuation plan


8 Maintenance of flora and fauna

Vegetation, greenbelt/ green cover development

No. of plants, species Periodic during operation phase

9 Waste Management

Implement waste management plan that identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of waste arising.

Records of solid waste generation, treatment and disposal


10 Soil quality Maintenance of good soil quality Physico-chemical Parameters and metals.

Periodical monitoring at site

11 Health Employees and migrant labour health checkups. Periodic health survey of affected villages

All relevant parameters including HIV

Regular check ups

6.1.2.1 Reporting Schedule

Reporting of the data in prescribed format is to be submitted to respective state pollution control Board (SPCB) on half yearly basics before 1st June and 1st December of every year.


CHAPTER SIX


6.1.3 Monitoring Methods and Data Analysis of Environmental Monitoring

All environmental monitoring and relevant operational data will be stored in a relational database and should be able to link to GIS system. This will enable efficient retrieval and storage and interpretation of the data. Regular data extracts and interpretive reports will be sent to the regulator.

6.1.3.1 Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis

Stack Monitoring

The emissions from the stacks shall be monitored regularly. The exit gas temperature, velocity and pollutant concentrations shall be measured. Any unacceptable deviation from the design values shall be thoroughly examined and appropriate action shall be taken. Air blowers shall be checked for any drop in exit gas velocity. A continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS) shall be installed for ESP monitoring.

Work-space Monitoring

The concentration of air borne pollutants in the workspace/work zone environment shall be monitored periodically. If concentrations higher than threshold limit values are observed, the source of fugitive emissions shall be identified and necessary measures taken. Methane and non-methane hydrocarbons shall be monitored in oil storage area once in a season. If the levels are high suitable measures as detailed in EMP shall be initiated.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The ground level concentrations of PM, SO2 and NO2 in the ambient air shall be monitored at regular intervals. Any abnormal rise shall be investigated to identify the causes and appropriate action shall be initiated. Greenbelt shall be developed for minimizing dust propagation. The ambient air quality data should be transferred and processed in a centralized computer facility equipped with required software. Trend and statistical analysis should be done. Continuous online monitoring system (COMS) shall be installed for monitoring of ambient air quality within the site.

6.1.3.2 Water and Waste-water Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis

To ensure a strict control over the water consumption, flow meters shall be installed for all major inlets. All leakages and excess shall be identified and rectified. In addition, periodic water audits shall be conducted to explore further possibilities for water conservation. Methods prescribed in "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater" prepared and published jointly by American Public Health Association (APHA), American Water Works Association (AWWA) is recommended.

Monitoring of Groundwater

The monitoring of groundwater is the most important tool to test the efficiency of performance. This is indispensable as it provides detection of the presence of waste constituents in ground-water in case of leachate migration. Water samples will be taken at a pre-determined interval and analyzed for specific pollutant expected to be in the leachate. Monitoring wells should be installed to a depth of at least 3-m below the maximum historic groundwater depth. A minimum of two ground monitoring wells shall be


CHAPTER SIX


typically installed at disposal facility: one up-gradient well and one down-gradient well. It is planned to collect water samples and analyze. Records of analysis shall be maintained.

6.1.3.3 Noise Levels

Noise levels in the work zone environment such as packing house, grinding unit, material loading and unloading areas shall be monitored. The frequency shall be once in three months in the work zone. Similarly, ambient noise levels near habitations shall also be monitored once in three months. Audiometric tests should be conducted periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources.

6.1.4 Environment Monitoring Cost Total Annual costs involved in environmental monitoring for construction and operation phase is given in Table 6.3. Monitoring cost during construction and operation phase has been estimated to be Rs 25.6 lakhs and Rs 43.16 lakhs respectively.

Table 6-3: Environment Monitoring Cost

Component Stage No. of Locations

Total No. of samples Annually

Frequency Cost per Sample

(Rs) Total cost

(Rs)

Air Construction 4 384 Twice a week 5000.00 19,20,000.00

Operation All stacks 4 Once in 6 months 2000.00 4,34,000.00

7 672 Twice a week 5000.00 33,60,000.00

Water Construction

4 surface water 16 Twice in 6 months 6000.00 96,000.00 4 ground water 16 Twice in 6 months 5500.00 88,000.00

Operation 5 surface water 20 Twice in 6 months 6000.00 1,20,000.00 6 ground water 24 Twice in 6 months 5500.00 1,32,000.00

Noise Construction 4 192 Once a week 2000.00 3,84,000.00

Operation 6 288 Once a week 2000.00 5,76,000.00

Soil Construction 3 12 Twice in 6 months 6000.00 72,000.00

Operation 5 20 Twice in 6 months 6000.00 1,20,000.00 Total 73,02,000.00

Note: A capital cost of Rs. 3 crores and Rs. 2 crores shall be spent for purchase and installation of CEMS and COMS

6.1.5 DATA ANALYSIS AND SUBMISSION

Monitoring data analysis will be done as per CPCB guidelines by NABL/MoEF&CC accredited laboratory and shall be submitted to concerned authority (specified in Environment Clearance Letter and Consent issued by SPCB) on regular basis.

Chapter 7

Additional Studies

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Proposed Lakhpat Cement Works (Integrated Project) Village Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani & Kapurasi, Taluka Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat)

CHAPTER SEVEN


77.. ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

7.1.1 Public Hearing As per the conditions of the ToR issued by EAC MoEF&CC and the EIA Notification 2006, public consultation will be held for the project. “Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. Public consultation process comprises of two parts, v.i.z Public Hearing and written response from stakeholders. As per the conditions of the ToR and the EIA Notification 2006, public hearing for the project was successfully completed on 28/05/2019 at 11:00 am at Village-Koriyani, Lakhpat.

As per provision of notification, the date, time and place of public hearing were advertised in Gujarati daily newspaper, “Kutch mitra” and English daily “The Indian Express” on 22/04/2019. For mass information about date, venue and time of public hearing, advertisement was made by putting banners and through loud speaker announcement in the neighbouring villages.

The public hearing was conducted by Dr. S.N Agravat, I/c Regional Officer, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Regional office Kutch-west and representative of Member Secretary, Gujarat Pollution Control Board on the scheduled Date, Time and venue. The public hearing was headed by Smt. Remya Mohan (I.A.S.), District Magistrate and District Collector Bhuj, Kutch and was attended by public and Gram Pradhan of the nearby villages.

Dr. SN Agravat, I/c Regional Officer, Gujrat Pollution Control Board, Regional office Kutch-west and representative of Member Secretary, Gujarat Pollution Control Board welcomed the participant and explained the procedure of environmental clearance as well as Public Hearing for proposed project in brief and opportunity of the Public Hearing is being provided to the affected people residing in and around project site as per the aforesaid notification published by MoEF&CC, Government of India. He informed public about publicity done and advertisement given in newspapers by Gujrat Pollution Control Board for Public Hearing. Then after, with the permission of chairman, he asked the project proponent to make the presentation about the proposed project.

After that representative of the Project Proponent welcomed participants and gave power point presentation in Gujarati Language covering introduction of the company, product profile, technical information, details of project, Environment Management System, its impact on environment along with proposed mitigation measures and Industry’s activities towards social responsibilities.


CHAPTER SEVEN


Figure 7.1: Public Hearing in Progress This was followed by an open session in which the villagers put forward their queries regarding the project, its impact and measures to be taken to improve the quality of life of the people. They were also requested to submit their suggestions, doubts and objections regarding the project in writing also. The villagers were supportive of the project and said that plants should be operated in the area. People were interested to know whether the local people will be provided employment and requested the proponent to initiate operation as early as possible so that people get employment.

The issues raised and the response by the proponent is provided in Annexure 7.1. Action plan proposed for the issue raised during the Public hearing has been provided in Table 7.1 below.

Table 7-1: Action Plan for Issues raised during public Hearing Sl. No. Issues Action Plan 1 Employment should be provided to the

local people, especially affected persons Preference will be given to local workers based on their skill and experience from the surrounding villages. ACL is providing jobs to 630 persons per day during construction phase. During the operation phase, there will be direct and indirect employment generation. 150 skilled workers will be directly employed by the industrial units. Indirect employment in the form of contractual workers, petty business and ancillary suppliers will be more than 450.

2 Health Facilities should be provided As part of the CER programme, health camps (eye, disabled


CHAPTER SEVEN


people, dental) would get conducted twice in a year at regular interval. Provision of life Insurance as per recommendation of local committee headed by village representative and tehsildar would be there in CER programme.

3 Providing training for skill development As part of the CER programme, Rs. 350 lakhs will be spent for skill development among local people each year up to 5 years.

4 Implement development activities for the affected villages

As part of the CER programme, Rs 4600 lakhs will be spent for development of sustainable livelihood and self-working groups, scientific support and awareness to local Farmers to increase yield of crop and fodder in the area, developing education facilities in nearby villages

5 Programmes for women empowerment Self-Help Groups, organized by Adani Foundation, are already operational in the area. These SHGs are provided training on planning, book-keeping, conflict management, etc. Women Empowerment Training Programme has been started for two groups which include training for making washing powder, phenyl, soap, shampoo, gel, tile cleaner and many more usable items. Adani Foundation has started a training programme with two major women group of Lakhpat region. Also training is provided to women for traditional handicrafts of the area such as weaving, dyeing, printing, bandhani (tie-dye), embroidery, leather work, pottery, woodwork, and metalwork.

7 Widow Pension Scheme to be initiated Adani Foundation will assist in the implementation of the government widow pension scheme and also ensure assistance to widows.

8 Problem of air pollution and water pollution

For air pollution control, Bag filters and ESPs will be installed which will prevent dusts from being released in the air. In the mines dust suppression will be done by water sprinkling. At the transfer points of conveyor, bag filters will be installed. No untreated water will be discharged outside the project area. All waste-water will be reused in the process as well as in the green belt.

9 Damage to Infrastructure due to proposed plant operations

No community structures such as schools, temples or community halls are getting affected. It has been proposed that the compensation will be made as per the LARR Act 2013. As the jetty is 1.3 km away from the Koriyani dam project so it would not harm the dam in anyway. Also the conveyor belt would be the covered one which would not release any dust and is 120 m away from the Koriyani dam. There will also be water harvesting done by ACL and the clean water from the mines will be pumped into village ponds, which can be used for domestic and agricultural purposes.


CHAPTER SEVEN


7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT AND EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN

7.2.1 Risk Assessment and Emergency Preparedness Plan Cement Plant and Power Plant

Risk assessment study was carried out to study the nature of hazards due to the proposed activities of the cement plant and power plant including operations involved in use of hazardous chemicals/fuels storage and handling. The study includes:

• Identification of chemicals and hazards.

• Preliminary identification of hazardous area of the plant and threat of storage with respect to Fire and Explosion index.

• Identification of accident sequences and consequences

• Visualisation and Analysis of Maximum Credible accidental scenarios.

• Estimation of damage criteria for heat radiation and toxic concentration levels with recourse to health criteria and dose response.

• Study of onsite and offsite population characteristics.

• Study of characteristics of risk levels through study of nature of exposure, pathways and consequences of maximum credible accidental scenarios and presentation of results in terms of risk contours.

• For developing an "On-site" and "Off-site" Emergency Management Plan incorporating measures of safety prevention, mitigation and control of Hazardous events.

Hazard identification provides information on onsite hazardous substances, their nature, quantities and details of storage. Preliminary hazard Identification is used to identify typical and often relatively apparent risk sources and damage events in a system. As each hazard is identified, the potential causes, effects, and severity of accidents and possible corrective and/ or preventive measures are also listed.

Hazards of significant nature whose potential is of worth consideration and wherein a specified area or where more number of personnel is likely to be present etc., are considered in identifying the hazards. The following hazards have been are evaluated:

1. Fire Hazards

2. Toxic Hazards.

7.2.1.1 Risk Assessment and Hazard Analysis

The aim of hazard control and disaster management is concerned with preventing accidents through good design, operation, maintenance and inspection, by which it is possible to reduce the risk of an accident.

Hazard is the associated term with material, which is a measure or the likely hood of the human working with, or studying the material in question. The entire probable potential hazard is classified under the heads of fire hazard and toxic hazard.


CHAPTER SEVEN


7.2.1.2 Fire Hazard

Fire hazard might arise out of fuel storage areas and is considered as high risk and most probable reason for emergency. The on-site emergency plan is prepared to deal with fire hazard inside the plant in order to save the life and property. In the proposed project as the consumption of HSD is limited to DG sets and vehicles, there will be no storage and will be sourced from local vendors as per requirement.

7.2.1.3 Toxic Hazard

Toxic substances affect in three ways by ingestion, adsorption and inhalation which are described below.

Eye Contact: Airborne dust may cause immediate or delayed irritation or inflammation. Eye contact with large amounts of clinker dust and dry cement powder can cause moderate eye irritation, chemical burns and blindness. Eye contact with large amounts of gypsum can cause moderate eye irritation, redness and abrasions. Eye exposures require immediate first aid and medical attention to prevent significant damage to the eye.

Skin Contact: Dust of clinker, gypsum and cement may cause dry skin, discomfort, irritation, severe burns and dermatitis. Clinker dust and cement dust are capable of causing dermatitis by irritation. Skin affected by dermatitis may include symptoms such as, redness, itching, rash, scaling and cracking. Irritant dermatitis is caused by the physical properties of clinker dust including alkalinity and abrasion.

Inhalation (acute): Breathing dust may cause nose, throat or lung irritation, including choking, depending on the degree of exposure. Inhalation of high levels of dust can cause chemical burns to the nose, throat and lungs.

Inhalation (chronic): Risk of injury depends on duration and level of exposure. This product contains crystalline silica. Prolonged or repeated inhalation of respirable crystalline silica from this product can cause silicosis, a seriously disabling and fatal lung disease. Some studies show that exposure to respirable crystalline silica (without silicosis) or that the disease silicosis may be associated with the increased incidence of several autoimmune disorders such as scleroderma (thickening of the skin), systemic lupus erythematosus (a systemic autoimmune disease in which the body’s immune system mistakenly attacks healthy tissue), rheumatoid arthritis and diseases affecting the kidneys. Silicosis increases the risk of tuberculosis.

7.2.1.4 Preliminary Hazard Analysis

• Events pertaining to the manufacturing process of cement

The following areas are identified as hazard prone in case of cement plant where Disaster management plan is required.

Handling of coal

Handling of fine dust

Handling of hot clinker

Handling of cement


CHAPTER SEVEN


Packing areas

• Handling of Coal

Coal will be received through conveyors and is stored in stock yard. The possible hazards are envisaged due to failure of conveyor belt and malfunctioning at transfer points

During summer season, there is chance of coal catching fire due to hot temperatures

Effective sprinkling systems will be provided all round the coal stock yards.

• Handling of Fine Dust

The hot raw meal will be stored in the raw mill silos. It is very common that the hot raw meal gets jammed in the chute and screw conveyers.

During the maintenance process, the operator generally works in the preheater cyclone and other areas. Always there is a possibility of hazard that the jammed material falls on the workers and due to hot temperature of the material, possibility of injury may occur to the worker, sufficient care should be taken in the maintenance operations.

• Handling of Hot Clinker

The hot clinker will be transported by chain conveyors to the top of the silo where it is subjected to screening. During this operation, there is a possibility of spill out of hot clinker. Proper care for the conveyor system and the bund wall for the clinker stock pile should be provided.

• Handling of Cement

Cement is the fine dust which requires proper care in handling, storage and packing to avoid any health hazards.

7.2.1.5 Hazards Occurrence

A. Type of Accidents

ACL will handle considerable quantity of toxic/ flammable/ explosive materials like- Coal, LP and HP steam. The characteristics of the above materials can lead to thermal radiation and toxic effects. In general accidents can occur in three stages.

• Construction,

• Testing and Commissioning including start-up or shut down stages,

• Normal process operation and

• Storage and transfer operation.

B. Construction / commissioning / start up / shut down stages / vessel tankage entry.

During construction stage, most of the accidents occur due to;

• Human errors (by-passing safety rules and regulations).


CHAPTER SEVEN


• Improper laying of cables.

• Improper Housekeeping (keeping combustible material near welding/ gas cutting operations)

• Material handling.

• Handling of tools.

• Working at heights/ elevated levels.

• Material handling with equipment like crane, hydraulic pays loaders, JCB, Poclaine.

• Earth moving and filling.

• Pressure testing of lines.

• Uncovered trenches, Pressuring of the line etc.

• Unsafe electrical practices.

C. Process Operations

Accidents in thermal power plants generally occur due to Fire, Explosion and Toxic gas release, High-pressure steam leakages and electrical short circuits.

• Malfunctioning of equipment.

• Power failures.

• Failure to take corrective steps in time.

• Failure of utilities.

• System failure.

• Ageing of equipments.

• Improper communication.

D. Storage and Transfer Operations

• Accidents due to material spillage/ over filling, mechanical failure and external impacts.

• Accident can also occur during opening & maintenance of pipelines, drums, columns, pumps, flanges, drains etc.

• Static electricity.

• Thunder and lightning.

• On the job accident due to human error.

E. System Elements/ Event that can lead to Major Accidents.


CHAPTER SEVEN


The system like storage vessels/ tanks, columns, pipelines involving highly flammable and hazardous chemicals can lead to major accidents under abnormal conditions. The various systems and its possible events are listed below.

Table 7-2: Elements likely to lead to Major Accidents Sl. No. Systems Type of Events

1 Pipelines Leak/ Rupture 2 Columns/strippers/ Dislocation of internals

Vessel 3 Furnaces Tube leak/ Over pressure Explosion 4 Burners Flange leak 5 Pumps Mechanical failure j Utility failure 6 Compressors Over pressure 7 Valves Leak 8 Boilers Over pressure j Utility failure 9 Storage Over filling over pressure static

Electricity 10 Hoses Leak j rupture 11 Coal Storage Spontaneous Ignition of Coal

7.2.1.6 Fire Protection and Safety Measures For Fire and Explosion Hazards

For protection of the plant against fire, all buildings / equipment, storage yards and plant would be protected by anyone or a combination of the following system.

• Hydrant System

• Medium velocity water spray system

• High velocity water spray system

• Low expansion foam system

• Mobile & portable fire extinguishing equipment

• Fire alarm & detection system

The system will be designed in accordance with the recommendations of TAC / National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), USA will be followed, as applicable. While designing the fire protection system for this power station its extreme ambient condition will be taken into account.

The water for hydrant and water spray system will be met from a dedicated firewater storage tank. The hydrant system will be fed by electric motor driven fire pumps with diesel driven standby pump (100%) of similar capacity. The pressure in the system will be maintained by means of jockey pumps. Fire hydrants are located throughout the plant covering the following buildings:

• Boiler area

• Turbine buildings


CHAPTER SEVEN


• Coal bunkers

• ESP

• Transformer & Switchyard

• Fuel oil storage area & pump house

• Administration building and canteen

• Workshop & stores

• Water treatment plant area

• Coal handling area & storage area

• Cable galleries / control system

• Service building

• Coal Grinding System

• Pyro Processing System

• Burner Platform

• Hot Air System

All fire hydrants are provided with necessary accessories and hose houses. An automatic medium velocity water spray system with heat detection system will be provided for fuel oil storage tanks, cable spreader / trench area. A manual type medium velocity water spray system will be provided for air heaters. Water for the spray system is drawn from the hydrant main ring.

High velocity water spray system will be provided for steam turbine lube oil tanks, generator transformer & unit auxiliary transformer. Dry pilot quartzoid bulbs type heat detection system will be used for detection of fire in the above area.

Dry powder type fire extinguisher and CO2 type portable and mobile fire extinguishers will be kept at strategic locations in the plant area. In addition to these, manual call points will also be provided at different locations and there will be one mobile fire tender consisting of fire water storage, pump, hose reels, foam proportioner, foam containers etc. stationed within the plant premises.

7.2.1.7 Emergency Preparedness Plan - Cement Plant and Power Plant

As per the rules 10 to 13 under Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, the occupier of the industry using hazardous chemicals in its manufacturing activity should develop an Emergency Management Plan. This includes description of the emergencies likely to arise out of the activity together with proposed measures to overcome the situation. The purpose of the Emergency Preparedness Plan is to minimize the danger to life and property in the event of a Plant emergency. To achieve this goal, well-defined, clear-cut steps are to be taken. For the purpose of this Plan, emergency procedures will be implemented for fires and explosions, material spills or natural disasters, which require immediate emergency action and/or evacuation of the Plant. An onsite


CHAPTER SEVEN


emergency in the industries involving hazardous processes or in hazardous installations is one situation, which has potential to cause serious injury or loss of life. It may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption in the work area and usually, the effects are confined to factory or in several departments of factory, premises.

A quick and effective response during an emergency can have tremendous significance on whether the situation is controlled with little loss or it turns into a major emergency. Therefore, the purpose of this preliminary Onsite Emergency Plan (OSEP) is to provide basic guidance to the personnel for effectively combating such situations to minimize loss of life, damage to property and loss of property.

The plant authorities will prepare a detailed On-site Emergency Preparedness Plan before commissioning the Cement plant after incorporating the relevant details like responsibilities of individual officers or staff, telephone numbers, communication system designated emergency exits etc. Similarly, a detailed Off-site Emergency Preparedness Plan will be prepared before commissioning the plant after incorporating relevant details like telephone numbers of statutory authorities (fire, police etc), nearby hospitals, nearby medical stores, press etc.

STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

The following is the general approach for handling any emergency. The steps include

a) Noticing the accident

b) Informing the Declarer

c) Declaration of Emergency

d) Interaction with the outside agencies

Noticing the Accidents & Informing the Declarer

The workers in the working zone will in all probability notice emergencies. Emergency is however to be controlled by a senior person. Any accident situation observed by the worker will be communicated to the Shift in-charge. The shift in-charge on assessing the situation will initiate appropriate action while getting in touch with the Declarer of Emergency (General Manager - Plant).

Declaration of Emergency

The declarer of emergency at accident spot will assess the situation. If he finds that the accident could result in an On-site or Off-site emergency situation, he will immediately declare the emergency by a coded siren to inform the workers of the Plant that an emergency situation has arisen and they would have to shut down the operations of the Plant and move towards safer areas which have been pre-decided.

In case the emergency IS of onsite nature, the management of the emergency will be entirely in the hands of 'Declarer'. On the other hand, if the situation is so serious that it effects are likely to be felt outside the Plant premises, it would be 'offsite' emergency situation and the declarer has to get in touch with the pre-decided authority who will come and take over the management of emergency situation.

The management of the emergency will be conducted from a control room or its alternate, both of which will have to be pre-decided. The emergency has to be controlled from one particular spot. This spot should be


CHAPTER SEVEN


away from the likely points of accident and is easily accessible. The control room of a power plant is one such area where the management of emergency can be handled. The following facilities will be provided in the Control Room:

• Plant layout

• Emergency telephone numbers

• General telephone numbers

• Emergency lighting

• Daily recording of number of people working in hazardous area

• Communication system so that District Magistrate, Police control room, Fire brigade, Hospitals, and pharmacies could be contacted urgently in emergency. Such phone numbers will be displayed prominently at all working stations.

• Safety equipment

• Personal protection equipment

• Tools and tackles.

Interaction with Outside Agencies:

The Declarer of Emergency will also get in touch with other industries and nearby population. The question of nearby population arises only if emergency is an Offsite one and the actual contact with the public will be done through the Police department. The declarer of emergency will have detailed information about the hospital, ambulances and antidotes, which will be made available in the control room. The arrangement to carry the injured to the hospital also will have to be decided beforehand.

The declarer of emergency will inform the police personnel about the possible hazards beforehand so that they would be ready to undertake the work. Further, the declarer of emergency will inform the Fire Brigade if necessary and give all information to the local authorities like Collector, Chief Inspector of Factories and Police control room.

Only one person who will be entrusted this work will perform this job and nobody else would be authorized to make any statement regarding the state of emergency. Finally, when the Incident Controller has brought the emergency under control, the declarer of emergency will give an "All Clear Signal", the code of which will be decided beforehand. Thus, the workers and the public would come to know that the emergency situation has now come under control.

TRAINING FACILITIES

All employees, including maintenance and contractor employees will be made aware of the safety and health hazards which can occur in the power plant. Periodic training programmes including refresher courses will be conducted at site to make them aware of the Safety aspects and the actions that each employee is supposed to take in an Emergency.


CHAPTER SEVEN


The purpose of training is also to establish and verify the organization's ability to prevent fires and to effectively respond to fire emergencies. ACL will provide training through its training department. Training considerations include:

1. Actions to be taken in the event of a fire:

Sound the alarm, when to evacuate, how to extinguish a fire, whom to notify, what equipment to shut down.

2. Portable fire extinguishers

The correct extinguisher and its proper operation on a particular type of fire (e.g., metals, electrical, chemical, wood, or paper). The training should be "hands-on" to give employees experience in extinguishments techniques.

3. Familiarity with Plant:

A tour of the entire facility, with emphasis on the location of exits, fire extinguishers, hazardous operations, and restricted areas.

4. Care and maintenance of equipment or machinery they will be operating:

To reduce fire loss potential by helping to keep equipment from malfunctioning or breaking down.

5. Alarms

The meaning of various alarms and the actions to take when they are sounded.

6. Hot-Work Permits

Hot work permit system clearly stating who has the authority to issue the permit and hoe the permit is to be returned

7. Flammable Liquids/Gases:

How to safely handle, use, and store Flammable liquids/Gases. However, additional training in subjects such as operating procedures and safety work practices, emergency evacuation and response, safety procedures, routine and non-routine work authorization activities, and other areas pertinent to process safety and health will also be covered.

Operating personnel, who will work in a control room or at control panels, will be trained on power plant simulator. Upset conditions of various types could be displayed on the simulator, such that the employee could go through the proper operating procedures to bring the simulator back to the normal operating parameters.

ACL will periodically evaluate their training programs to see if the necessary skills, knowledge, and routines are being properly understood and implemented by their trained employees. The means or methods for evaluating the training will be developed along with the training program goals and objectives. Training program evaluation will help ACL to determine the amount of training their employees understood, and whether the desired results were obtained. If, after the evaluation, it appears that the trained employees are not at the level of knowledge and skill that was expected, ACL will revise the training program, provide retraining, or provide more frequent refresher training sessions until the deficiency is resolved.


CHAPTER SEVEN


7.2.2 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management in Limestone Mine

7.2.2.1 Risk Assessment

Any mines have dangers or risk like fires, inundation, failure of machinery, which need to be investigated, addressed and mitigated. Disaster management formulated with an aim of taking precautionary steps to avert disaster and also to take such action after the disaster which limits the damage to the minimum.

Preliminary Risk assessment is based on the philosophy that “prevention is better than cure”. Mining operations may be carried to the utmost safety but there is always some element of danger or risk in it. No disaster is envisaged. Only minor accidents may take place. The applied area has gentle slope towards NW. No perennial source of surface water is present. Mining will be carried out by Surface Miner in combination with Pay Loader and Dumper/Tipper. No blasting is proposed. The mining operations will be carried out under supervision of statutory personnel’s as per provisions of MCR 1960, MCDR 1988, Mines Rules 1955, Mines Act 1952 & strictly following safety aspects as per MMR 1961 monitored by Directorate General of Mines Safety.

Opencast mining has been proposed, problems related with underground mines such as subsidence are not applicable. In case of eventuality, first aid will be given by the competent authority initially to the injured person. The competent person Mines Manager or Mining Engineer will give notice of accident as per Rule-23 of Mines Act-1952. The persons/competent authorities named above will be responsible for co-ordinations between Management and District Authorities/DGMS etc. Regarding general safety as per Rule-181 of MMR 1961, “No person shall negligently or willfully do anything likely to endanger life or limb in the mine, or negligently or will fully omit to do anything necessary for the safety of the mine or of the persons employed there in”. The workers will be provided with protective foot wear and safety helmets.

The complete mining operation will be carried out under the management control and direction of a qualified Mine Manager holding a First Class Manager’s Certificate of competency to manage a metalliferous mine granted by the DGMS. The DGMS have been regularly issuing standing orders, model standing orders and circulars to be followed by the mine management in case of disaster, if any. Moreover, mining staff will be sent to refresher courses from time to time to keep them alert. However, accident due to heavy mining equipment may occur during normal operation.

In order to take care of above hazard/disaster, the following control measures will be adopted;

• All safety precautions and provisions of Mine Act, 1952, Metalliferrous Mines Regulation, 1961 and Mines Rules, 1955 will be strictly followed during all mining operations;

• Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited;

• Firefighting and first aid provisions in the mines office complex and mining area;

• Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boot, helmets, goggles etc. will be made available to the employees and regular check for their use;

• Training and refresher courses for all the employees working in hazardous premises; Under Mines vocational training rules all employees of mines shall have to undergo the training at a regular interval;


CHAPTER SEVEN


• Working of mine, as per approved mine plan and regularly updating the mine plans;

• Cleaning of mine faces will be regularly done;

• Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer’s guidelines;

• Suppression of dust on the haulage roads;

• Adequate safety equipment will be provided to all mine workers ; and

• Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster posters and awareness drives.

For any type of above disaster, a rescue team will be formed by training the mining staff with specialized training.

7.2.2.2 Possible Hazards in Open-cast Mine

There are various factors, which can cause disaster in the mine. The mining activity has several disaster prone areas.

Overburden

The overburden dumps may cause landslides. High overburden dumps within mining lease area, may cause sliding of the overburden dump or may cause failure of the pit slope due to excessive loading, thereby causing loss of life and property. Siltation of surface water may also cause run-off from overburden dumps.

Heavy Machinery

Most of the accidents during transport of dumpers, proclaims and dozers and other heavy vehicles are often attributable to mechanical failure and human errors.

Fuel Storage

Most of the HEMM will operate on diesel. However, no major storage is envisaged at the mine Lase area. A diesel bouser is provided for the crawler mounted machines operating in the mine.

Water Logging

Water logging in the mine site has been avoided by adopting following measures;

Correct marking of position of water bodies with their highest flood level and keeping the mine protected by suitable bunds;

Water from the surface water bodies shall not enter in the mines;

Draining of mine water by suitable capacity pumps;

7.2.2.3 Safety Measures

Mines Operation:

• The opencast mine has been planned for working with a) Development by Shovel & Dumper/Tippers and b) Limestone raisings by using surface miner, payloaders and dumpers/tippers system which requires proper benching not only for slope stability but also for movement of dumpers and other


CHAPTER SEVEN


heavy machinery. The inclination of the quarry sides at the final stage i.e. at the dip most point will not exceed 450 to the horizontal. (This angle is measured between the line joining the toe of the bottom most bench to the crest of the top most bench and the horizontal line).

• The quarries will be protected by garland drains around the periphery for storm water drainage;

• A minimum safe distance of 50 m will be kept between the surface edge of the quarry and the nearest public building, roads etc. No blasting is proposed.

• All mining operations both within the quarry and outside will be conducted as per the conditions laid down by DGMS and under strict supervision of competent persons appointed under Metalliferous Mine Regulation Act, 1961.

Measures to Prevent the Danger of Overburden:

The geometry of the OB Dump is as follows:

• Height: 30.0m (max) with terraces

• Height of terrace: 10m

• Clearance between two terraces: >15m

• Terrace Slope: 35°

• Ultimate Dump Slope: ~22°

• OB dumping shall be kept for a period of first five years in this mining plan hence stabilization is not feasible. This may risk in spreading the waste material and hence grass spreading shall be carried out for temporary stabilization. On the other hand, space for backfilling shall be matured in eighth year onwards.

• Retaining wall along the dump is also proposed to prevent any dump failure.

• Garland drain will be constructed around the dump to prevent siltation. Settling tanks will be built in appropriate locations to ensure any run-off water is clean.

Measures to Prevent Accidents due to trucks and Dumpers:

• All transportation within the main working area should be carried out under the direct supervision and control of the management;

• The vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once a week by a competent person authorized for this purpose by the management;

• Broad signs should be provided at each and every turning point specially for the guidance of the drivers at night;

• To avoid dangers while reversing the trackless vehicles, especially at the embankment and tripping points, all areas for reversing of vehicle should, as for as possible, be made man free, and there should be a light and sound device to indicate reversing of trucks; and


CHAPTER SEVEN


• A statuary provision of the fence, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in reducing the incidence of such accidents.

7.2.2.4 Disaster Management Plan

7.2.2.4.1 Objectives of Disaster Management Plan

Even with all precautions taken, disasters may happen. It is very essential to develop and follow a Disaster Management Plan to handle disasters when they occur. The DMP will be circulated to all employees to avoid chaos and confusion during disaster.

The disaster management plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the Disaster Management Plan, it should be widely circulated and personnel training through rehearsals/drills.

The objective of the Disaster Management Plan is to make up of the combined resources of the mine and the outside services to achieve the following;

The objective of onsite disaster management plan for the mine is to be a stage of perceptual readiness through training, development to immediately control and arrest any emergency situations, so as to avert a full-fledged disaster and the consequence of human and property damage. In the event of a disaster still occurring & to manage the same so that the risk of the damage to life and property is minimized.

Proponents have a demented procedure for Emergency Preparedness & Responses. The emergency situations arising out of the situations as defined in the clause shall be addressed in the documents.

The salient features are elaborated as below: -

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties;

Safeguard other peoples;

Minimize damage to property and the environment;

Identify and dead;

Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control;

Provide for the needs of relatives;

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area; and

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and circumstances of the emergency.

In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescues rehabilitation and render medical help and to restore normalcy.


CHAPTER SEVEN


A disaster occurs when a hazard such as Earthquake, Flood or Cyclone coincides with a vulnerable situation. Based on project details, geography, environmental setting of the study area and available information (Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, May 2017 - 18) following hazards have been identified which may possibly lead to disaster. The probability/seasonality of hazard in the project area is also listed below.

Table 7-3: Identified Natural Hazards in the Study Area Sl. No. Hazard Project area

(Lakhpat) Findings 1 Earthquake Zone V (Very High damage risk zone) 2 Cyclone Open to wind speed of 50 m/sec and greater. (Highly vulnerable) 3 Sea surge Highly vulnerable 4 Tsunami Highly vulnerable 5 Flood Low (may occur due to very heavy rainfall, sea surge or tsunami)

Disaster identification suggests that the project site is vulnerable to natural hazards other than Flood. According to Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, probability of flood in entire Kutch district is low, it may occur only on the event of very heavy rainfall, sea surge or tsunami. Among the identified impacts, Earthquake is most probable to occur in the project site followed by Tsunami and Cyclones. Probability period and seasonality of natural disasters is given below.

Table 7-4: Probability Period/Seasonality of disasters Type of Hazards Time of

Occurrence Potential Impact

Flood June – September Loss of life, livestock, crop and infrastructure Earthquake Anytime Loss of life, livestock and

Infrastructure. Cyclone April - May

October - November Loss of life, livestock and

infrastructure (Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, May 2017 – 18)

History of Natural Disasters in Kutch District Kutch district is highly prone to multi hazards like Cyclone, Earthquake, Tsunami and Drought. Matrix showing past disasters in Kutch is shown below.

Table 7-5: Matrix of past disasters in Kutch District Disaster Year Magnitude Taluka & No. of.

villages affected Life &

Cattle loss Damage property

Flood 2011 3 2 taluka and 200 villages

Human death (11) and Cattle

loss (74)

-

Earthquake 2001 4 10 Taluka 884 Village affected. 12216

146087 houses fully damaged, 278217 partially damaged.

Cyclone 1998 4 Gandhidham, Mundra, Anjar

1 life lost & 41 cattle loss

-

Source: Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, May 2017-18


CHAPTER SEVEN


(i) Earthquake

As per Indian Seismic Zone Map, Gujarat lies in three zones- Zone III, IV and V. Entire Kutch region lies in zone V where earthquakes of magnitude 8 can be expected. District like Bhachau, Rapar, Anjar, Bhuj, Gandhidham, Lakhpat Taluka have been adequately provided with the seismic instrumentation since these talukas are highly vulnerable to Earthquakes.

(ii) Cyclones

A "Cyclonic Storm" or a "Cyclone" is an intense vortex or a whirl in the atmosphere with very strong winds circulating around it in anti-clockwise direction in the Northern Hemisphere and in clockwise direction in the Southern Hemisphere. Cyclones are intense low-pressure areas, from the centre of which pressure increases outwards. The amount of the pressure drop in the centre and the rate at which it increases outwards gives the intensity of the cyclones and the strength of winds. The details of types of disturbances and associated wind speed in the circulation are presented below:

Types of Disturbances Associated wind speed in the circulation Low Pressure Area Depression Deep Depression Cyclonic Storm Severe Cyclonic Storm Very Severe Cyclonic Storm Super Cyclonic Storm

Less than 17 knots (< 31 kmph) 17 to 27 knots (31 to 49 kmph) 28 to 33 knots (50 to 61 kmph) 34 to 47 knots (62 to 88 kmph) 48 to 63 knots (89 to 118 kmph) 64 to 119 knots (119 to 221 kmph) 120 knots and above (222 kmph and above)

Gujarat Wind and Cyclone zone indicates that coastal areas of Kutch, especially district like Bhachau, Gandhidham, Anjar, Mundra, Mandvi and Lakhpat are particularly prone. Cyclones also drive the sea level to cause coastal flooding. Project site and neighbouring villages will be exposed to high wind speed of greater than 50 m/sec during the event of cyclonic storm. Gujarat wind and cyclone zones are presented in Figure 3.4 in Chapter 3.

(iii) Tsunami Gujarat is prone to tsunami risk due to its long coastline and probability of occurrence of near and offshore submarine earthquakes in the Arabian Sea. Kutch District is classified as highly prone to tsunami as per Hazard Risk and Vulnerability Atlas prepared by GSDMA. Areas at greatest risk are those which have less than 25 ft above sea level and within one mile of the shoreline. Most deaths caused by a tsunami are because of drowning, associated risks include flooding, contamination of drinking water, fires from ruptured tanks or gas lines, and the loss of vital community infrastructure. Probability of flooding of project site during tsunami is very high.

Tsunami vulnerability assessment is carried out based on Probable Maximum Surge (PMS) at Highest High Tide Level. Maximum possible inundation at Highest High Tide Level (HHTL) and 100% Probable Maximum Surge (PMS) for some of the talukas of Kutch District is given below. Map showing Gujarat tsunami hazard risk zonation is presented in Figure 3.5 of Chapter 3.


CHAPTER SEVEN


Table 7-6: Tsunami hazard risk zonation based on PMS at Highest High Tide Level (HHTL)

District Name Taluka Maximum possible inundation (Area of Taluka in %) at Highest High Tide Level (HHTL) and 100 % Probable

Maximum Surge (PMS) Kutch Bhachau 18 Kutch Lakhpat 10 Kutch Gandhidham 42 Kutch Mandvi 5 Kutch Mundra 23

Source: Gujarat State Tsunami Management Plan, 2009

7.2.2.4.2 Emergency Organization

It is recommended to setup an emergency organization, a senior executive (Mine Manager) who has control over the affairs of the mine would be heading the emergency organization. He would be designated as Site Controller. As per the General Organization chart, in the mines, the Mines Manager would be designated as the Incident Controller. The incident controller would be reporting to the site controller.

Each Incident Controller, for him, organizes a team responsible for controlling the incidence with the personnel under his control. Shift In-charge would be the reporting officer, who would bring the incidence to the notice of the Incidence Controller and Site Controller.

Emergency Co-coordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilities like firefighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and provide essential and support services. For this purposes, Security In-charge, Personnel Department, Essential services personnel would be engaged. All these personnel would be designated as key personnel.

In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical filters, pump house in-charge and other maintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of power or communication system failure, some of staff members in the mine officers would be drafted and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick passing of communications. All these personnel would be declared as essential personnel.

Following officers of the mines will be responsible for co-ordination in case of emergency situated in any section of the mine. Emergency responses are given in below Table 7.7.

Table 7-7: Emergency Responses Person Responsibility

Head of the department/Mine Agent Site Controller Section In-charge/Mine Manager Accident Controller/Communication officer Employee who gives the first information about the incident/accident

Primary Controller

P & A Department (HOD) Liaison officer

7.2.2.4.3 Emergency Communication

Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire etc. would inform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center. The person on duty in the Emergency Center would appraise the Site Controller. Site Controller verifies the situation from the Incident Controller of that area or the Shift In-charge and takes a decision about an impending On Site Emergency. This would be communicated to all


CHAPTER SEVEN


the Incident Controllers, Emergency Coordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warning would be activated on the instructions of the Site Controller.

Key Personnel and their Responsibility

Site Controller:- The head of the department/mine agent shall have an overall responsibility for controlling the incident/accident and directing the personnel.

To inform statutory bodies of the State and Central Government;

To inform communication officer about the emergency, control center and assembly point;

To provide all assistance and call for Fire Squad, Security Officer and other services required for removing/control of danger;

To ensure that all necessary personnel assemble at assembly point; and

To make arrangements for medical treatment to the personnel got injured seriously.

Accident Controller/Mine Manager: -

Mock rehearsal of management plan prepared for accident;

To withdraw men/machines from the affected area with priority for safety of personnel, minimize damage to the machines, environment and loss of material;

To act as an accident controller to all the later arrived;

To make a report based on the facts and figure and submit to the Site Controller; and

To communicate to the site in-charge and make arrangement for transportation of the injured personnel.

Primary Controller: -

To inform the Accident Controller/Mine Manager from the nearest means of communication about the location and the nature of accident;

To assist in clearing any obstruction in relief of accident;

To carry out all instructions of accident controller; and

To provide first and treatment and communicate to the shift in charge.

7.2.2.4.4 Emergency Facilities

Emergency Control Center (ECC):- For the time being, Mine Office Block is identified as Emergency Control Center. It would have external Telephone, Fax, and Telex facility. All the Site Controller/Incident Controller Officers, Senior Personnel would be located here. Also, it would be an elevated place.

The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency Control Center (ECC):

Telephone;

Safe contained breathing apparatus;


CHAPTER SEVEN


Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indications;

Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories;

Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, sources of safety equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape routes;

Hazard chart;

Emergency shut-down procedures;

Nominal roll of employees;

List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Coordinators;

Duties of key personnel;

Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, emergency coordinator, essential employees;

Important address and telephone numbers including Government agencies, neighboring industries and sources of help, outside experts, population details around the Mine.

Emergency Power Supply: There is electric line within the applied area. In the event of any supply failure, Diesel Generator will be provided, which is operated as soon as any power failure occurs. Thus, water pumps, mine lighting and emergency control, administrative building and other auxiliary services are connected to emergency power supply. In all the blocks flame proof type emergency lamps would be provided.

Fire Fighting Facilities: First Aid Fire-fighting equipment suitable for emergency should be maintained in each operation areas of the mine as per statutory requirements.

Location of Weather Monitor: On the top of the Administration block, Weather Monitor would be installed to indicate direction of wind for emergency escape

Assembly point: Number of assembly depending upon the mine location would be identified wherein employees who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be organized. In view of the size of mine, different locations should be ear marked as assembly points. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.

Emergency Medical Facilities

Stretchers, gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc. would be maintained in the medical center as well as in the emergency control room. Private medical practitioners help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached for emergency help.

First aid facilities would be augmented. Names of Medical Personnel, Medical facilities in the area would be prepared and updated. Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of Burns Patients and for those affected by toxicity would be maintained.

Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided and maintained. The help of nearby industrial management’s in this regard would be taken on mutual support basis.


CHAPTER SEVEN


Ambulance

An ambulance with driver availability in all the shifts, emergency shift vehicle would be ensured and maintained to transport injured or affected persons. Number of persons would be trained in first aid so that, in every shift first aid personnel would be available.

7.2.2.4.5 Emergency Actions

Emergency Warning

Communication of emergency would be made familiar to the personnel inside the mine and people outside. An emergency warning system would be established.

Evacuation of Personnel

In the event of an emergency, unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams.

All Clear Signal

Also, at the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency Co-ordinator, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal. When it becomes essential, the Site Controller communicates to the District Emergency Authority, Police and Fire Service personnel regarding help required or development of the situation into an Off-Site Emergency.

7.2.2.4.6 General

Employee Information

During an emergency, employees would be warned by raising siren in specific pattern. Employees would be provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid measures. Those who would designate as key personnel and essential employees should be given training to emergency response.

Co-ordination with Local Authorities

Keeping in view of the nature of emergency, two levels of coordination are proposed. In the case of an Onsite Emergence, resources within the organization would be mobilized and, in the event, extreme emergency local authorities help should be sought.

In the event of an emergency developing into an offsite emergency, local authority and District emergency Authority (normally the collector) would be appraised and under his supervision, the Offsite Disaster management Plan would be exercised. For this purpose, the facilities that are available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue accommodation, voluntary organization etc. would be mustered. Necessary rehearsals and training in the form of mock drills should be organized.

Mutual Aid

Mutual aid in the form of technical personnel, runners, helpers, special protective equipment, transport vehicles, communication facility etc. should be sought from the neighboring industrial management’s.


CHAPTER SEVEN


Mock Drills

Emergency preparedness is an important aspect of planning in Industrial Disaster management. Personnel would be trained suitable and prepared mentally and physically in emergency response through carefully planned, simulated procedures. Similarly, the key personnel and essential personnel should be trained in the operations.

Important Information

Important information such names and address of key personnel, essential employees, medical personnel, transporters address, address of those connected with Offsite Emergency such as Police, local Authorities, Fire Services, District Emergency Authority should be prepared and maintained.

The onsite emergency organization chart for various emergencies is shown in below Figure 7.2.

The task of preparing the Offsite Emergency Plan lies with the district collector. However, the offsite plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities.

Figure 7.2: Communication network for DMP Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Offsite Emergency Plan

The main aspects which would be included in the emergency plan are:-

Organization: - Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency control centers, names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel.


CHAPTER SEVEN


Communications: - Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, lists of telephone numbers.

7.2.2.4.7 Offsite Emergency Preparedness Plan

Specialized Knowledge: - Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those with specialized knowledge of fire control;

Voluntary Organizations: - Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc;

Chemical Information: - Details of the hazardous substances stored or procedure on each site and a summary of the risk associated with them;

Meteorological Information: - Arrangements for obtaining details of whether conditions prevailing at the time and whether forecasts;

Humanitarian Arrangements: - Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances, temporary mortuaries;

Public Information: -Arrangements for dealing with the media press office and informing relatives, etc;

Assessment: - Arrangements for (a) collecting information on the causes of the emergency; (b) reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

Role of the Emergency Coordinating Officer

The various emergency services should be coordinated by an emergency coordinating officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO should liaise closely with the site main controller. The ECO should inform the DGMS authorities in case of accidents as per the statutory requirement. Again depending on local arrangements, for very serve incidents/accidents with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the external control should be passed to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government.

Role of the Local Authority

The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liaise with the works, to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that the plan is continually kept up to date.

It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be involved off site in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO.


CHAPTER SEVEN


Role of Police

Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury.

Role of Fire Authorities

The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller responsibility for other events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water supply points and fire-fighting equipment. They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers of exercises involving only site personnel.

Role of Health Authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and so on, should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an internal part of the emergency plan.

For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals.

Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to those available locally, and a medical “mutual aid” scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency.

Role of Government Safety Authority

This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to want to satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They may wish to see well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan.

In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will apply. These may vary from keeping a watching brief to a close involvement in advising on operations.

7.2.2.4.8 Care and Maintenance during Temporary Discontinuance

If the mine will be discontinued temporarily for more than 120 days, notice will be given 30 days before the date of such discontinuance to the concerned authorities. During discontinuance period safety arrangement and fencing will be provided to avoid the entry of unauthorized persons and accessibility to the mine from the surface. The mine will be properly guarded by employing security guards.

When the mine is temporarily discontinued due to any unforeseen circumstances the following care and maintenance shall be carried out:-

• Notice to be served to all the concerned authority;

• The mining pit area shall be covered by temporary fencing;


CHAPTER SEVEN


• All access roads/openings to the pit/face shall be closed by parapet wall as per rule;

• Warning shall be displayed on the “Notice Board” at appropriate places;

• Security personnel shall be posted at every danger point;

• No unauthorized person shall be allowed to enter into the mine without prior permission of the management;

• Mine benches shall be dressed and properly sloped for its stability;

• Garland drain shall be made all around the mine and dumps to prevent water flow towards mine for prevention of land slide/side fall and siltation etc.;

• All men and machinery shall be withdrawn from the mine and shall be kept in a compact and safe place; and

• All safety precautions shall be taken care of as per rule.

7.3 SOCIO ECONOMIC STUDY AND R&R STUDY

A separate SIA and R&R study in details has been conducted by Greencindia Consulting Private Limited, NCR, Ghaziabad to assess the socio-economic conditions of the Project Affected and Displaced Households and prepare the SIA and R&R Report. The data of the population was collected through household surveys and community consultation. PRA exercise was also carried out with the villagers to find out about their socio-economic conditions and culture.

According to the R&R Study three villages namely Koriyani, Kapurasi, & Mudhvay of Lakhpat Thesil, Kutch District, Gujarat will be affected by the proposed project. The survey and land records, it was estimated that about 131 households are getting affected by the project. Out of the total, 7 are losing only houses, 119 are losing only land, while 5 households are losing their both their houses and land. The total displaced and affected population was found to be 44 and 306 respectively. Among the surveyed population it is observed that there are 55.43% are male and remaining 44.57% are female. It is observed that male dominate in affected Households. The sex ratio among the target population (both affected and displaced) is 804. The population of the Project displaced and affected HHs is mostly uneducated. The literates are educated mostly up to primary & middle school. Only few people are graduates or have attended further higher education. According to the survey it can observed that there are no SC, & ST population in project affected area.

In all the villages, around 94.66 percent families lived in Pucca houses and 5.34 percent families lived in kutcha houses. These kutcha houses were made of straw, mud, wood and bricks.

Most of the study area was electrified. Gulbagwad Habitant of Mudhvay Para not electrified, in electrified villages, all houses did not have electricity connection. Efforts should be made to make all the villages electrified. With the setting up of the Coal Mine of the company in the area, the company should make efforts by liaisoning with the Government to ensure electrification of all these un-electrified villages on priority basis.


CHAPTER SEVEN


In all the three seasons (rainy, winter and summer), the main source of drinking water in all the villages taken together was the Surface water. Another important source of drinking water for the people was the well. During the summer season, majority of the water sources became dry and the major source of water in the villages remained the Dams. Ponds required desalting and needed new and pucca embankments. The wells in the villages required to be cleaned and bleached regularly. Arrangements should be made for proper embankment of the wells and to cover them to make their water safe for drinking purposes.

Around 70 percent households had toilet facility. Some households where it was reported that toilets were available, most of them also preferred to go out in the open for defecation. Despite the Total Sanitation Campaign and Swach Bharat Abhiyan Program of the Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India, All households had benefited. Each household should be encouraged to use their own toilet. Behavioral change communication and inter personal communication tools should be used to encourage people to use toilets and shun open defecation.

Health is another important ingredient of human development. It determines both the longevity and the quality of life. Health also impacts learning outcomes, functioning capability and earning capacity of the people. Public sector health care infrastructure through PHCs, CHCs and taluka and district level hospitals renders health care services mainly to the weaker section of the community throughout the district. In rural areas, the government through PHCs/CHCs is the main provider of health care services.

About 94% of the working population of the study area is dependent on agricultural. Agricultural is directly connected with land and water resources. The agricultural in the study area is dependent on rainfall and the area falls under non irrigated region of the district. Majority of the families in the area are small farmer with limited resources due to lack of proper irrigation facility people were heavily dependent on rainfall. The traditional agricultural practices and fragmented land in the area result in limited output of the producer. Animal husbandry is the second largest employment providing activities in study area after agriculture. Animal husbandry is a supplementary activity with agriculture as well as it is adopted as sole activity by many castes and communities in area.

The staple food is Rotlas made of Bajri (millet) which the local relish with Butter milk or 'Chhas', Butter and Jaggery or 'Gud'.'Khichhdi' made of rice and dal (pulses) is liked by everyone.

Study areas were Kutchi Costumes, they are unique and some of the embroidered are very costly. The mirror work and embroidery work forms an integral part of Kutchi Handicrafts irrespective of the community or ethnic group to which they belong, however the workmanship differs. In fact the various communities can be identified by the pattern of handicrafts and dress or costumes they were. For instance, the Garacia Jat women wear only red or black chunis while Rabari women wear black open blouses or cholis with odhnis to cover head.

No community structures such as schools, temples or community halls are getting affected. It has been proposed that the compensation will be made as per the LARR Act 2013.

The report has provided the entitlement framework of all affected families. It has also proposed an implementation arrangement for all R&R activities. The detailed estimate of R&R Budget is presented in below Tables.


CHAPTER SEVEN


Table 7-8: Land cost Tenancy Land Quantity Rate Rs. In lakhs

Market Value of Private land 142.07 ha Rs 18.53 lakh/ha - Factor for Rural land 2 time the market value Rs 18.53 lakh/ha 5265.11 Compensation of buildings on land 10% of land value 526.51 Total Land Compensation (A) 5791.62 Compensation for woody trees (B) 512 4000 20.48 Total land compensation (C = A+B) 5812.1 Solatium @ 100% (D) 5812.1 Total Tenancy Land compensation (E = C+D) 11624.2 Government Land (F) 307.82 ha Rs 18.53 lakh/ha 5703.90 Gauchar land (G) 1.72 ha Rs 18.53 lakh/ha 31.87 Revenue Forest (Chota Bada Jungle) (H) 2.66 ha Rs 18.53 lakh/ha 49.29 Land for Compensatory Afforestation (I) 2.66 ha Rs. 15 lakh /ha 39.9 Grand Total 17449.16

Table 7-9: R&R Compensation Cost Sl. No. Particulars Nos. Rate in Rs. Amount in Rs. Lakhs

1 One time assistance for house construction 17 Rs 5.76 Lakh 97.92 2 Choice of annuity or employment 171 Rs 5.00 Lakh 855

3 Subsistence allowance @ Rs.3000 for 12 months/PDF 17 0.36 Lakh 6.12

4 Transportation cost for shifting of family 17 0.50 lakh 8.5 5 One time resettlement allowance 17 0.50 lakh 8.5 6 Compensation for cattle shed/ petty shops 17 0.25 lakh 4.25

7 One time grant artisan, small traders and certain other 17 0.25 lakh 4.25

8 Stamp duty @ 7.5% and registration fee @1% for land & house to the PAFs 8.3232

TOTAL 992.863

Chapter 8

Project Benefits


CHAPTER EIGHT


88.. PROJECT BENEFITS Adani Cementation Limited is part of Adani group. The Adani Group is one of India’s leading business houses with revenue of over $11 billion. Founded in 1988, Adani has grown to become a global integrated infrastructure player with businesses in key industry verticals - resources, logistics, energy and agro. The integrated model is well adapted to the infrastructure challenges of the emerging economies.

Adani Group’s growth and vision has always been in sync with the idea of Nation Building. We live in the same communities where we operate and take our responsibility towards contributing to the betterment of the society very seriously.

Through Adani Foundation, we ensure development and progress is sustainable and inclusive; not just for the people living in these areas, but the environment on the whole. At Adani, we believe in delivering benefits that transcend our immediate stakeholders. Adani Foundation is spearheading its activities in four core areas- Education, Community Health, Sustainable Livelihood Development and Rural Infrastructure Development. Adani Foundation adopts an inclusive approach while being committed towards a holistic development of the society by empowering individuals and communities through its participatory and innovative activities.

At present, Adani Foundation is prominently engaged with communities and their upliftment across 13 states of the country. Going forward, Adani Group envisages extending the footprint of Adani Foundation across the length and breadth of the nation in years to come.

The company is conscious of its obligations to society at large & will contribute in overall socioeconomic development of the area in the coming years by increasing its efforts for overall development of the study area.

8.1 IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Developing the rural infrastructure has a direct effect on the economic growth and wellness of an area. Access to resources, increase in the avenues for developing rural livelihoods, increased opportunities for income generation, safe & clean sources of drinking water, and access to qualitative primary health care systems lead to better productivity, reduction in morbidity, adequate employment and increased agricultural income and savings. Recognizing the government as the key player in the provision of basic infrastructure facilities, the Foundation endeavors to bridge the gaps and make its activities more need specific and responsive to the grassroot requirements.

ACL adopts a parallel, triple focus approach, to engage with the community, build relationships of trust, respect and goodwill and fulfil the corporate responsibility:

8.1.1 Community Engagement Cell

For the purpose of creating a platform for one-on-one connects, to address any grievances of the local community.


CHAPTER EIGHT


8.1.2 Welfare Programs

These programs may have a micro or macro perspective, depending on the local need identified as well as scope of coverage vis-à-vis target groups and beneficiaries. Our focus is on the overall socio-economic development of the area through interventions in Education, Healthcare, Rural Infrastructure and Sustainable Livelihood. We target all households in our area and attempt to ensure inclusive growth. This helps build mutual trust and a sense of community ownership of the interventions, necessary to long term sustainability. Our programs are planned and implemented in partnership.

8.1.3 Focus Areas

Geographically, our larger CSR projects are implemented around our other existing operational areas of the project in the peripheral boundary of influence. These activities will extend at Villages in and around our proposed mines, plant, conveyor and jetty area.

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The company has undertaken and will continue undertake activities for the upliftment of the social community through community development. The CSR (Adani Foundation) arm operates in four chosen areas of Education, Healthcare, Rural Infrastructure and Sustainable Livelihood to bring about progress and prosperity in the communities we impact

8.2.1 Education

Under Education, Adani Foundation adopts a three pronged approach. It runs Adani Vidya Mandirs- a school with a difference for the students coming from an economically challenged background. Having a total strength of 1900 students, Adani Vidya Mandir is currently operational at Ahmedabad & Bhadreshwar in Gujarat and Surguja in Chhattisgarh. The Foundation is also catering to 2400 students, through subsidized schools, like Adani Public School in Mundra (Gujarat), Adani Vidyalaya in Tiroda (Maharashtra) and Kawai (Rajasthan) and Navchetan Vidyalaya in Junagam (Gujarat) and Adani DAV Public School, Dharma. The Foundation further extends its support to 300 government schools and balwaadis across the nation.

8.2.2 Community Health

Bringing healthcare at the threshold in the remotest of regions, Adani Foundation has Fifteen Mobile Health Care Units (MHCUs) across the nation which attends to 25,000 patients per month and 3.0 Lac people a year on an average; a total of Twelve Rural Clinics at Mundra (Gujarat) and Sainj (Himachal Pradesh) cater to 72,000 patients per year. With an objective of providing affordable and accessible health care to all, GAIMS G.K. Hospital attends almost 1500 patients and conducts 40 surgeries each day. The BPL families are given treatment free of cost in this hospital.

8.2.3 Sustainable Livelihood:

The common thread that runs across all the sustainable livelihood promotion programs is to improve the bargaining power of the poor and marginalized communities by providing them with a range of informed choices & livelihood options, facilitating stakeholder consultations, and developing local partnerships to upgrade their basket of skill sets. The Foundation invests in building social capital, promoting collective


CHAPTER EIGHT


strength through self-help groups, supporting initiatives towards preservation of traditional art and organizing skill development training for the youth and women artisans. The income generating activities of the Foundation has impacted numerous peasants and their families directly.

8.3 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

As an approach of sustainable development, any project proponent should also contribute a stock of their capital investment for the development of the neighbouring environment. In view of this aspect, the project proponent should allot 0.5 % of the capital cost (>from 1000 crores to -10000 crores) to monitor the surrounding environment periodically through Corporate Environment Responsibility. The CER fund allocation should be utilized to develop infrastructure facilities like drinking water supply, sanitation and health, access roads, cross drainage, electrification through solar panel installation, rain water harvesting and solid waste management. Meanwhile, the ecological and biological status of the surrounding environment shall be monitored half yearly by the proponent.

The proponent should also confirm that the aspects followed in the corporate environment responsibility are being implemented and periodically monitored. The same can be compiled and a compliance report can be forwarded to the concerned pollution control board / MoEF&CC regional office and to the district magistrate for review. CER activities for the proposed Lakhpat Cement Works for a period of five years are given in Table below.

Table 8-1: Budget Allocation for Corporate Environment Responsibility

CER Activities 2019-20 Crores

2020-21 Crores

2021-22 Crores

2022-23 Crores

2023-24 Crores

Total (In

crores)

Estimation-Total CER

Budget (in Crores)

Infrastructure development for Drinking Water Supply, Sanitation, Health, Housing for BPL families, Skill Development

3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 17.5

46

School infrastructure, facilities and support (e.g., library, science lab etc.)

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 7.5

Contribution to various Govt. Schemes (Swachh Bharat, Skill development etc.)

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 7.5

Plantation in Community Areas

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 6

Scientific Support and Awareness to local Farmers to increase yield of crop and Fodder

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 7.5

Total 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2 46 Note: Budget Estimated Under the Activities Listed as above may subject to change based on inputs / discussion/ issues shortlisted/ identified/ presented during the Public Hearing.


CHAPTER EIGHT


8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The project has positive employment and income effects, both direct as well as indirect. Manpower is required for mining operations, plant operations, jetty operations and manning of ships as well as other related activities such as transportation for day to day operations etc. The impact of the project on the economic aspects can be clearly observed.

a. The proposed project activities will provide employment to persons of different skills and trades.

b. The local population will be given preference to employment.

c. The employment potential will ameliorate economic conditions of these families directly and provide employment to many other families indirectly who are involved in business and service oriented activities.

d. The employment of local people in primary and secondary sectors of project shall upgrade the prosperity of the region. This in-turn will improve the socio-economic conditions of the area.

e. During construction phase of the project, this project will provide temporary employment to many unskilled and semi-skilled labourers in nearby villages. This project will also help in generation of indirect employment to those people who render their services for the personnel directly working in the project; and

f. During operational phase, considerable number of people will be benefited by provision of services to the residents. Thus, the direct and indirect employment generation by this project.

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

8.5.1 Environmental Benefits

Environment is an integral part of our business. All our business goals and activities are aligned with it. At Adani, green initiatives are pursued in every single activity of our businesses, every single day.

Proposed project will be beneficial for environment in following ways:

a. At the conceptual stage, out of the total mining lease area (i.e. 251.9 ha), total mined-out area will be 163.5 ha which will be reclaimed & rehabilitated by converting into water reservoir. The water reservoir will be helpful for recharge of ground water.

b. At end of life of mine, about, 83.5 ha area will be under greenbelt & plantation which will be beneficial to the environment & will provide an aesthetic look. Hence conceptual land use will be better than present land use.

c. About 64 ha. Sparse thorny scrub vegetation area of proposed plant will be changed in to lush green dense vegetation.

CONCLUSION

The project activity and the management proposed to provide assistance for the development of public amenities in the nearby areas. The overall effect will further improve the buying power of people and thus a higher standard of living viz. better education, improved health and sanitation facilities, housing and


CHAPTER EIGHT


acquisition of consumer durables. Housing, transport, medical, educational and other civic amenities will further improve in the future. This is envisaged as a major positive benefit.

Chapter 9

Environment Management Plan


CHAPTER NINE


9 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.1 ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS

The purpose of an Environment Management Plan is to ensure that proposed mitigation measures are adequately implemented also includes embedding training, technical assistance, staffing and other institutional strengthening items in the mitigation measures to implement the overall management plan. It provides a critical path for implementation and enables sponsors and the funding agency to evaluate the success of mitigation measures, as part of project supervision, and as a means to improve future projects. For every impact; the mitigation measures, implementing agency and budget have been presented as far as possible.

9.1.1 Environmental Policy

Being a subsidiary company the existing Standard Operating Procedure (SOPs) of Adani Enterprises Limited will be used by Adani Cementation Limited. The company shall apply for ISO 14001-2005 (Environment Management System) certificate and plan for Integrated Management System (IMS) to meet the standards of certification and improve business processes. Once such certification obtained, ACL will develop Health, Safety, Environment policy which will be approved by the Board of Directors.

9.1.2 Reporting System to the Directors

At ACL site level Environment officers collect the Environment compliance data and submit it to Environment Head and then Environment Heads submit a signed Environment compliance report to the unit manager and unit manager gives the compliance report to Corporate Environment Head. The Corporate Environment Head will submit it with his sign to the Board of Directors, every month. Any Environment related non compliances / violations / notices are immediately brought to the notice of the Board of directors and discussed in board meeting.

9.1.3 Environment Management Set-up

In addition to preparing an Environmental Management Plan (EMP), it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set up to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, proposed unit will create a team consisting of officers and Head Environment to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team will undertake the activity of monitoring the stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level etc. either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be carried out to find any deterioration in environmental quality and also to take corrective steps, if required, through respective internal departments.

The Environmental Management Cell will also collect data about health of workers, green belt development etc. An Organogram of the Environmental Management Cell is presented below:


CHAPTER NINE


Figure 6.1: Environment Management Cell The other responsibilities of the cell will include:

• Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) registered agency will be retained to generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare the Environmental Audit report. This report will be submitted to the SPCB every year. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents & Authorization (CC&A) will also be taken care.

• Submitting environmental monitoring report to State Pollution Control Board (SPCB). Data monitored by the cell will be submitted to the Board routine basis and as per the requirement of SPCB. The cell will also take corrective measures as required or suggested by the Board.

• Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of monitoring activities and proposes measures to improve environment preservation and protection.

9.1.4 Monitoring Programme

The EIA indicates a large number of Mitigation Measures. It is the responsibility of proponent to adapt them and follow them during the whole life of operation. As such, the Environmental Management Plan is an administrative and technical commitment by proponents. The non-conformities can be detected by post project monitoring of aspects like treated waste water quality, air quality, stack emission, meteorology, surface and ground water quality, plant effluents, soil quality, noise level and ecological parameters, in order to understand the impact of the proposed project.

9.1.5 Institutional Arrangements

A separate Environment Management Cell comprising of a team of experienced and qualified personnel reporting to a senior level executive is proposed. He will be assisted by well-trained staff comprising of environmental and safety specialists. Staff will be trained for environment control measures like air, water quality monitoring, solid waste management, noise abatement etc. Staff would also be trained to operate


CHAPTER NINE


STP and other pollution control equipment at optimum efficiency. Environmental Management cell will also monitor and analyze the various environmental parameters as per regulatory requirement.

The responsibilities for undertaking specific activities at design, construction and operation stages are listed in Table 9.1.

Table 9-1: Responsibilities of Different Organisations Project Stage Responsible Organization Responsibilities

Planning and Design

Project Consultants Minimize non-avoidable losses by specifying mitigation and enhancement measures for engineering design, bid & contract documents, non-structure program plans & periodic implementation plans

Project Management Review and approve environmental mitigation measures

Construction Phase

Contractors Implement required environmental measures

Project Management Supervise contractors & service providers for implementation of EMP and enforce contractual requirements

Operation Project Engineers Monitor and report environmental indicators Project Management Provide budget to undertake environmental monitoring Environment Management Cell Carry out environmental monitoring and reporting

9.2 EMP DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The environment management plans for both construction and operation phase are given in Table 9.2 and Table 9.3. The EMP will be executed by the civil contractor and supervised by EMC of Adani Cementation Limited.

Table 9-2: Environment Management Plan for Construction phase Sl. No. Environmental Aspects/Issues Management Measures

1 Site Preparation a Earth filling The proposed site for cement plant is more or less a levelled

land and hence there will not be much cutting or filling required. Necessary mitigation measures will be taken while filling of site.

Simultaneous to filling, compaction and water sprinkling will be carried to suppress dust emissions.

b Accessibility The contractor will ensure that the existing accesses to nearby villages will not be disturbed.

The contractor will take care that vehicles brining man and materials approaching to the site is not disturbing local road and public access.

Contractor will maintain all roads, which are used for transporting construction materials, equipment and machineries.

All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site will be covered to avoid spillage.

2 Construction Work b Water quality & drainage Contractor will ensure that no construction materials like earth or

stones are disposed such as to block the flow of any water course and cross drainage channels.

Contractor will ensure that any spoils of material unsuitable for fill will not be disposed-off near any water course, agricultural land, and natural habitat.


CHAPTER NINE


Sl. No. Environmental Aspects/Issues Management Measures

All waste materials will be completely disposed as per standard practices and certified by Environmental Expert of ACL.

The Contractor will take all precautionary measures to prevent the wastewater generated during construction from entering into streams or water bodies.

The sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place.

d Soil quality Contractor will arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed-off in accordance with MoEF&CC and CPCB guidelines.

e Air pollution The contractor will take every precaution to reduce the level of dust from construction sites involving earthwork by sprinkling of water, encapsulation of dust source and by erection of screen/barriers.

Contractor will ensure that all vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction are regularly maintained and confirm that pollution emissions levels comply with the relevant requirements.

The Contractor will submit PUC certificates for all vehicles/ equipment/machinery used for the project.

f Noise pollution All vehicles and equipment used in construction will be fitted with exhaust silencers.

Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery will be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced.

g Ecology The contractor shall ensure that the workers do not burn waste so as not to cause harm to birds and other animals.

There should not be unnecessary removal of vegetation. h Waste Disposal The contractor will provide garbage bins in the camps and

ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a hygienic manner as per the Solid Waste Management practices.

The hazardous wastes like waste oil, etc. generated will be collected and disposed as per Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling & Trans boundary) Rules, 2016. The organic and other solid waste will be collected and treated at site as per the MSW rules.

Inflammable materials such as diesel, fuel oil, lubricating oil, paint containers etc. expected during construction phase shall be stored separately in designated areas as per the proper guidelines to avoid any unexpected accidents of spillage of hazardous material / waste and fire. The inflammable material storage area shall have fire-fighting/fire prevention system, spill collection system (without contamination of soil, water) and will be stored properly as per the MoEF&CC/ SPCB/ Factory Act guidelines.

i Safety Protective footwear and protective goggles to all workers employed on mixing asphalt materials, cement, concrete etc.


CHAPTER NINE


Sl. No. Environmental Aspects/Issues Management Measures

The Contractor will mark ‘hard hat’ and ‘no smoking’ and other ‘high risk’ areas and enforce non-compliance of use of PPE with zero tolerance.

Adequate safety measures for workers during handling of materials at site will be taken up.

Table 9-3: Environment Management Plan for Operation phase Sl. No. Environmental Aspects/

Issues Management Measures

a Land reclamation The reclamation activities shall be taken up concurrently with the mining operations.

The slopes of the mining benches shall be suitably dressed and vegetated.

For vegetation, the plants and saplings suitable for the existing soils and site conditions shall be considered

b Air pollution All transfer points will have bag filter attached to them to control and capture dust emission

Height of all the stacks will be as per statutory requirement Stack Monitoring Facility (SMF) consisting of sampling port-hole,

platform and access ladder to be provided Adequate spares of critical components of dust collection systems

will be kept to ensure trouble-free operations and continuous compliance to emission norms

Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible.

Dust suppression systems (water sprinklers) near working area and on roads shall be used for transporting ore and overburden.

The overburden dump site also shall be wetted at intervals to prevent dust being carried by wind specially during summer season and dump shall be covered by vegetation

Advantage of wind direction and meteorology should be considered while planning, so that pollutants, which cannot be fully suppressed by engineering technique, will be prevented from reaching the residential areas

Development of greenery and landscaping for improving ambient air quality and aesthetics.

Monitoring of ambient air quality/ source emission will be carried out as per monitoring plan.

c Water pollution Efforts will be made to stop wastage and leakage of water. Provision will be made for rain water harvesting through rain water

collection tanks. Collection of waste water and treatment of domestic waste water in

Sewage Treatment Plant (STP). Regular testing and analysis of treated waste from STP to ensure

effectiveness of operation of STP. Garland drains all along the quarry surface edge keeping a barrier

from the mine surface to be constructed to arrest incoming water to and from the mine.

The surface run off during the rainy season will be prevented from entering into the active pits. This will be channelized to the mined out pit or proposed water reservoir via garland drains.


CHAPTER NINE


Sl. No. Environmental Aspects/ Issues Management Measures

Efforts will be made for deepening of existing tanks in nearby villages for recharging ground water.

d Noise Pollution It shall be ensured that the major equipments and machineries are meeting CPCB noise standards.

Monitoring of the ambient noise level and work zone noise level as per the monitoring schedules to conform the stipulated norms.

Provision of silencers will be made wherever possible It must also be ensured that the machineries are regularly

maintained. Plantation of dense hedges on the boundary of project site to

reduce dust and noise in the vicinity area. e Solid Waste It shall be ensured that no form of waste is scattered in nearby

areas. Any form of waste shall be properly collected and utilized as far as

possible within the project sites or disposed as per prescribed rules.

f Biological Environment Special attention is required to maintain green belt in and around the factory premises.

Adequate provisions are to be made to facilitate regular watering of all plants and lawns. Special attention provided during summer by daily watering of plants to ensure that the green belt does not suffer from water shortage.

g Energy conservation Waste Heat Recovery from hot waste gases of Kiln by using Waste Heat Recovery Boilers and not Conditioning Towers.

Installation of energy efficient lightings. Use of energy saving light fittings.

Procurement of energy efficient machineries Minimizing idle running of vehicle, machines and electrical

appliances. Optimizing loads and periodic preventive maintenance and

lubrication Periodic energy audits Options for using solar power for common area lighting will be

explored g Safety Prescribed PPE will be provided to all workers exposed to open

processes or systems Minimizing the work time required in high temperature

environments by implementing shorter shifts at these locations. Control of dust through implementation of good housekeeping and

maintenance Person working in position with potential risk of a fall from height

will use fall protection measures In case of any accident immediately and proper medical care will

be provided at the plant site

9.3 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS

The EMP cost estimated during the operation of the project is provided in Table 9.4. It has been calculated that the capital cost will amount to Rs 10700 lacks and the annual recurring cost will amount to Rs 1200 lacks.


CHAPTER NINE


Table 9-4: EMP Cost

Sl. No. Particulars Estimated cost (Rs. In Lac) Capital Recurring

1. Air Pollution Control Devises 6000 600 2. Water Pollution & Reclamation 100 30 3. Occupational Health 200 20 4. Environmental Monitoring 500 50 5. Green Belt Management 3000 300 6. Wildlife Conservation 525 50 7. Routine check-up of nearby villagers - 50 8. Provision of infrastructures & PPEs 375 100

Total 10700 1200

Chapter 10

Summary & Conclusion


CHAPTER

TEN


1100.. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 10.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION Adani Cementation Limited (ACL proposes to establish an integrated cement project as Lakhpat Cement Works which includes a Cement Plant of rated production capacity of 10.0 MTPA Clinker as well as 10.0 MTPA OPC/ PPC/ PSC Composite Cement Plant in phased manner, a limestone mine with lease area of 251.9 ha area and a berthing jetty of 19.0 MTPA bearing capacity in Taluka Lakhpat of District Kutch (Gujarat). Peak annual production from mine will be 4 MTPA Production ramp up at mine has been planned to reach 4MTPA during first five years as per approved mine plan, from sixth years onwards mine production will be gradually increased to 12MTPA by tenth year. Balance limestone will be procured from outside till the mine is not expanded. In order to serve the import of raw materials, product transportation and water requirement ACL has also proposed to develop a berthing jetty of 19 MMTPA traffic capacity and 9 MLD desalination plant with seawater intake and brine reject outfall at Kori creek .ACL proposes to part grind clinker to produce bulk OPC and PPC at Lakhpat and transfer the same to its proposed Bulk Terminals (BT) in Raigad, Hazira, Vizhinjam and New Mangalore, whereas the balance clinker is proposed to be transferred to it’s proposed Grinding Units (GU) at Mundra, Udupi and Dahej. ACL proposes to export any excess clinker which is left after fulfilling the requirements of its proposed Grinding Unit and Bulk Terminals.

The proposed integrated Lakhpat Cement Works of Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) is located in Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani & Kapurasi villages of Lakhpat Taluka in Kutch District, Gujarat. The project consists of a cement plant (clinkerization unit and grinding unit) with captive power plant, limestone mines and a jetty with conveyor belt for transportation of raw materials from mine to plant and clinker/ cement from the plant to jetty. Any other raw material will be brought by road. As the project involves multi-sectoral components such as activities listed in 3(b) Cement Plants; 1(a) Mining of Minerals; 7(e) Berthing Jetty with anchorage and falls under Category 'A' of the Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006, the proposal is to be appraised at the Central Level by various expert appraisal committees as an integrated project.

Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) submitted the necessary application to Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry I), MoEF&CC for approval of composite Terms of Reference (ToR) on 26th September 2017. As per the requirement of the Industry-I Committee, separate ToR was also taken from EAC (Non-coal Mining) for the Mine vide letter number J-11015/121/2017-IA.II (M)dated 6th June 2018; and EAC (Infrastructure-II) for the Jetty vide letter number F. No. 10-63/2017-IA-III dated 29th August 2018 . Subsequently, TOR was granted by Industry I for the Plant and CPP vide letter number IA-J-11011/494/2017-IA-II(I) dated 25th June 2018.

With a view to assess the environmental impact arising due to the proposed green field project, ACL has retained the services of NABET accredited EIA consultant M/s Greencindia Consulting Private Limited, Ghaziabad to prepare an integrated project specific EIA/EMP report for Cement Plant with CPPs, Limestone Mines and Jetty covering various environmental components including air, water, noise, land, marine and aquatic ecology, etc. The detailed EIA/EMP Report for the Jetty has been prepared by NABET accredited EIA consultant M/s Indomer Coastal Hydraulics (P) Ltd. 10.1.1 Cement Plant with Captive Power Plant The cement plant will have a 10.0 MTPA Clinker unit as well as a 10.0 MTPA grinding unit. The total area required for the cement plant and CPP will be about 190.3 ha. The cement production will include both OPC/PPC/PSC/PCC. The whole process will includes limestone raising, gypsum crushing, transport to pre-blending stockpiles, vertical roller mill (VRM) for raw material grinding, 6-stage double string pre-heater with (ILC) in-line calciner, Waste Heat Recovery system, Coal/Lignite fired rotary kiln with 3 roller Piers, Vertical Roller Mill (VRM) for coal grinding, storing & dozing of fuel, clinker cooler, clinker storage silo, clinker extraction system, clinker Conveying system to grinding


CHAPTER

TEN


unit, clinker bulk loading in pipe conveyor for transport to jetty, Vertical Roller Mill (VRM) for clinker grinding, cement silos, packing and truck loading for domestic gypsum, lignite, silica sand etc., and bulk loading facility and transport to jetty through pipe conveyor.

The captive power plant will have both waste heat recovery system (24 MW) and a power plant based on CFBC technology (75 MW). The WHRS will have 6 nos. of WHR boilers. The generated superheated steam shall be introduced to the common steam driven turbine generator set. The power plant will have three Circulating Fluidised Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boilers each with steam generation capacity of 110 TPH at 110 kg/cm2 (g) and 540°C temperature.

The generated power shall be utilized for the cement plant operations while operating in parallel with captive thermal power plant and grid.

10.1.2 Limestone Mines The limestone mines allocated to ACL for the plant is Mudhvay Limestone Mines Block C located about 2km from the plant site. The open cast mines has a total lease area of 251.9 Ha will have peak capacity of 12.0 MTPA. The project involves opencast mining method with continuous surface miner with combination of excavator/ loader and dumpers for mineral production. No drilling and blasting isrequired. The maximum mining depth will be 57m BGL. Transportation of limestone will be done through covered conveyors.

10.1.3 Jetty and Conveyor Belt For material movement and handling, a captive berthing jetty is considered inside. Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek with anchorage in Arabian Sea. Clinker and Cement are the main commodity to be handled at the proposed berthing jetty. In addition to that, dry bulk commodities like Coal, Pet coke, and Limestone will also be handled. Lighterage operation will be performed to load the product materials in large sized vessel at the anchorage point located about 60 km south west of berthing jetty at open sea. Lighterage operation using barges will be developed for to and fro transport of raw materials and product materials from anchorage point to berthing jetty.

Desalination plant of 9 MLD capacity will be provided within the backup area. Seawater intake and brine reject outfall pipeline are planned in Kori creek adjacent to berthing jetty without obstructing the barge movement.

The jetty will have total length of 820 m and 28 m wide. The jetty will have a 3.2 km of approach combining of rock bund and trestle connecting landside facilities to jetty. The jetty will be connected with the plant with approximately 8.7 km of closed conveyor.

Table 10-1: Salient Features of the Project Company Adani Cementation Limited (ACL)

Project Concept ACL proposed to setup Lakhpat Cement Works for integrated project including Limestone Mine, Cement Plant, Conveyor Corridor and Berthing Jetty in Kori Creek with anchorage in Gulf of Kutch in Tehsil Lakhpat, District Kutch (Gujarat)


Limestone Mine Limestone: 4 MTPA for 5 years and simultaneously peak production is 12 MTPA

Cement Plant Clinker : 10 MTPA Cement : 10 MTPA



Total Material Handling : 19.0 MTPA • Clinker: 5.0 MTPA • Cement : 10.0 MTPA • Limestone : 1.0 MTPA • Coal/ Pet-coke: 3.0MTPA


CHAPTER

TEN


Toposheet No. : 41A/10 S. No. in the Schedule (Category as per EIA Notification 2016)


Land Area


Limestone Mine 251.90 Cement Plant 190.23 Conveyor Alignment 8.09 Captive Jetty with Backup Storage 4.05 Total 454.27

Material Transportation, Sources and Distances

:

Material Source Distance Mode of Transport

Clinker From Plant to Jetty ~ 8km By Conveyor

Fuel • Coal: Imported (Jetty to

Plant) • Lignite: Domestic

(GMDC Mine)

~ 8km ~ 20km




Gypsum i. Imported: From Jetty

to Plant ii. Domestic: From village

Ler to Plant

i. ~ 8km ii. ~160k

m







OPC/PPC/PSC/PCC From Plant to Jetty ~ 8km By Conveyor Power Requirement : 125 MVA (Sourced from GVUNL/ Solar Power Plant/ WHRS/ Coal based CPP) Water Requirement : 9000 m3/day (Sourced from Sea – Desalinated Water) Man Power Requirement : Construction : ~630 (Direct ~30 + Indirect ~600)




Project Implementation period :

Main Machinery Ordering Phase : 6 Month Construction Phase : 30 Months Total : 36 Months

Cost of the Project : Rs. 7525/- Crore (Approx.)

10.1.4 Land The proposed cement plant along with the captive power plant will be set up in a land of about 190.23 Ha. A conveyor corridor from plant to the mines as well as to the jetty will be built over an area of 8.09 Ha while a jetty and a storage backup area will be developed over an area of 4.05 Ha.


CHAPTER

TEN


Table 10-2: Land Requirement for Cement Plant & CPP Sl. No Description Cement Plant CPP Total Area


Total 190.23

10.1.5 Water Requirement The water requirement for Lakhpat IU will be fulfilled from a desalination plant. The desalination plant and the RO water plant shall be installed at about 4.7km distance from plant on the way to jetty. From here, desalinated RO water shall be pumped to plant treated water tank. The total water requirement for the plant Integrated facility is estimated to be 9000 KLD.

10.1.6 Employment Generation: It is expected that the requirement of workers will be 630 persons per day during construction phase. Preference will be given to local workers based on their skill and experience from the surrounding villages. During the operation phase, there will be direct and indirect employment generation. 150 skilled workers will be directly employed by the industrial units. Indirect employment in the form of contractual workers, petty business and ancillary suppliers will be more than 450.

10.1.7 Power Requirement The maximum power demand for the proposed units have been estimated at about 125 MW (75 MW CPP, 24 MW WHRS, 26 MW Grid Power) based on specific power consumption of 58 kWh/t of clinker and 30 kwh/t of Cement. Grid Power for plant operation shall be received from 66kV sub-station at Dayapar, about 21 km from the plant, and stepped down there itself to 11kV and transmitted to the plant premises through 11kV transmission line. The 11kV transmission line is terminated in the plant premises before further distribution to various decentralized load centres. The system MV voltage shall be 11 KV at main bus bar.

10.1.8 Raw Materials The raw materials required for the cement plant and captive power plant are limestone silica sand, fly ash and bottom ash, gypsum and coal.

10.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT Baseline data generation forms a part of the Environment Impact Assessment study, which helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes and helps in preparing an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope of future expansions for environmentally sustainable development.

Baseline data was generated for various environmental parameters including air, water (surface and ground water), land and soil, ecology and socio-economic status to determine quality of the prevailing environmental settings. The study was conducted during winter season December 2017 to February 2018.

10.2.1 Meteorological Data The climate of the district is very dry and hot during the summer and cold during the winter except coastal areas. The monsoon in this district is generally accompanied by the gusty winds. It receives scanty rainfall during the monsoon period. The nearest IMD station is located at Naliya, which is about 55 kms from site in SSE direction. The average


CHAPTER

TEN


maximum and minimum temperature recorded at site during December to February were 34.330C and 14.330C respectively. The average relative humidity (maximum and minimum) was observed in the range of 71% to 24.66%. The average wind speed recorded was 2.00 m/s. Wind rose from the monitored data shows that the predominant wind direction during the study period was mainly from North and North-East direction.

10.2.2 Air Environment Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was done in 9 locations. Criteria used for designing the network were principally governed by the wind rose pattern for winter season and the accessibility of the selected sites. Attempts were made to locate most of the AAQ stations in predominant downwind direction with respect to the project site.

Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5): The particulate matters size of up to 10 μm in diameter is collectively referred to as PM10. Hence respiratory health effects on people can be observed when they are exposed at elevated concentrations (Pope et al. 2002) Maximum concentration of PM10 was recorded in AAQ6, S.K Varmanagar (75.1 μg/m3) while the minimum concentration was recorded in AAQ1-Onsite Mining Area (64.7 μg/m3).

PM2.5 ranges between 23.3 μg/m3 in AAQ1, Onsite Mining Area to 32.9 μg/m3 in AAQ6, S.K.Varmanagar.

Gaseous Pollutant (SO2, NOx): The values are well within the NAAQ standard prescribed by CPCB. The anthropogenic sources for SO2 emissions are high vehicular movement and commercial activities. The concentration ranges from 8.5 μg/m3 in AAQ1, Onsite mining Area to 18.7 μg/m3 at AAQ6, S.K.Varmanagar.

In the study area, NOx varied from 10.6 μg/m3 at onsite mining area to 19.9 μg/m3 at S.K.Varmanagar. The values are, however, well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

10.2.3 Land-Use The major share of land is open scrub, constituting 29.7% of the study area, followed by water body (18.0%). Mud land constitutes 17.0% of the total land cover while agricultural land occupies 13.9%. Rocky waste, mangrove and forests occupy 7.5%, 2.5% and 5.0% of the study area respectively.

10.2.4 Soil Environment The pH of the soil samples vary from 7.34 (S7: Kaiyari RF) to 7.84 (S3: Koriyani) indicating slightly alkaline to moderately alkaline nature of soil. The organic carbon in the soil samples vary between 0.18% (S4: S.K.Varmanagar) to 0.36% (S7: Kaiyari RF) indicating less content for growth of plants as per ICAR. Overall, the soil properties of the samples collected indicate an unsatisfactory profile for vegetation growth. In the study area the Coastal Alluvial soils are found all along the southern coast.

10.2.5 Water Environment Water samples (Ground and Surface) have been collected from different villages and creek of the study area for water quality analysis.

The pH value ranged from 7.1 at GW6, Baiyava to 7.4 at GW1 (Cher Moti) and GW5, Nani Cher. The maximum total hardness in groundwater found to be 600.6 mg/l in sample at GW5 (Nani Cher) and the minimum was observed as 309.7 mg/l in the sample at GW7 (Pandhrow. The maximum total hardness in groundwater found to be 600.6 mg/l in sample at GW5 (Nani Cher) and the minimum was observed as 309.7 mg/l in the sample at GW7 (Pandhrow). TDS in ground water mainly gains its entry from sea water intrusion in the study area and from agricultural activities, industrial activities, geological formation, domestic water contamination etc. Overall, it is concluded that the groundwater salinity existing in the coastal area is principally controlled by a combination of factors which modify the concentration of constituent ions in the groundwater

The surface water analysis results indicate that the two fresh water samples collected from ponds meet CPCB criteria for Class B (suitable for outdoor bathing) & C (suitable for Drinking water after conventional treatment and disinfection) respectively while the all the four samples collected from Kori Creek meet CPCB Criteria for Class C.


CHAPTER

TEN


10.2.6 Noise Environment Leq Day Time: The maximum noise level in daytime observed was 50.4 dB(A) at NQ6, S.K.Varmanagar and minimum noise level observed was 41.4 dB(A) at NQ3, Koriyani Village. Within both ends of the runway, the Leq value is slightly exceeding the prescribed limit of CPCB.

Leq Night Time: The maximum noise level in night time observed was 42.9 dB(A) at NQ6, S.K.Varmanagar and minimum noise level was 32.7 dB(A) at NQ8, Mudhvay Village.

10.2.7 Social Environment As per the census of India, 2011, the total population is 25,122 out of which 13,104 are males and 12,018 are females. The decadal growth of the study area was found to be 23.84 percent. The gender ratio of the project site has increased from 899 to 917 from 2001 to 2011. The household size in study area is 5.0 according to census 2011 and Census 2001. As per the 2001 and 2011 census, the total population between the ages of 0 – 6 years was 3922 and 4222 respectively. Child sex ratio as per census 2011 was 938 compared to 941 of census 2001 indicating decrease in female child.

10.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR PLANT Land Environment The installation of stacks with height between 30 to 50 meters and other sizeable structures would substantially alter landscape of the area. The proposed site for cement plant is more or less a levelled land and hence there will not be much cutting or filling required. There will be requirement of clearing shrubs and some trees. After the initiation of the project, greenbelt and landscaped areas will be developed. Thus, the land cover of the area will improve over a period of time and have much more plantation than the existing state.

Noise Environment During construction phase, the highest noise level (the one emitted from scrapers and pavers) merges with the highest standard noise level (55 dB during day time) at around 100 m from the source and the sound level keeps on decreasing with increasing distances. Mathematical modeling carried out for the operation phase out estimates that the noise level at the plant boundary noise level would vary between 62.7dB(A) to 49.2dB(A). Among the monitored villages the maximum impact due to plant operation will be at Khengarpar Village which is 2.03 km from the plant. Here the resultant noise level will be 44.2dB (A) for day time and 37.5 dB (A) for night time

The mitigation measures that should be adopted are as follows:

• The specifications for procuring major noise generating machines/ equipment shall include built in design requirements to have minimum noise levels as per EPA 1986 and OSHA requirements;

• Proper noise barriers/ shields etc shall be provided in the equipment wherever required; • Noise from equipment shall be adequately attenuated by providing insulation to minimize the noise emission

and acoustic enclosures; • All workers exposed to high noise levels will be provided with personal protective equipment like ear muffs, ear

plugs, etc; • Thick green belt will be developed to attenuate the noise level outside the plant area

Water Environment

The waste water during construction will contain only suspended impurities. This water would be passed through settlement ponds and recycled for use in gardening and other non-consumption activities. A suitable internal drainage network would be made to ensure proper draining of wastewater from the construction sites, if any.


CHAPTER

TEN


The proposed plant will use only sea water through a desalination plant. Surface water will not find any use in the project. Also the plant will not be discharging any untreated water to the surrounding water-bodies. Therefore, impact on surface water quality is not anticipated. No waste water will be discharged into any surface water bodies in the vicinity of the plant. The treated waste-water will be recycled and used for plantation. The proposed cement plant will be provided with all the water conservation measures like ETP for thermal power plant and STP for the colony where the treated water will be used for gardening, cooling and general purposes.

10.4 Impact Assessment for Mines

Land Environment

The land will be degraded due to excavation for mining. However, at the end of mine, the area will be converted into 83.50 Ha plantations and 112.30 Ha water reservoir, both of which will be beneficial for the local people.

Impact on Noise Level

Noise generated at the mine is due to truck transportation activities. The noises generated by the mining activity will dissipate within the mine. In the absence of drilling and blasting, the noise level is not expected to impact the outside locality. No major impact of the mining activity on the nearby villages is envisaged. The pronounced effect of noise will be felt only near the active working area. The impact of noise on the villages is negligible as the villages are located far from the proposed mine lease area or mine workings.

The following measures will be taken to ensure reduction of noise:

Vehicles will be regularly maintained to reduce noise levels All noise generating equipments will be enclosed with acoustic enclosures. Green belt development around the site to attenuate high noise levels. The workers employed are provided with protection equipment, earmuffs and ear-plugs, as a protection from

the high noise level generated at the site wherever required. Impact on water

There is no perennial source of surface water such as river or nalla in the mine lease area. Thus there will be no diversion of any water bodies. Water for mining operation (dust suppression) and for domestic and drinking purpose will be supplied with the help of water tankers from nearby villages. No waste water will be generated from mining activity. It will be ensured that there will be garland drains constructed around the dumps so that no run-off water is discharged in the local water bodies. During the 1st year of the mining, the ground water table will be intersected. However, intensive ground water recharge of the buffer zone will maintain the present ground water status.

10.5 Impact on Air Environment

Air modelling carried out for the integrated project (Cement Plant + Limestone Mine) shows that the incremental GLC of PM10 shall never cross 100 mg/Nm3 in the residential areas. However, the worst case scenario and considering the background concentrations as measured, GLC of PM10 may marginally cross the prescribed NAAQ standard of 100 μg/m3 in four locations (mining site, SK Varmanagar, Naredi and Kapurasi Village) once the project starts operating. The dispersion modelling result indicates that worst case incremental GLC of PM10 will be within the respective project sites. The maximum GLC of SO2 (3 μg/m3) occurs beyond the 10 km radius of the plant site and the concentration was too low for the model to plot isopleths.


• All transfer points will have bag filter attached to them to control and capture dust emission • Height of all the stacks will be as per statutory requirement


CHAPTER

TEN


• Stack Monitoring Facility (SMF) consisting of sampling port-hole, platform and access ladder to be provided • Adequate spares of critical components of dust collection systems will be kept to ensure trouble-free

operations and continuous compliance to emission norms • Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the

extent possible. • Dust suppression systems (water sprinklers) near working area and on roads shall be used for transporting

ore and overburden. • The overburden dump site also shall be wetted at intervals to prevent dust being carried by wind specially

during summer season and dump shall be covered by vegetation • Development of greenery and landscaping for improving ambient air quality and aesthetics.

10.6 Impact on Ecology The important habitats present in the study area include mainly forest areas, mangrove ecosystems and water bodies. The core area of the project site has recorded presence of a Critically Endangered shrub species Commiphora wightii and 4 Schedule I species of birds of which 2 are reportedly migratory. The buffer zone has recorded presence of 15 species of high conservation value among which 14 are faunal species and one is the Critically Endangered shrub species. Of the reported 14 faunal species, 5 species are reported from the core area i.e. proposed cement plant area and proposed mining block. One species of Reptile, 8 species of birds and 5 species of mammals are Schedule-I species reported from the study area.


• For the cement plant, 33.5% of the total area shall be developed into greenbelt. For the proposed limestone mine, at the end of mine life, about 83.50 Ha of lease area will be under plantation, of which 5.00 Ha will be boundary greenbelt and 78.50 Ha will be plantation on reclaimed areas.

• Adequate provisions are to be made to facilitate regular watering of all plants and lawns. Special attention provided during summer by daily watering of plants to ensure that the green belt does not suffer from water shortage.

• It shall be ensured that the workers do not burn waste so as not to cause harm to birds and other animals. • There should not be unnecessary removal of vegetation.

10.7 Impact on Socio-economic Scenario From survey and land records, it was estimated that about 131 households are getting affected by the project. Out of the total, 7 are losing only houses, 119 are losing only land, while 5 households are losing both their houses and land. The R&R compensation cost has been worked out to be INR 991.884 crores.

10.8 Environment Monitoring Program During the construction phase air emissions, noise, water discharge, soil erosion and waste management monitoring will be done. During operational stage, continuous air emissions from cement grinding unit, wastewater disposal, and non-hazardous waste such as oily wastes are expected. An Environment Management Cell will be set up to monitor the environmental aspects of the plant. Reporting of the data in prescribed format is to be submitted to respective state pollution control Board (SPCB) on half yearly basics before 1st June and 1st December of every year. The total capital cost envisaged for environment monitoring is Rs. 68,76,000

10.9 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Public Hearing: Public hearing for the project was successfully completed on 28/05/2019 at 11:00 am at Village-Koriyani, Lakhpat. The issues raised during public hearing were mostly related to social issues.

Risk Assessment and Hazard Analysis: The risks identified for the proposed project includes fire hazard and inundation of pits during excessive rains, slope failure of dumps and benches. 'Risk Management Plan' includes the following:


CHAPTER

TEN


1. Slope of dumps and benches shall be strictly followed as per approved Mine Plan to prevent slope failures

2. To prevent any fire hazard, the inflammable fuels shall be kept in tank bund so that in case of rupture, it does not spill out. Also, all fire protection measures, fire fighters fire extinguishers will be kept handy and workers will be trained how to use it in case of fire.

3. To prevent risk of indundation due to heavy rain or water from aquifers entering mine, high duty pumps will be installed to drain out water and they will be able to run on emergency power in case of power failure. Details are given in Hydrogeological Study report attached.

4. Risk Management Plan for the Jetty is given in the EIA of Jetty as attached.

Disaster Management Plan

Adani Cementation Limited, the promoter of the proposed project is committed to formulate a Disaster Management Plan in line with Disaster Management Plans of all of their units operating today keeping in view two primary goals: • To reduce the likelihood that the proposed project will experience disaster and • To mitigate the impact of any disasters that may occur due to fire, explosion, mechanical failure, etc

10.10 PROJECT BENEFITS

ACL proposes to take steps in developing education, health, infrastructure development, women empowerment, sports and vocational training facilities. These will be taken up as part of social development of the neighboring villages. This project will create many job opportunities for the local people. The employment of people will be both on permanent as well as on contract basis. The employment will be categorized into different categories as skilled laborers, semi skilled and unskilled workers. An amount of Rs. 36 crores has been earmarked to be spent under CER activities.

10.11 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN The purpose of an Environment Management Plan is to ensure that proposed mitigation measures are adequately implemented. The EMP will be executed by the civil contractor and supervised by EMC of Adani Cementation Limited. 10.11.1 EMP During Construction Phase • Necessary mitigation measures will be taken while filling of site. Simultaneous to filling, compaction and water

sprinkling will be carried to suppress dust emissions. • The contractor will ensure that the existing accesses to nearby villages will not be disturbed. • All vehicles delivering fine materials to the site will be covered to avoid spillage. • The sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards

occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place. • All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent scattered discharge on land. • All construction workers will be provided appropriate PPEs Like dust mask, etc and made to wear them during

working hours • During construction work necessary facilities like sanitation through mobile toilets, fuel for cooking, rest room

etc. will be provided. 10.11.2 EMP During Operation Phase • All transfer points will have bag filter attached to them to control and capture dust emission


CHAPTER

TEN


• Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible.

• Development of greenery and landscaping for improving ambient air quality and aesthetics. • Regular testing and analysis of treated waste from STP to ensure effectiveness of operation of STP. • The surface run off during the rainy season will be prevented from entering into the active pits. This will be

channelized to the mined out pit or proposed water reservoir via garland drains. • Efforts will be made for deepening of existing tanks in nearby villages for recharging ground water. • Plantation of dense hedges on the boundary of project site to reduce dust and noise in the vicinity area. • Waste Heat Recovery from hot waste gases of Kiln by using Waste Heat Recovery Boilers and not Conditioning

Towers • Prescribed PPE will be provided to all workers exposed to open processes or systems

Chapter 11

Disclosure of the Consultant


CHAPTER ELEVEN


11. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 11.1 INTRODUCTION

Greencindia Consulting Private Limited (GCPL) is an environmental consultancy organization, manned by a highly qualified, experienced and multidisciplinary team of scientists and engineers. The company has received accreditation from Quality Council of India (NABET-QCI) as an EIA Consultancy organization. The primary aim of GCPL is to sensitize policy planner and local people about their development needs through capacity building process. The company facilitates managerial and technical expertise to people and associations for development of areas and regions. GCPL has undertaken more than 120 EIA and other associated studies and clearances for mining projects, thermal power projects; airports, road and highways; special economic zones (SEZs); urban infrastructure projects, etc. The main objects of the Company are as follows: • To carry on the business of providing all types of consultancy services related to Social And

Environmental Impact Assessment, Environment Action Plan, Tribal Development Plan, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Action Plan, Project Information Report, Detailed Project Report, Need Assessment Report, Corporate Social Responsibility Plan, Forest Diversion Plan, Wildlife Conservation Plan, Drainage Plan and Hydrogeology Environment, Social & Land related legal services and any other consultancy services and studies related to urban development, rural development, environment, forest and legal aspects.

• To provide consultancy services in environment monitoring, sample collection of air, water, soil, meteorological data and publish testing results for the collected samples

• To undertake research study in the field of environment, social, legal, agriculture, urban planning, rural planning, alternate sources of energy etc and provide consultancy/advisory/training services in these field to government, quasi-government, non-government and private institutions.

• EPFI reporting, environmental and social impact assessment according to IFC guidelines and equator principles.

11.2 AREA OF EXPERTISE

• Environmental Impact Assessment • Environmental Management Plan • Disaster Management Plan • Risk Assessment • Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan


CHAPTER ELEVEN


• Pre-feasibility Report • Detailed Project Report • Geo-Technical Investigation • National, Regional and Urban Plans • Management Information System and Geographic Information system • Urban Infrastructure Development including Water Supply and Solid Waste Management • Environmental Monitoring and Assessments • Impact Assessment Formulate Policies & Mitigation Measures R&R • Natural Resource Management • Terminal Planning and Design • Institutional Strengthening • Development, Functional and Strategic Planning and Design • Preparation of Manuals • Training Programmes

11.3 ACHIEVEMENT OF COMPANY

Greencindia Consulting Private Limited (GCPL) (formerly GIS Enabled Environment & Neo-graphic Center) is an ISO 9001:2008-QMS, 14001:2004-EM and 18001:2004-OHSAS certified company. The company is accredited with QCI-NABET since 2010. We have completed One RA & Two SA. We are accredited for following sectors: - • Thermal Power Project • Mining Project-Open Cast & Underground Mining • Coal Washeries • Hydro Power Projects and Irrigation Projects • Metallurgical Industries-Ferrous and Non-Ferrous • Industrial Estate Planning • Roads, Railways and other linear projects • Common Municipal Solid Waste Management • Airports • Buildings and Large construction projects • Townships & Area development projects

• Coal Mining


CHAPTER ELEVEN


11.4 BRIEF RESUME OF TEAM MEMBERS

GCPL comprises of group of professionals drawn from development related fields. The core members of GCPL team hold experiences in Developmental Planning, Pollution Control, Economic Analysis, Social Work and Information Technologies. In addition there is a panel of senior associates and young voluntaries facilitating the various programmes. The brief descriptions of the Environment Coordinator and Functional Area experts (Core Functional Areas & Significant Functional Area) are discussed below: Sl No

Name of Expert

Years’ Experience

Area of Specialization Involvement (Period & Task)

1 K.D Choudhury 45 EC- Mining EC-Cement plant

• Selecting the Team to be involved in the EIA report

• Compiling Form-1 of the Notification,2006 based on personal understanding and from inputs from the Mine Plan

• Visiting the site for appropriate duration for the selection of sampling locations and deciding the type of samples in consultation with the FAEs.

• Reviewing the process Write-up • Developing the draft EIA report and

circulating the same amongst EIA team members for final feedback and ensuring coverage of the respective functional areas FA in the EIA.

Air Pollution Monitoring Prevention

Control-AP

• Assessment of Impact associated with the project operation Activities

• Assessment of Impact Associated with vehicle movement Operation

• Development of Management Plan to control the air pollution & its mitigation

Noise & Vibration-NV • Assessment of impact associated with project

• Assistance during development of project management plan.

Risk & Hazards Management-RH

Assessment of risk associated and development of management plan

2 Nandini Choudhury

17 Land Use-LU • Development of Land-use Map • Impact of project on surrounding Land

use • Assistance during development of

project management plan • Mitigation Measures due to change in

Land uses by the project 3 Nilanjan Das 20 Socio-Economic -SE • Assessment of social impact

associated with project • Assistance during development of


CHAPTER ELEVEN


Sl No

Name of Expert

Years’ Experience


project management plan 3 Dr. PB Murthy 50 Meteorology, Air

Quality Modelling &

Prediction-AQ

• Selection of air monitoring locations • Study of wind pattern and weather

conditions • Quantitative assessment of project

impact associated with vehicle movement during operation activities.

• Development of Management Plan for air quality

4 Dr. PS Kelkar Water Pollution Monitoring, Prevention

& Control-WP

• Monitoring location selection for ground water and surface water

• Assessment of Impact associated with the project operation activities

• Development of Water Management Plan.

5 Dr. PC Kuniyal 8 Ecology & Biodiversity-EB

• Assessment of impact associated with project

• Selection of species for greenery development

• Assistance during development of project management plan

Soil Conservation-SC

• Study of soil characteristics and fertility in study area and suggest appropriate conservation and management measures

6 Dr. Manoj Kumar

21 Hydrology, Ground Water &Water

Conservation-HG

• Hydrogeology study of the area in pre-monsoon and post monsoon season from secondary data

• Development of management plan. 7 Dr. Koushik 8 Hazardous Waste

Management-HW • The identification of various hazardous

wastes. • Process wise waste generation

• Management plan preparation of hazardous waste.

8 BK Tewary 35 Industrial Solid Wastes- ISW

• Identification of Industrial solid waste


CHAPTER ELEVEN


Sl No

Name of Expert

Years’ Experience


• Development of industrial solid waste Management Plan

11.5 QCI ACCREDITION CERTIFICATE

GCPL is accredited under QCI-NABET scheme for accreditation of EIA consultants organizations vide certificate number: NABET/EIA/1619/RA0058, June 28, 2017 for Mining of Minerals (Open Cast and Underground), Thermal Power Plants, Metallurgical Industries (Ferrous only)-both primary & secondary, Industrial Estate Planning, Common Municipal Solid Waste Management, Highways, Railways, transport terminals, MRTS, Building and large construction projects and Townships & Area Development Projects.

11.6 CERTIFICATE OF ACCREDITION FOR LABORATORY

Envirotech East Private Limited (EEPL) conducts the analytical tests for GCPL (Annex11.2). The facilities present in the laboratories include:

Sl. No. Name of the Equipment Quantity 1. Refrigerator 3 2. Deep Freeze 1 3. BOD Incubator 2 4. Hot Air Oven 5 5. Muffle Furnace 2 6. Autoclave 2 7. Water Bath 2 8. Centrifuge 2 9. Water Distillation Assembly (Glass) 2

10. Heating Mantle 2 11. Hot Plate 2 12. Magnetic Stirrer 2 13. Vacuum Filtration Pump 2 14. Inoculation Hood 2 15. Aquarium for Bioassay & Aerators 1 16. Depth Sampler 1 17. Bottom Sampler 1 18. Filtration Assembly 2 19. Other Equipment

Fluoride Distillation Assembly 2 Cyanide Distillation Assembly 1 Ammonia Distillation Assembly 1 COD Digestion Assembly 1 Arsenic Estimation Assembly (Gutzeit Generator) 10

List of Sophisticated Instruments:


CHAPTER ELEVEN


Sl. No. Name of the Equipment Quantity 1. Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer 2 2. Gas Chromatograph 1 3. UV-Visible Spectrophotometer 2 4. Micro Analytical Balance 2 5. Specific Ion Meter 1

List of Instrument: Sl. No. Name of the Equipment Quantity

1. Analytical Balance 2 2. Physical Balance 1 3. pH Meter 5 4. Conductivity Meter 2 5. Turbidity meter 2 6. Compound Microscope 2 7. Flame Photometer 2 8. Sound Level Meter 6

Ambient Air / Fugitive Emissions: Sl. No. Name of the Equipment Quantity

1. High Volume Sampler APM-410 and 415 with APM 411 22 Nos. 2. Respirable Dust Sampler APM-451, APM-460 with APM41144 Nos. 44 Nos. 3. CO dectector tubes 50 Nos. 4. Gas Sampling Kit 40 Nos. 5. Personal Sampler 8 Nos. 6. Handy Sampler 12 Nos.

Micro Meteorological Instruments: Sl. No. Name of the Equipment Quantity

1. Automatic Weather Station 4 Nos. 2. Wind Monitor 10Nos. 3. Dry & Wet Bulb Thermometer 25 Nos. 4. Barometer 25 Nos. 5. Rain Gauge 10 Nos. 10 Nos.

Source Emission: Sl. No. Name of the Equipment Quantity

1. Stack Monitoring Kit APM-620 will all optional accessories 13 Nos. 2. Stack Velocity and Temp. Monitoring Kit APM-602 10 Nos. 3. Orsat Apparatus 8 Nos.

List of Equipment’s with Accessories for Soil Investigation: Sl. No Items Qty. Sl. No Items Qty.

1. Rig (with six) 6 Nos. 35. Water Drum 10 Nos. 2. Winch 5 Nos. 36. Water Swivel 6 Nos. 3. Casing M.S 7 Nos. 37. Tent 6 Nos. 4. Extension Rod 8 Nos. 38. Tarpaulin 20 Nos.


CHAPTER ELEVEN


Sl. No Items Qty. Sl. No Items Qty. 5. Drill Rod 7 Nos. 39. Dull Wrench 17 Nos. 6. Augar 2 Nos. 40. Hydraulic Jack 25/50 Ton 17 Nos 7. G.I. 7 Nos. 41. R S Joists 5 Nos. 8. Hand Pump 2 Nos. 42. Socket 6 Nos. 9. Mud Pump (Electrical) 3 Nos 43. Guity 12 Nos.

10. Delivery Pipe 8 Nos. 44. Boring Cutter 6 Nos. 11. Suction pipe 5 Nos. 45. Boring Guide 5 Nos. 12. Hosting Plug 6 Nos. 46. Nipple 16 Nos. 13. Slide Wrench 6 Nos. 47. Rock Cutting Machine with

diamond blade for trimming cutting & grinding rock core

7 Nos.

14. Ring wrench 7 Nos. 48. NX casing 12 Nos. 15. Spikes 10 Nos. 49. Water Level Indicator 4 Nos. 16. Diesel Generator 5 Nos. 50. Field CBR Test 2 Set 17. Dynamic Cone 4 Nos. 51. Concrete Vibrator 5 Nos. 18. Vane Shear Test Set Up 5 Nos. 52. Bored Piling rig – heavy-duty

power operation, with accessories 8 sets 19. Pipe Engine 2 Nos. 53. MS Plate 3 Nos. 20. Motor 4 Nos. 54. Field Vane Shear Test equipments

with accessories, capable of conducing Vane shear Test upto 20 m depth

2 Nos.

21. Tool Box 6 Set 55. Block Vibration Test equipment will all accessories 2 Nos.

22. P.L.T. Equipment (20 Ton Truss)

5 Nos. 56. Seismic Refraction Test Equipment 2 Nos.

23. Shell 10 Nos. 57. Compression Testing Machine 2 Nos. 24. Trizel 7 Nos. 58. Day tumber 3 Nos. 25. Jerk Block 5 Nos. 59. Pressure Gauge 5 Nos. 26. Monkey 7 Nos. 60. Dial Gauge (mm) 3 Nos 27. Manila Rope 9 Nos. 61. Dial Gauge (inch) 4 Nos. 28. Hammer 18 Nos. 62. Hold Fast (Angle) 2 Nos. 29. Chain Tong 12 Nos. 63. Box Section 5 Nos.

30. Pipe Wrench 12 Nos. 64.

Load Flames for load testing of soils, piles etc 2 Nos.

31. Spade 7 Nos. 65. Water Pumps 5 Nos. 32. Crow Bar 9 Nos. 66. Magnetic Base Stand) 3 Nos. 33. Sample Head 8 Nos. 67. 53 Concrete Mixers 5 Nos. 34. S.P.T. Tube 14 Nos.

Software’s: Sl. No. Name of the Software Quantity

1. Air impact Prediction Softwares-ISCST-3, Caline-4 6 Nos. 2. Noise Modeling Software-Sound-32 2 Nos. 3. Risk Assessment Software 1 Nos. 4. Mapping Software- ArcInfo, Arcview, ERDAS, Autodesk, AutoCad 7 Nos. 5. Data Analysis Software-SPSS, Microsoft Access 15 Nos.


CHAPTER ELEVEN


The details of Laboratory used for baseline environment monitoring is given below: Name of Laboratory : Envirotech East Private Limited Accreditation Status : F. No. Q-15018/14/2017-CPW Dated. 15-October .2018

Documents

PROJECT PROPONENT - environmentclearance.nic.inenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · CEMENT PLANT OF PRODUCTION CAPACITY 10MTPA CLINKER, 10MTPA CEMENT & 99MW CPP (INCLUDING